SM 20.c PDF

Service
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Air Conditioner
Edition 10.2002
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Air Conditioner
Repair Group
01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check
87 - Air conditioning
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their careful
and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and safety. In
addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course,
be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2010 Audi AG, Ingolstadt A0056006720

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Air Conditioner - Edition 10.2002
Contents
01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1 Air conditioner self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 Air conditioner self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.2 Assignment of the operating and display unit - E87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.3 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.4 Technical data of self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
1.5 Self-diagnosis test prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
1.6 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
2 Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or fault reader
V.A.G 1551 and selecting function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
2.1 Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or fault reader
V.A.G 1551 and selecting function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
2.2 Encoding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
2.3 Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3 Interrogating fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.1 Interrogating fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.1 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.2 Fault table up to fault code "00975" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
4.3 Fault table from fault code "01044" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
5 Final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
5.1 Final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
5.2 Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
5.3 Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
6 Basic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
6.1 Basic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
7 Erasing fault memory, ending output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
7.1 Erasing fault memory, ending output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
8 Encoding operating and display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
8.1 Encoding operating and display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
8.2 Encoding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
8.3 Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
9 Reading measured value block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
9.1 Reading measured value block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
10 Measured value blocks in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
10.1 Measured value blocks in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
11 Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
11.1 Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
11.2 Measured value blocks from display group 001 to display group 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
11.3 Measured value blocks from display group 011 to display group 020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
12 AC electrical check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
12.1 AC electrical check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
12.2 Checking wiring and components with test box V.A.G 1598 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
13 Electrical test in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
13.1 Electrical test in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
14 Electrical test in vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
14.1 Electrical test in vehicles
Protected by from
copyright. model
Copyingyear 2002
for private . . . . . .purposes,
or commercial . . . . . in. .part
. .or. in. whole,
. . . . is. not
. . . . . . . . . . . .115
14.2 Test steps 1 to 4 permitted
. .with
. . respect
. .unless
. . to. authorised
.the. correctness
. . . .by. .AUDI
.of.information
.AG.
. .AUDI
. . .AG
. . . .
does . .
not . . . . .
guarantee . .
or . .
accept
in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
. . . .
any . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
liability
14.3 Test steps 5 to 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

15 Electrical check of rear window heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
15.1 Electrical check of rear window heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Contents i
Audi A6 1998 ➤
16 Electrical checking of solar roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

16.1 Electrical checking of solar roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
17 Electrical checking of additional heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
17.1 Electrical checking of additional heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
18 Mode of operation of air-quality sensor -G238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
18.1 Mode of operation of air-quality sensor -G238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
18.2 Checking air quality sensor -G238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
19 Checking drive data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
19.1 Checking drive data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
19.2 Function of bus systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
19.3 Checking drive data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
87 - Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

1 Safety precautions when working on vehicles with air conditioners and when handling
refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
1.1 Safety precautions when working on vehicles with air conditioners and when handling
refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
2 Notes on general repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
2.1 Notes on general repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
3 Repairing refrigerant circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
3.1 Repairing refrigerant circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
3.2 Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
3.3 Vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
3.4 Removing and installing air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
3.5 Air conditioner pressure switch -F129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
3.6 O-ring seals for refrigerant circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
4 Removing and installing compressor bracket (4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
4.1 Removing and installing compressor bracket (4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
4.2 Detaching/attaching "Zexel" compressor from/to bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
4.3 Removing and installing air conditioner compressor ribbed belt (4 cyl. engine, compressor
with magnetic clutch -N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
5 Removing and installing compressor bracket (6 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
5.1 Removing and installing compressor bracket (6 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
6 Detaching/attaching
Protected by copyright. compressor
Copying for privatefrom/to bracket
or commercial (6incyl.
purposes, diesel
part or in whole,engine,
is not compressor with
magnetic clutch -N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
6.1 Detaching/attaching compressor from/to bracket (6 cyl. diesel engine, compressor with
magnetic clutch -N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
6.2 Removing and installing ribbed belt for compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
6.3 Detaching/ attaching compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
7 Removing and attaching Denso compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 from/to bracket . . 178
7.1 Removing and attaching Denso compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 from/to bracket . . 178
7.2 4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
7.3 8 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
8 Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Zexel" compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
8.1 Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Zexel" compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
9 Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Denso" compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
9.1 Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Denso" compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
10 Detaching/attaching compressor with regulating valve -N280 to/from bracket . . . . . . . . . .191
10.1 Detaching/attaching compressor with regulating valve -N280 to/from bracket . . . . . . . . . .191
10.2 Vehicles with 4 or 6 cyl engine (compressor drive via a belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
10.3 Audi allroad with an 8 cyl engine (compressor drive via a drive shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
11 Replacing compressor pulley/drive unit (compressor without magnetic clutch) . . . . . . . . . .195
ii Contents
Audi A6 1998 ➤
11.1 Replacing compressor pulley/drive unit (compressor without magnetic clutch) . . . . . . . . . .195
11.2 Replacing pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
11.3 Detaching and re-attaching pulley from/to compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
11.4 Checking, replacing compressor drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
11.5 Loosening and tightening compressor drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
11.6 Removing and installing compressor drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
11.7 Detaching/attaching drive plate with overload protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
11.8 Checking and adjusting concentricity of drive plate with overload protection . . . . . . . . . . . .207
11.9 Detaching and reattaching drive plate from/to compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
11.10 Removing and installing drive plate with roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
12 Components for the control and regulation of the air conditioner (in the engine compartment)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
12.1 Components for the control and regulation of the air conditioner (in the engine compartment)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
12.2 Checking condensation drain, removing and installing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
12.3 Checking vent frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
12.4 Removing and installing dust and pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
12.5 Dust and pollen filter with activated charcoal filter layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
12.6 Removing and installing air-quality sensor -G238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
13 Components for air conditioner control and regulation (in the passenger compartment) . . . .231
13.1 Components Protectedfor air conditioner
by copyright. control
Copying for private and regulation
or commercial (in orthe
purposes, in part passenger
in whole, is not compartment) . . . .231
13.2 Removing andunless
permitted installing
authorisedoperating
by AUDI AG.and display
AUDI AG does notunit -E87or .accept
guarantee . . . any
. . .liability
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
13.3 Removing and installing blower control unit -J126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
13.4 Removing and installing fresh air blower -V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
13.5 Removing and installing footwell vent temperature sender -G192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
13.6 Removing and installing vent temperature sender, left -G150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
13.7 Removing and installing vent temperature sender, right -G151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
13.8 Removing and installing evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
13.9 Removing and installing fresh air intake temperature sensor -G89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
13.10 Removing and installing sunlight penetration photo sensor -G107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
13.11 Removing and installing defrost flap positioning motor -V107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
13.12 Removing and installing left temperature flap positioning motor -V158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
13.13 Removing and installing right temperature flap positioning motor -V159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
13.14 Removing and installing central flap positioning motor -V70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
13.15 Removing and installing air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (vehicles up to model year 2001) /
recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from model year 2002 with right-hand
drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
13.16 Removing and installing air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (vehicles from model year 2002)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
13.17 Removing and installing recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from model
year 2002) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
13.18 Making an auxiliary tool for dismantling the dash panel vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
13.19 Removing and installing centre dash-panel vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
13.20 Removing and installing left dash panel vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
13.21 Removing and installing windscreen defroster vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
13.22 Removing and installing right dash panel vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
13.23 Removing and installing left and right side window defroster vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
13.24 Removing and installing heater element for additional heater -Z35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
13.25 Removing and installing heat exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
14 Modifications to the air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
14.1 Modifications to the air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
14.2 Modifications introduced as of 06.1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
14.3 Distinguishing features of air-conditioner types "1" and "2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
14.4 Modifications introduced as of model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
15 Air routing in air-conditioner and vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
15.1 Air routing in air-conditioner and vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
15.2 Air routing in air-conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
15.3 Air ducts in vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Contents iii
Audi A6 1998 ➤
16 Checking air conditioner refrigeration capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

16.1 Checking air conditioner refrigeration capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
16.2 Test requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
16.3 Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles up to model year 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
16.4 Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles from model year 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
17 Repairing refrigerant circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
17.1 Repairing refrigerant circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
17.2 Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
17.3 Detaching/re-attaching refrigerant pipes from/to "Denso" compressor (with magnetic clutch
-N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
17.4 Removing and installing compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
17.5 Servicing refrigerant circuit in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 . . . . . .297
17.6 Removing and installing reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
17.7 Detaching/attaching refrigerant pipes from/to evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
17.8 Removing and installing restrictor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
17.9 Detaching and attaching refrigerant pipes to/from the compressor (compressor with
regulating valve -N280) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
17.10 Removing and installing compressor (with regulating valve -N280) (in a vehicle with a 4 or 6
cyl engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
17.11 Removing and installing compressor in the Audi allroad with 8 cyl engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
17.12 Starting air conditioner after installing compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
17.13 Detaching/re-attaching refrigerant pipes from/to condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
17.14 Removing and installing condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
17.15 Filling quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
18 Removing and installing air conditioner (complete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
18.1 Removing and installing air conditioner (complete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
19 Dismantling and assembling air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
19.1 Dismantling and assembling air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
20 Dismantling and assembling air distributor housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
20.1 Dismantling and assembling air distributor housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
21 Dismantling and assembling air duct with intake housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
21.1 Dismantling and assembling air duct with intake housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
21.2 Air duct and intake housing (for vehicles with left-hand drive only until model year 2001) . . 342
21.3 Air duct and intake housing (only in vehicles from model year 2002 with left-hand drive) . . 346
iv Contents
Audi A6 1998 ➤
01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check
1 - Air conditioner self-diagnosis

1.1 - Air conditioner self-diagnosis
Notes:
◆ Air conditioner control remains in operation during self-diagnosis.
◆ -> In vehicles from model year 2002 self-diagnosis can only be performed with the additional use of adapter
VAS 6017. In these vehicles the diagnostic wire to the air conditioner's operating and display unit -E87 is
connected to a different contact (contact "15" instead of "7") on the diagnostic connector.
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault-finding and Fitting Locations binder
◆ For the Audi allroad the air conditioner changeover does not take place with the switch from model year
2001 to 2002 but gradually in model year 2002
=> Parts List
1.2 - Assignment of the operating and display unit - E87
Assignment for vehicles up to model year 2001
Part number Index Special features Planned for

4B0 820 043 without.....G Adapted to vehicles with a version "1" - Vehicles up to model year 1998/1999
air conditioner unit In model year 1999 gradual changeover to
version "2" of the air conditioner unit =>
Page 265
4B0 820 043 P, Q, R, S - Adapted to vehicles with a version "2" - Model year 1999 vehicles
air conditioner unit In model year 1999 gradual changeover to
Recognition of ignition key assignment version "2" of the air conditioner unit =>
not possible Page 265
1.1 - Air conditioner self-diagnosis 1

Audi A6 1998 ➤

H, J, K, L - Adapted to vehicles with a version "2" - Vehicles from model year 1999 to model
air conditioner unit year 2001
Recognition of ignition key assignment In model year 1999 gradual changeover to
possible (the assignment is supplied version "2" of the air conditioner unit =>
by the dash panel insert). Page 265
Continued
▼

4B0 820 043 AE, AF, AG, AH - Adapted to vehicles with a version - Vehicles from model year 1999 to
"2" air conditioner unit model year 2001
Recognition of ignition key assign‐ In model year 1999 gradual changeover
ment possible (the assignment is sup‐ to version "2" of the air conditioner unit
plied by the dash panel insert). => Page 265
Compressor shut-off for low ambient
temperature does not occur until -1 °
C (instead of 2 °C, depending on the
code)
Notes:
◆ Note the precise assignment when replacing an operating and display unit -E87
=> Parts List
◆ Different versions of the operating and display unit -E87 in vehicles with and without a radio navigation
system (or radio with large control panel) with and without switch for heated seats (e.g. index "B", "C", "F"
or "G").
=> Parts List
◆ In the period from week 36 to week 44 of 1998, production was gradually switched from air-conditioner
design "1" to air-conditioner design "2". These designs have specific features that differ => Page 266
Vehicles with the 8-cyl. engine are fitted exclusively with air-conditioner design "2".
◆ Operating and display units -E87 with the part no. and the index "AE", "AF", "AG" and "AH" may be fitted in
vehicles with a version "2" air conditioner unit up to model year 2001 => Page 266 .
◆ Model year 2000 and 2001 vehicles may only be fitted with operating and display units -E87 with part no.
and index "H", "J", "K", "L" or "AG", "AH", "AE", "AF". These operating and display units differ from operating
and display units -E87 with part number 4B0 820 043 and index "P", "Q", "R" or "S" in the following ways:
- Recognition of ignition key assignment (displaybyin
permitted unless authorised display
AUDI group
AG. AUDI AG does11
not of the measured
guarantee value block).
or accept any liability
- Display of the last 4 compressor shut-off criteria (in display group 13 of the measured value block)
=> Parts List
◆ In model year 1999 vehicles with a version "2" air conditioner unit, operating and display units -E87 with part
no. and index "H", "J", "K", "L" or "AG", "AH", "AE", "AF" may also be fitted. However, ignition key assignment
is usually not possible, because the relevant information is not supplied by most dash panel inserts.
◆ Vehicles from model year 2000 must not be fitted with operating and display units -E87 with the part no. and
index "P", "Q", "R" or "S". They may only be fitted in model year 1999 vehicles equipped with a version "2"
air conditioner unit => Page 266 .
◆ Vehicles up to model year 2001 must not be fitted with operating and display units -E87 with the part no.
and index "AA", "AB", "AC" "AD" or from "AJ" onwards.
=> Parts List
2 01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List
Assignment for vehicles from model year 2002

4B0 820 043 AA, AB, AC, AD Adapted to vehicles with - Vehicles from Model Year 2002
AJ,.................. Data exchange between the -E87 and other
vehicle control units via the drive data bus
High-pressure sender -G65 (instead of pres‐
sure switch -F129)
Encodable for vehicles with a compressor
for air conditioner with magnetic clutch -N25
or with regulating valve -N280
Notes:
◆ Note the precise assignment when replacing an operating and display unit -E87
=> Parts List
◆ Different versions of the operating and display unit -E87 in vehicles with and without a radio navigation
system (or radio with large control panel) and with and without switch for heated seats (e.g. index "AA",
"AB", "AC" or "AD").
=> Parts List
◆ Vehicles from model year 2002 must not be fitted with operating and display units -E87 with the part no. and
index "AG", "AH", "AE" or "AF" (except Audi allroad; for these the changeover takes place gradually).
=> Parts List
◆ Vehicles from model year 2002 and the Audi allroad with 4.2l engine must only be fitted with operating and
display units -E87 with the part no. and index "AA", "AB", "AC" "AD" or from "AJ" onwards.
=> Parts List
2001 to 2002 but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start).
=> Parts List
◆ For the Audi allroad with 4.2l engine, the compressor is driven via a shaft and not via a belt => Page 194
1.3 - Function
Air conditioner control and display unit -E87 (control unit) receives information from electrical and electronic
components (signal senders) and then processes this information according to the programmed specifications.
The output signals of the control unit then regulate the electrical components (control elements).
To enable the cause of the problem to be established quickly in the event of a component failure or open circuit
in wiring, operating and display unit -E87 is equipped with a fault memory which can be read with fault reader
V.A.G 1551, vehicle diagnosis system VAS 5051 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552. In vehicles from model
year 2002 only with the additional use of adapter VAS 6017.
1.2 - Assignment of the operating and display unit - E87 3

Audi A6 1998 ➤
If faults occur in the monitored sensors and components, these are stored in the fault memory together with an
indication of type of fault.
Always commence fault finding by starting self-diagnosis and interrogating the stored information with
fault reader V.A.G 1551,
vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552,
or
vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051.
The fault information which is displayed indicates specific repair measures via a fault table.
Notes on fault remedy:

◆ Data output is only possible with the ignition switched on or with the engine running and an engine speed
of less than 3000 rpm. At higher engine speeds, data output is restricted or terminated (for example, final
control diagnosis can only be implemented up to an engine speed of 3000 rpm; if this speed is exceeded,
self-diagnosis is terminated).
◆ As soon as the vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h, the "Final control diagnosis" function is terminated and
"Function unknown or cannot be implemented at present" is displayed.
◆ If a fault situation exists for longer than a certain period, the fault is stored as a static fault. If the fault is no
longer present after a specified period, it becomes a sporadic fault. This process is constantly repeated.
Sporadic faults are also identified as such (the letters /SP appear on the display).
◆ If a sporadic fault ceases to occur for a specific period, it is automatically erased.
The possibilities offered by self-diagnosis can only be utilised by employing fault reader V.A.G 1551 (mode 1,
"Rapid data transfer"), V.A.G 1552, or VAS 5051.
Self-diagnosis is not restricted to storage, interrogation, erasing and final control diagnosis. It also has basic
setting, control unit identification and encoding functions.
Mode -2- (flash code output) is not envisaged for electronic climate/heating control. Modes -3- (self-test) and
-4- (dealership identification) only apply to fault reader V.A.G 1551 and vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 and
are described in the appropriate manuals.
Note:
The following describes self-diagnosis using the fault reader V.A.G 1551 only.
Self-diagnosis can also be performed in the same manner with VAS 5051 or V.A.G 1552. In order to be able
to provide proof of faults in the event of subsequent queries, it is advisable to print out any faults found after
interrogating the fault memory.
If the fault memory has been read out using V.A.G 1552, before erasing the fault memory, connect V.A.G 1551
or VAS 5051 and print out the faults found (V.A.G 1552 does not have a printer).
1.4 - Technical data of self-diagnosis
▪ Memory Non-volatile memory

▪ Data output Rapid data transfer "Mode 1"
▪ Self-diagnosis Electronic climate/heating control "Address word 08"
- Interrogating control unit version Function
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial 01 in part or in whole, is not
purposes,
- Interrogating fault memory with respect to the correctness of information Function 02Copyright by AUDI AG.
in this document.
- Performing final control diagnosis Function 03
- Performing basic setting Function 04

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Erasing fault memory Function 05

- End of output Function 06
- Encoding control unit Function 07
- Reading measured value block Function 08
Notes:
◆ Component fitting locations => Pages 231 .
◆ If a newly installed operating and display unit has not been encoded, or if an invalid code has been entered
in operating and display unit -E87, the old code is kept or the code "00040" (4 cyl. petrol engine, LHD, rest
of the world) or "00000"is displayed, depending on the -E87 version.
◆ If the display of a newly installed operating and display unit flashes (for approx. 2 minutes) after the ignition
is switched on, encode the operating and display unit and perform basic setting.
◆ Air conditioner control remains operational and is not terminated on entering into self-diagnosis mode (com‐
pressor, positioning motors, radiator fan etc. can be actuated).
◆ Air conditioner control is not terminated on entering into self-diagnosis mode. However, it is deactivated if
the following functions are selected:
- Perform final control diagnosis
- Perform basic setting
When the other functions are selected, the controls remain fully operative.
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 is no longer connected to terminal "30" of the vehicle electrical system.
The last valid setting (on operating and display unit -E87) is stored in -E87 on switching off the ignition and
is re-activated when the ignition is switched on. In vehicles from model year 2000 the setting is assigned to
an ignition key.
◆ On vehicles which have a sun roof with solar cells, power is still supplied to the operating and display unit
-E87 for a certain period when the ignition is switched off. This is done by means of an additional control
unit. The voltage must be maintained (at connector "A" contact "10"), so that the air flow flap positioning
motor -V71 (which in vehicles up to model year 2001 also operates the fresh/recirculated air flap) or the
recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (which operates the fresh/recirculated air flap in vehicles from
model year 2002)
Protected can setCopying
by copyright. the fresh/recirculated air flapin to
for private or commercial purposes, part"fresh airismode"
or in whole, not if the system was operating in
recirculated air mode when the ignition was switched off.
◆ If operating and display unit -E87 continues to function after the ignition has been switched off, check for a
short circuit to positive in the wiring to -E87 (connector D, contact 1) using the current flow diagram.
◆ On vehicles with auxiliary heater, operating and display unit -E87 is switched on by applying voltage (at
connector -D-, contact -1-) with the ignition switched off.
◆ The elapsed time interval after the ignition is switched off is calculated by operating and display unit -E87
when the ignition is switched on (time signal is supplied by dash panel insert). If more than 4 hours have
elapsed since the ignition was switched off, the current measured values of the ambient temperature sensor
are used as temporary ambient and engine temperature for purposes of system control. If the "standing
time" was less than 4 hours, the current values are calculated by the operating and display unit -E 87 (since
heat radiation from the engine and radiator leads to incorrect measurements, the current values measured
by the temperature sensors are suppressed for a specific period).
◆ For purposes of air conditioner control and for the ambient temperature display, the lower of the two tem‐
perature values measured by the ambient temperature sensors is used.
1.5 - Self-diagnosis test prerequisites

◆ All fuses OK in accordance with current flow diagram.
◆ Battery voltage OK
◆ The ignition must be switched on or the engine must be running.
1.4 - Technical data of self-diagnosis 5

Audi A6 1998 ➤
(Engine speed below 3000 rpm)
1.6 - Safety precautions
Note the following points if testers and measuring instruments have to be used during a road test:
Important
◆ Always install testers and measuring instruments on the rear seat and have a second person operate them
from there.
◆ If test equipment is operated from the front passenger seat, the person sitting there could be injured if the
front passenger airbag were triggered in the event of an accident.
2 - Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or

fault reader V.A.G 1551 and selecting function
2.1 - Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or fault reader
V.A.G 1551 and selecting function Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- Switch ignition off.

- -> Remove cover for diagnostic connector.
Vehicles up to Model Year 2001
- Connect vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 using diagnostic cable VAS 5051/1.
Vehicles from Model Year 2002
- Connect vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 to the diagnostic connector using
diagnostic wire VAS 5051/1 and adapter VAS 6017.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ -> In vehicles from model year 2002 self-diagnosis can only be performed with the additional use of adapter
VAS 6017. In these vehicles the diagnostic wire to the operating and display unit -E87 is connected to a
different contact on the diagnostic connector.
◆ Alternatively, connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS
5051 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 using diagnostic wire V.A.G 1551/3.
◆ If testers and measuring equipment have to be used during a test drive, observe safety precautions => Page
6
◆ The description below predominantly refers to self-diagnosis using fault reader V.A.G 1551.
◆ When using vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051, or the vehicle system tester V.A.G
1552, follow the procedures described in the appropriate operating instructions.
-> Indicated on display:

font=symbol charset=fontspecific code=042 is displayed alternately.
V.A.G
Notes:
◆ If nothing is displayed on the fault reader V.A.G 1551, check wiring for diagnostic connector according to
current flow diagram.
◆ Depending on the program, additional operating instructions can be printed out by pressing the HELP key
on V.A.G 1551.
◆ Use the ⇒key to continue through the program.
◆ The PRINT key switches on the printer (lamp in the key lights up).
◆ The fault memory cannot be erased until it has been interrogated.
- Switch on ignition/start engine.

- Switch on compressor (press "Auto" button of operating and display unit -E87).
- Press key -1- to select "Rapid data transfer" mode.
Note: with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
To check the vehicle speed signal (in the "Reading measured value block" function), move vehicle a few metres
at walking pace before entering into self-diagnosis mode.
2.1 - Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or fault
reader V.A.G 1551 and selecting function 7

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Rapid data transfer HELP

Enter address word XX
- Press keys -0- and -8- (08 enters address word for testing the vehicle's "electronic climate/heating control").

Rapid data transfer Q
08 Electronic climate/heating control
- Press Q to confirm entry.
-> Display following input of the address word 08:

Rapid data transfer
Tester sends address word 08
-> After a short time, the control unit identification, the code and the workshop code for the V.A.G 1551 are
displayed:
4B0 820 043 X A6 Fully automatic A/C
XXXX
Code XXXXX WSC ZZZZZ
◆ Control unit identification, depending on vehicle equipment, air conditioner unit version, vehicle production
date (=> Page 9 ) and
=> Parts List

◆ WSC ZZZZZ designates the workshop code for V.A.G 1551 that was used to perform the previous encoding.
◆ "DXX" or "XXXX" designates the software version of operating and display unit -E87 and is of no significance
for customer service.
Note:
Code operating and display unit -E87 =>Page 52 .
List of functions Page

01 - Interrogating control unit version 6
02 - Interrogating fault memory 13
03 - Final control diagnosis 35
04 - Basic setting 49
05 - Erasing fault memory 51
06 - End of output 51
07 - Encoding control unit 52
08 - Reading measured value
permitted unless blockby AUDI AG. AUDI57
authorised AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Only the functions listed above can be used for the self-diagnosis of the electronic climate/heating control.
- Press the⇒key.
-> Indicated on display (selection of function, e.g. 02 - interrogate fault memory):

Select function XX
Notes:
◆ Pressing the HELP key prints a list of possible functions.
◆ Pressing the ⇒ key returns V.A.G 1551 program to its initial setting.
◆ If one of the following fault messages appears on the display:
-
No control unit response
-> Use the HELP key to print out the possible fault causes.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
-
K-wire not switched to positive
-> Check diagnostic connector

wiring using current flow diagram.
->
Rapid data transfer
No signal from control unit
◆ data transfer
Rapid
Communication problem
-> If this display appears at the start of or during the program, faults have occurred and data exchange is
no longer possible between the fault reader V.A.G 1551 and the control unit -E87. Check wiring of diagnostic
connector using the current flow diagram.
- After eliminating the possible causes of trouble, enter address word 08 again for "Electronic climate/heating
control" and confirm with Q key.
-> Display following input of the address word 08:

and the following display then appears:
Rapid data transfer
Tester sends address word 08
-> The control unit identification,
with respect to the code and
the correctness the workshop
of information codeCopyright
in this document. for the by V.A.G
AUDI AG. 1551 are displayed.
4B0 820 043 X A6 Fully automatic
A/C DXX
- Press the ⇒ key.
-> Indicated on display (selection of function, e.g. 02 - interrogate fault memory):

Select function XX
2.2 - Encoding table
Operating and display unit -E87 for vehicles up to model year 2001
Code Significance
0 No assignment
0 No assignment
Country (export version)
0 Rest of the world (ROW) except USA and Japan
1 USA
2 Japan
Engine version
4 4-cylinder
6 6-cylinder
8 8-cylinder
Vehicle/engine type
2.1 - Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or fault
reader V.A.G 1551 and selecting function 9

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Code Significance
0 LHD/petrol engine
1 RHD/petrol engine
3 LHD/diesel engine
4 RHD/diesel engine
Notes:
◆ Note the precise assignment when replacing an operating and display unit -E87 (=> Page 1 )
=> Parts List
◆ The explanation of the individual code digits (e.g. 00040):
0 = Not assigned
0 = Not assigned
0 = Rest of the world (all countries except USA and Japan)
4 = Vehicles with 4-cylinder engine
0 = Vehicle for driving on right (left-hand drive) with petrol engine
◆ The main differences between the codes for "Rest of world" and "USA" or "Japan" are as follows:
USA = Temperature display in °F has priority over °C.
Japan = "Manually activated air recirculation mode" function is not cancelled when ignition is switched off.
=> Parts List
Operating and display unit -E87 for vehicles from model year 2002
Code Significance
0 No assignment
Electrically heated windscreen
0 Not installed
1 installed
Compressor design
0 Compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
1 Compressor with regulating valve -N280
0 All countries except USA and Japan
1 USA
2 Japan
Vehicle/engine
with typeof information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
respect to the correctness
0 LHD/petrol engine
1 RHD/petrol engine
3 LHD/diesel engine
4 RHD/diesel engine

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ The explanation of the individual code digits (e.g. "00000"):
0 = Not assigned
0 = Vehicle without heated windscreen
0 = Vehicle with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25

0 = Vehicle for driving on right (left-hand drive), with petrol engine (without additional heater) and therefore
having an air conditioner unit with 6 positioning motors (with air-quality sensor -G238)
◆ A heated windscreen is not supplied at the start of production; installation as an optional extra is open.
◆ The type of compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25 or regulating valve -N280) depends on the engine. At
the start of production compressors with regulating valve -N280 will be fitted in vehicles with the following
engines:
1.9l diesel direct injection engine, 2.5l diesel direct injection engine (except allroad)
2.0l petrol engine and 3.0l petrol engine => Page 12 and
=> Parts List
◆ In vehicles with air conditioner compressor regulating valve -N280 a vent temperature sender to the evap‐
orator -G263 is also fitted => Page 231 . Using the measured value of the -G263, the temperature of the
evaporator is controlled by actuation of regulating valve -N280 by the -E87
◆ Vehicles produced in China must be encoded in the same way as vehicles produced up to model year 2001
=> Parts List
USA = The control of the -E87 is set somewhat cooler than for the rest of the world and the temperature display
is given in °F rather than °C.
◆ In a vehicle for driving on the right (left-hand drive) air flow flap positioning motor -V71 is fitted => Page
231 . This component is not present on right-hand drive vehicles and is not actuated and interrogated by
the -E87.
◆ During encoding for a vehicle with diesel engine, if the ambient temperature is low, a request for the addi‐
tional heater is sent to the engine control unit (via the drive data bus or a dedicated connection depending
on the engine type). This request is not output with encoding for a petrol engine.
◆ Data exchange with the control unit in the dash panel insert (and with certain engine control units) takes
place via the drive data bus, therefore it is not necessary to encode the number of engine cylinders.
=> Parts List
2.2 - Encoding table 11

Audi A6 1998 ➤
2.3 - Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002
Engine type Compressor with Actuation of radiator fanData exchange with engine
control unit
Regulating Magnetic Via the engine Via 2 outputs Via the drive Via dedicated
valve clutch -N25 control unit on the -E87 data bus wires
-N280 (drive data
bus)
Petrol engine X X X
with following
capacity
1.8l, 2.4l, 2.7l,
2.8l
4.2l (except
Audi allroad)
Petrol engine X X X
with following
capacity permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
2.0l and 3.0lwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
4.2l (Audi all‐
road only)
Diesel engine X X X
with following
capacity
1.9l and
2.5l (except
allroad)
Diesel engine X X X
with following
capacity
2.5l (allroad
only)
Notes:
◆ In vehicles in which the radiator fan is actuated via the engine control unit, actuation is infinitely variable.
Fan actuation depends on the engine.
◆ In vehicles in which the radiator fan is actuated by the -E87 directly (via 2 outputs), via the radiator fan relay
-J26 and radiator fan 2nd speed relay -J101 or via the radiator fan control unit -J293, actuation occurs via
2 stages. Fan actuation depends on the engine.
◆ In vehicles in which the -E87 exchanges data with the engine control unit via the drive data bus, the -E87
transmits or receives the following data from the data bus:
Engine speed, coolant temperature, compressor on or off, compressor shut-off or reduction of compressor
output by engine control unit, idling speed increase, driver's requirement "additional heater" (diesel engines
only), radiator fan control (not diesel engines, which have dedicated wires).
◆ In vehicles in which the -E87 exchanges no data with the engine control unit via the drive data bus, the -
E87 receives the following data from the data bus:
engine speed, ignition off period and coolant temperature.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
The data "compressor on or off, compressor shut-off by engine control unit, idling speed increase, driver's
requirement "additional heater" (diesel engines only) and radiator fan control are output by the -E87 via
dedicated wires
=> Parts List
=> Parts List
3 - Interrogating fault memory

3.1 - Interrogating fault memory
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551,
Enter address word 08 "Electronic climate/heating control" and advance the program until "Select function
XX" appears on display (=>as of Page 6 ).
- Switch on printer by pressing PRINT key (lamp in key lights up).
-> Indicated on display (function selection):

Select function XX
- Press keys 0 and 2. (02 selects the "Interrogating fault memory" function.)

02 - Interrogate fault memory
-> The number of stored faults or "No faults detected" is indicated on the display.
X faults detected
No faults detected
The stored faults are displayed and printed out one after the other.
- After the last fault has been displayed and printed out, rectify the faults in accordance with the fault table
(=>Page 14 ).
As with "No faults detected" the program returns to its initial position when the ⇒key is pressed.

Select function XX
- End output (function 06) =>Page 51
2.3 - Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 13

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Switch off ignition and detach diagnostic connector.
Notes:
◆ If a fault was detected:
- 1. Rectify fault.
- 2. Interrogate fault memory (function 02).
- 3. Erase fault memory (function 05).
- 4. Check code (function 01) or encode control unit (function 07).
- 5. Perform basic setting (function 04).

- 6. Interrogate fault memory (function 02) and erase if applicable (function 05).
- 7. End output (function 06).
◆ If no faults have been detected and complaints have been received about the air conditioner (e.g. the com‐
pressor is not functioning or only functioning intermittently, system control unsatisfactory, fresh air blower
speed cannot be regulated):
- 1. Read measured value block (function 08) =>Page 57 .
- 2. Perform final control diagnosis (Function 03)% Page 35 .
- 3. Check refrigeration capacity of air conditioner=> Page 276 .
◆ If, when the ignition is switched on, no "Signal for ignition off time" has been detected by operating and
display unit -E87, the -E87 assumes a standing time of more than 4 hours and it is assumed that the engine
temperature is the same as the ambient temperature. It can happen when operating the heater that there
is a delay before the fresh air blower starts, even though the engine has reached operating temperature
(=>Page 57 Reading measured value block). The ambient temperature indicator -G106 in the dash panel
insert may display incorrect ambient temperature values.
◆ If both display zones of operating and display unit -E87 are not illuminated when the ignition is switched on,
repair the power supply, terminal 58d (dimmer) to -E87 using the current flow diagram =>Page 100 (Elec‐
trical test in vehicles up to model year 2001).
◆ If the two display zones of operating and display unit -E87 are not illuminated when the ignition is switched
on, repair the power supply, terminal 58d (dimmer) to -E87 using the current flow diagram =>Page 100
(Electrical check).
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 operating and display unit -E87 switches to "Econ" mode automatically if
no basic setting is performed after installation of a new -E87 or the pressure measured by high-pressure
sender -G65 is too low or too high (the compressor must not be switched on) =>Reading measured value
block in vehicles from model year 2002 Page 69 (display group 001).
2001 to 2002 but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start)
=> Parts List
4 - Fault table Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
4.1 - Fault table

Notes:
◆ Listed below in ascending order of fault codes are all the faults detected by air conditioner operating and
display unit -E87 and displayed on V.A.G 1551.
◆ Faults are displayed as being sporadic if they only occur from time to time or if the fault memory has not
been erased following fault remedy. (The content of the fault memory is retained until it is erased, "non-
volatile memory".)
◆ In "Rapid data transfer" mode the fault code and flash code (for individual components only) only appear on
the printout.
Example:
Fault code Flash code
5-digit 4-digit
00532 2232
◆ The fault type indicated in the fault table may also appear; it provides additional data on the component
concerned and/or on the "Info" display and on fault localisation.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Once repairs have been completed, the fault memory is always to be interrogated again with fault reader
V.A.G 1551 and erased.
◆ Before replacing components, always check the relevant positive and earth connections (terminals 15, 75,
30 and 31), as well as all connectors (between -E87 and the component detected as being defective),
according to the current flow diagram.
◆ With all sporadic faults, it is particularly important to check the connectors for possible loose contacts.
◆ After replacing a component of the air conditioner/heating system, the basic setting (function 04) must always
be performed and then the fault memory read out and any faults indicated rectified and erased from the
memory (functions 02 and 05).
◆ Use test box V.A.G 1598/11 and V.A.G 1598/12 for checking the electrical connections of operating and
display unit -E87 in accordance with the current flow diagram.
◆ If operating and display unit -E87 continues to function after the ignition has been switched off, check for a
short circuit to positive in the wiring to -E87 (connector D, contact 1) using the current flow diagram.
◆ If, on vehicles with a sun roof with solar cells, the fresh/recirculated air flap is not set to "fresh air mode" after
the ignition has been switched off, check that voltage is being maintained (at connector A, contact 10,
operating and display unit -E87) =>Page 100 (Electrical test).
◆ If a fault is detected on the potentiometer in one of the air distribution positioning motors, the air distribution
can be influenced by actuating the keys on operating and display unit -E87.
◆ The display is switched from °C (Celsius) to °F (Fahrenheit) and vice versa by actuating the key"Temperature
+ driver's side"button with "Air-recirculation mode" pressed.
◆ If problems have been reported with the AC/heating electronics but no faults can be detected, perform
functions "Finalwithcontrol
respect todiagnosis 03" and "Reading measured
Copyright value block 08".
the correctness of information in this document. by AUDI AG.
◆ Check refrigeration capacity of air conditioner =>Page 276 .
◆ If a fault is detected in the temperature regulation and no fault is displayed, check:
- That the temperature sensors (senders) are installed correctly.
- Whether the cabling to the sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 has been interchanged.
- The functioning of the dash panel temperature sensor blower -V42 (installed in the -E87).
- The operation of the two temperature flaps via the relevant positioning motor.
◆ For certain fault types text is no longer displayed when the fault memory is interrogated by the V.A.G 1551
or V.A.G 1552 (the fault text is no longer included in the program card for this fault reader).
◆ The air conditioner control will be changed over with the switch from model year 2001 to 2002. For the Audi
allroad the air conditioner changeover does not take place with the switch from model year 2001 to 2002
but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start).
=> Parts List
4.2 - Fault table up to fault code "00975"
Output on the V.A.G 1551 printer Possible causes of fault Fault remedy
00000 If "No faults detected" appears after performing repairs, the self-diagnosis
No faults detected is completed.
00532 2234
Power supply
Signal too small /SP - Voltage dips in vehicle's electrical - Check alternator and voltage regu‐
system to values below 9.5 V. lator.
Contact resistance in wiring to -E87. => Electrical System; Repair group
01
Use current flow diagram to locate
and eliminate contact resistance.
4.1 - Fault table 15

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Additionally, in vehicles from model Check the encoding of the -E87 =>
year 2002 Page 12
The -E87 was encoded for a vehicle
with a compressor with magnetic
clutch -N25 and a compressor with
regulating valve -N280 is installed
Notes:
◆ The "supply voltage" fault will be recognised by operating and display unit -E87 for vehicles from model year
2002 with encoding for compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 only.
◆ If the vehicle's electrical system voltage (at connector -B-, contact -3-) drops to a value below 9.5 V, the
compressor will be switched off for at least 25 s. It is switched back on only when the voltage has exceeded
a value of 10.8 V.
00538
Reference voltage Displayed in vehicles from model
(5V external) year 2002 only
Short to earth/SP - Short to earth or positive in the volt‐ - Locate and rectify the short circuit
Short to positive/SP age supply line from the -E87 to the using the current flow diagram
potentiometers in the air conditioner Check the potentiometers (in the po‐
positioning motors and to the sun‐ sitioning motors) and the photosensor
light penetration photosensor -G107 =>Electrical test, Page 115
which are supplied with measuring
circuit voltage by the -E87
- Open circuit in the connection to
earth of the potentiometers in the air
conditioner positioning motors and
for the sunlight penetration photo‐
sensor -G107
Protected to theCopying
by copyright. -E87for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- Shortwithtorespect
earthto or positive in a po‐
the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
tentiometer connected to this current
circuit or in the photosensor
Notes:
◆ The following components are supplied with voltage (5V) via this current circuit, potentiometers -G112, -
G113 (vehicles with left-hand drive only), -G135, -G143, -G220, -G221 and the sunlight penetration
photosensor -G107
◆ The reference voltage output to the -E87 is connector "C" contact "16" and the accompanying earth con‐
nection is via connector "A" contact "9".
Output on the V.A.G 1551 printer Possible causes of Fault remedy

fault
00601
Potentiometer -G112 in the positioning motor -V70 (for cen‐
tral flap)
Short to earth/SP - Short circuit, open cir‐ - Use current flow dia‐
Open circuit/short to positive /SP cuit or fault in the as‐ gram to locate and elim‐
Adaption limit exceeded signment of the con‐ inate short circuit, open
nectors between - circuit in wiring or fault
G112 and -E87. in pin assignment.
Central flap or footwell Check freedom of
flap stiff. movement of central
Potentiometer -G112 in flap and footwell flap
-V70 defective. Replace positioning
motor -V70.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ The fault "Adaption limit exceeded" is only recognised during basic setting. If this fault is present, a substitute
value is stored as the adaption value (learned value for this potentiometer) and displayed in the relevant
measured value block.
◆ If the fault "Adaption limit exceeded" is displayed, check that the flap reaches both limit stops and that there
is not too much play on the actuating arm (worn).
00604
Potentiometer -G113 in the positioning motor -V71 (for air-
flow flap)
Short to earth/SP - Vehicles with left- Use current flow dia‐
Open circuit/short to positive /SP hand drive gram to locate and elim‐
Adaption limit exceeded - Vehicles with right- inate short circuit, open
hand drive up to model circuit in wiring or fault
year 2001 in pin assignment.
Short circuit, open cir‐ Check freedom of
cuit or fault in the as‐ movement of air flow
signment of the con‐ flap (and fresh/recircu‐
nectors between -G113 lated air flap).
and -E87. Replace positioning
Air flow flap (or fresh/ motor -V71
recirculated air flap)
stiff.
Potentiometer -G113 in
-V71 defective.
- Vehicles with right- Check the encoding of
hand drive from model the -E87 => Page 12
year 2002
Operating and display
unit
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, -E87 incorrectly en‐
is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any coded
liability (for vehicle with
left-hand drive).
Notes:
◆ The fault "Adaption limit exceeded " is only recognised during basic setting. If this fault is present, a substitute
◆ Positioning motor -V71 also moves the fresh/recirculated air flap in addition to the air flow flap in vehicles
with left-hand drive up to model year 2001.
◆ Vehicles with right-hand drive (driving on left) are not fitted with an air flow flap. In vehicles up to model year
2001, however, the fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by positioning motor -V71.
◆ Vehicles from model year 2002 with right-hand drive are also not fitted with an air flow flap. In this case,
however, the fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by the recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113.
◆ Positioning motor -V71 is not fitted in vehicles with right-hand drive (driving on left) from model year 2002.
The fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by the recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113.
2001 to 2002 but gradually in model year 2002 (but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start)
=> Parts List
00624
Air conditioner compressor cut-in
4.2 - Fault table up to fault code "00975" 17

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Short to positive/SP - Short to positive or fault in the as‐ - Use current flow diagram to locate
signment of the connectors between and eliminate short circuit or fault in
the engine control unit and the -E87. pin assignment.
Fault in engine control unit. Check engine control unit.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, In‐
jection and Ignition system
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Die‐
sel Direct Injection and Glow Plug
System
- -E87 not deactivating output. - Check the "air-conditioner compres‐
sor cut-in" output of the -E87 (=> Final
control diagnosis, Page 35 ).
Notes:
◆ The fault "air conditioner compressor cut-in" is stored if voltage is present at "air conditioner compressor
cut-in" input/output when compressor is shut off.
◆ This fault is only present in vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 (up to model year 2001 all
vehicles, from model year 2002 depending on the engine).
◆ In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 (fitted from model year 2002 in certain engines)
data are exchanged between the engine control unit and the -E87 via the drive data bus. If this fault is
displayed in these vehicles, check for a short circuit in connector -B- contact "15" to the -E87
00625
Vehicle speed signal Displayed in vehicles up to model
year 2001 only
* Implausible signal /SP - Loose contact in wiring between - Use current flow diagram to locate
road speed sender -G68, dash pan‐ and eliminate loose contact:
el insert or another component also
connected to this signal (e.g. radio
or cruise control unit) and -E87.
- Unusable signal from speedometer - Check road speed signal from
-G21/dash panel insert, or another sender -G21 or from dash panel in‐
connected component destroys the sert (note all components connec‐
signal. ted to this signal wiring).
=> Electrical System; Repair group
90
Notes:
◆ This fault is only present in vehicles upProtected
to model year 2001
by copyright. Copying(the speed
for private signal purposes,
or commercial is transmitted
in part or in via a isdedicated
whole, not
wire from the control unit in the dash panel insert).
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 data are exchanged between the control unit in the dash panel insert and
the -E87 via the drive data bus.
=> Parts List
00710

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Defrost flap positioning motor -V107

Blocked or without voltage/SP - Short circuit, open circuit or - Use current flow diagram to lo‐
fault in the assignment of the cate and eliminate short circuit,
connectors between -V107 and open circuit in wiring or fault in
-E87. pin assignment.
Defrost flap stiff. Check the freedom of movement
Positioning motor -V107 defec‐ of the defrost flap
tive. Check positioning motor -V107
=> Final control diagnosis, Page
35 ).
Note:
If, depending on the version of the -E87 for positioning motor -V107, the fault "short to positive or earth" is
displayed, fault finding must be carried out as for the fault "Blocked or without voltage".
00716
Air recirculation flap positioning motor -V113 Displayed in vehicles from
model year 2002 only
Blocked or without voltage /SP - Short circuit, open circuit or - Use current flow diagram to
wiring fault between -V113 and locate and rectify short circuit,
-E87 open circuit or wiring fault
Fresh/recirculated air flap stiff Check freedom of movement
Recirculated air flap position‐ of fresh/recirculated air flap
ing motor -V113 defective Check recirculated air flap po‐
sitioning motor -V113 =>Final
control diagnosis, Page 35
Notes:
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 positioning motor -V113 moves the fresh/recirculated air flap; the air flow
flap is moved by positioning motor -V71 (only fitted in vehicles with left-hand drive).
◆ If, depending on the version of the -E87 for positioning motor -V113, the fault "short to positive or earth" is
◆ In left-hand drive vehicles up to model year 2001 the fresh/recirculated air flap and the air flow flap were
moved by positioning motor -V71. Vehicles with right-hand drive were not fitted with an air flow flap.
The fresh/recirculated air flap byiscopyright.
Protected movedCopyingby the recirculated
for private or commercialairpurposes,
flap positioning motor
in part or in whole, is not -V113.
◆ For the Audi allroad thepermitted
air conditioner changeover does not take place with the
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
switch from model year
=> Parts List

fault
00727
Potentiometer -G135 in positioning motor -V107 (for defrost
flap)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Open circuit/short to positive /SP cuit or fault in the as‐ gram to locate and elim‐
Adaption limit exceeded signment of the con‐ inate short circuit, open
G135 and -E87. in pin assignment.
Defrost flap stiff. Check the freedom of
Potentiometer -G135 in movement of the de‐
-V107 defective. frost flap
Replace positioning
motor -V107.
Notes:
00735
Potentiometer -G143 in positioning motor -V113 (for recircu‐ Displayed in vehicles
lation flap) from model year 2002
only
Open circuit/short to positivepermitted
/SP unless authorised
cuit or bywiring
AUDI AG. fault
AUDIbe‐
AG doesgram to locate
not guarantee and
or accept anyrec‐
liability
Adaption limit exceeded tween
with respect to the -G143
correctness and -E87
of information tify short
in this document. circuit,
Copyright open
by AUDI AG.
Fresh/recirculated air circuit or wiring fault
flap stiff. Check freedom of
Potentiometer -G143 in movement of fresh/re‐
-V113 defective circulated air flap.
Replace positioning
motor -V113
Notes:
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 positioning motor -V113 moves the fresh/recirculated air flap; the air flow
flap is moved by positioning motor -V71 (only fitted in vehicles with left-hand drive).
◆ In left-hand drive vehicles up to model year 2001 the fresh/recirculated air flap and the air flow flap were
moved by positioning motor -V71. Vehicles with right-hand drive were not fitted with an air flow flap.
=> Parts List
00756
Vent temperature sender, left -G150

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Short to earth/SP - Short circuit or open circuit - Use current flow diagram to lo‐
Open circuit/short to positive /SP between -G150 and -E87. cate and eliminate short circuit
Sender -G150 defective. or open circuit
Check sender -G150 (=>Elec‐
trical check, Page 100 ).
00757
Vent temperature sender, right, -G151
Open circuit/short to positive /SP between -G151 and -E87. cate and eliminate short circuit
Sender -G151 defective. or open circuit
Check sender -G151 (=>Elec‐
trical check, Page 100 ).
00779 3133
Outside temperature sensor -G17
Open circuit/short to positive /SP between -G17 and -E87 cate and eliminate short circuit
Temperature sensor -G17 de‐ or open circuit
fective. Check temperature sensor -G17
(=>Electrical test, Page 100 ).
00785 3211
Dash panel temperature sensor
-G56
Short to earth/SP - Temperature sensor -G56 - Replace operating and display
Open circuit/short to positive /SP defective (fitted in the -E87). unit -E87.
00787 3213
Fresh air intake temperature sensor -G89
Short to earth/SP - Short circuit or open circuit - Use current flow diagram to
Open circuit/short to positive /SP between -G89 and -E87 locate and eliminate short cir‐
Temperature sensor -G89 cuit or open circuit
defective. Check temperature sensor -
G89 (=>Electrical test, Page
100 ).
00792 3224
Air conditioner pressure switch --F129 Displayed in vehicles up to model
year 2001 only
Short to earth/SP - Open circuit in wiring between - - Use current flow diagram to lo‐
F129 and -E87. cate and eliminate open circuit or
Actuation of radiator fan -V7 loose contact.
(speed 1) defective. Check the actuation of the fan -V7
Condenser or radiator dirty. (speed 1) =>Final control diagno‐
Actuation of radiator fan -V7 sis, Page 167 ).
(speed 2) from pressure switch - Vehicle must be taken to a spe‐
F129 defective. cialist air conditioner workshop.
Pressure
Protected by copyright. Copying switch
for private or -F129
commercial defective.
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Fault
permitted unless authorised by AUDI inAG.refrigerant
AUDI AG does notcircuit (over‐
guarantee or accept any liability
pressure
with respect to the correctness or vacuum).
of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ This fault is only present in vehicles up to model year 2001. From model year 2002 high-pressure sender -
G65 is fitted instead of pressure switch -F129.
◆ Pressure switch -F129 consists of 2 switching elements:

- The compressor is switched off via contacts 1 and 2 in the event of vacuum or overpressure in the refrigerant
circuit
(switch opens).
- The radiator fan is switched to the 2nd speed via contacts 3 and 4 (switch closes).
◆ If the switch between contacts 1 and 2 in pressure switch -F129 is open, this is initially recognised by
operating and display unit -E87 as overpressure in the refrigerant circuit and stored as a fault. If the measured
ambient temperature is between 0 °C and 50 °C and the switch remains open for longer than 30 seconds,
the function switches from overpressure to vacuum (low-pressure switch function) =>Reading measured
value block, Page 57 (display group 01, compressor shut-off criteria).
◆ If open high-pressure switch - F129 is detected 30 times within one driving period due to a loose contact,
for example, the compressor is switched off. The compressor can be switched on again by actuating the
"Compressor on" button or by switching the ignition off and on again. If this fault occurs over several driving
cycles, the compressor cannot be switched on again until the fault memory has been erased.
00796 3234
Blower for temperature sensor -V42, dash panel
Blocked or without voltage - Blower -V42 defective (fit‐ - Replace operating and dis‐
/SP ted in the -E87). play unit -E87.
00797 3241
Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107
Open circuit/short to earth /SP - Open or short circuit be‐ - Use current flow diagram to
Short to positive/SP tween -G107 and -E87. locate and eliminate short cir‐
Photosensor -G107 defec‐ cuit, open circuit in wiring or
tive. fault in pin assignment.
Replace photosensor -G107 .
00818
Vent temperature sender -G263, evaporator Displayed in vehicles
from model year 2002 on‐
ly
Short to earth/SP - Vehicles with compres‐ Use current flow diagram
Open circuit/short to positive /SP sor with regulating valve - to locate and rectify short
N280 circuit or open circuit
Short circuit or open cir‐ Check evaporator vent
cuit between
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in-G263
part or inand
whole,-istemperature
not sender -
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG E87 G263 =>Electrical test,
does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information inEvaporator vent temper‐
this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.Page 115
ature sender -G263 de‐
fective
- Vehicles with compres‐ Check the encoding of the
sor with magnetic clutch - -E87 => Page 12
N25
unit -E87 incorrectly en‐
coded (for a vehicle with
compressor with regulat‐
ing valve -N280).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ If a fault is recognised on sender -G263, the -E87 switches to emergency running and regulating valve -
N280 will only be re-actuated with the current maximum control current of approx. 0.3A to 0.5A (which results
in the air conditioner's refrigeration capacity becoming less and at relatively high temperatures cooling is no
longer adequate) => Page 69 Reading measured value block in vehicles from model year 2002 (display
group "001" and "002").
◆ Vent temperature sender -G263 is only present in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280.
Only on this compressor can the evaporator air vent temperature be changed by the -E87 by actuation of
the -N280.
00819
High-pressure sender -G65 Displayed in vehicles from
Short to earth/SP - Short circuit or open cir‐
- Use current flow diagram
(Signal ratio 5% or less) cuit between -G65 and - to locate and rectify short
Open circuit/short to positive /SP E87 circuit or open circuit
(Signal ratio 95% or more) - High-pressure sender -Check high-pressure send‐
G65 defective er -G65 =>Electrical test,
Page 115
Signal too small /SP - Open circuit in the voltage - Use the current flow dia‐
(Signal ratio under 12% and over 5%) supply or in the earth con‐ gram to locate and rectify
nection to the -G65 the open circuit:
- High-pressure sender - Check high-pressure send‐
G65 defective er -G65 =>Electrical test,
- Too little refrigerant in re‐ Page 115
frigerant circuit Check pressure in refriger‐
ant circuit (can only be done
in a specialist air conditioner
workshop).
=> Air Conditioner with Re‐
frigerant R134a
Continued ▼
00819 (Fault 00819 continued)
Signal too great/SP - High-pressure sender - - Check high-pressure send‐
(Signal ratio over 92% and under 95%) G65 defective er -G65 =>Electrical test,
- Fault in radiator fan actua‐ Page 35
tion
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG doesCheck pressure
not guarantee or acceptin
anyrefrigerant
liability
with respect- to
Too much refrigerant
the correctness of information in re‐document.
in this circuit Copyright
(can only beAG.
by AUDI done in a
frigerant circuit specialist air conditioner
workshop).
=> Air Conditioner with Re‐
frigerant R134a
Notes:
◆ The signal ratio transmitted by high-pressure sender -G65 is displayed in the measured value block (display
group 001) => Page 69 Reading measured value block in vehicles from model year 2002
◆ Operating and display unit -E87 switches to "Econ" mode automatically if the pressure measured by high-
pressure sender -G65 is too high or too low (the compressor must not be switched on) => Page 69 Reading
measured value block in vehicles from model year 2002.
◆ This fault is only present in vehicles from model year 2002. From model year 2002 high-pressure sender -
G65 is fitted instead of pressure switch -F129.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List
00975
Rear window heater -Z1 Displayed in vehicles
from model year 2002 on‐
ly
Output does not switch/short circuit to posi‐ - Short or open circuit in - Use current flow dia‐
tive/SP heated rear window -Z1, gram to locate and rectify
in the earth connection to short circuit or open cir‐
-Z1 or in the connection cuit
between -Z1 and -E87 Use the current flow dia‐
- Open circuit in voltage gram to locate and rectify
supply to connector "F" the open circuit:
on the -E87 Check actuation and cur‐
- Heated rear window -Z1 rent intake of heated rear
defective. window -Z1 => Page
139
Continued ▼
Output does not switch/short circuit to earth/ - Short circuit (to earth) - Locate and rectify the
SP between heated rear win‐ short circuit using the cur‐
dow -Z1 and -E87 rent flow diagram
- Open circuit in voltage Use the current flow dia‐
supply to connector "F" gram to locate and rectify
on the -E87 the open circuit:
- Heated rear window -Z1 Check actuation and cur‐
defective rent intake of heated rear
window -Z1 => Page
139
Notes:
◆ Depending on the version of operating and display unit -E87, the fault type "open circuit" may also be dis‐
played for the heated rear window. The fault cause in this -E87 is the same as for the fault "Output does not
switch/short circuit to positive".
◆ Under certain conditions, with some operating and display units -E87 a sporadic fault can be displayed at
the heated rear window -Z1 without a fault actually being present (e.g. if after switching on the ignition the
heated rear window is switched on first and then the ignition key is slowly turned further to start the engine).
Because this fault is automatically deleted again after 20 engine starts and it does not have any influence
on the control of the air conditioner, it should be disregarded if there are no complaints about the heated
rear window.
4.3 - Fault table from fault code "01044"

01044
Control unit incorrectly encoded

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- The -E87 was not encoded as - Checking encoding of the -E87 =>
specified. Page 12
Wrong code was entered
Note:
The faults "Control unit incorrectly encoded" and "Basic setting not performed" are not stored by all versions of
operating and display unit -E87 (operating and display units -E87 that store these faults are being introduced
gradually as of model year 1999).
01087
Basic setting not performed
- Either a fault occurred during the - Check the encoding of the operat‐
"basic setting" function, or the ignition ing and display unit -E87 => Page
was switched off and the -E87 was not 49
able to complete the function.
After replacement of the -E87, no ba‐
sic setting was performed.
The basic setting was performed on
an -E87 that was not encoded or was
encoded incorrectly
Note: with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
The faults "Control unit incorrectly encoded" and "Basic setting not performed" are not stored by all versions of
operating and display unit -E87 (operating and display units -E87 that store these faults are being introduced
gradually as of model year 1999).
01206
Signal for ignition off time
Implausible signal /SP - Vehicles up to Model Year 2001 Use current flow diagram to locate and
Open circuit or short in wiring be‐ eliminate short circuit, open circuit in
tween dash panel insert and -E87. wiring or fault in pin assignment.
Dash panel insert defective. Check signal from dash panel insert
(=>Reading measured value block in
vehicles up to model year 2001 Page
58 ).
- Vehicles from Model Year 2002 Start engine and allow to run for ap‐
The dash panel insert performed a prox. 30 seconds
restart (reset) after connection of Switch off engine.
the battery and therefore could not Switch on ignition.
send a time signal Interrogate -E87's fault memory and
erase
Continued ▼
- Fault in control unit in dash panel - Check time signal from dash panel
insert -J285 insert => Page 69 (Reading meas‐
ured value block in vehicles from
model year 2002, display group 018).
Interrogate the fault memory of the
dash panel insert.
01
4.3 - Fault table from fault code "01044" 25

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ In vehicles up to model year 2001 the"Ignition off period signal" is transmitted together with the coolant
temperature via a dedicated wire by the dash panel insert. In vehicles from model year 2002 the "Ignition
off period signal" is transmitted via the drive data bus.
◆ If, when the ignition is switched on, no "ignition off period signal" is recognised by the operating and display
unit -E87 (transmitted by the dash panel insert), the -E87 assumes a standing time of more than 4 hours
and it is assumed that the engine temperature is the same as the ambient temperature. In heating mode,
the fresh air blower may thus have a delayed start despite the engine being warm. The ambient temperature
indicator -G106 in the dash panel insert may display incorrect ambient temperature values.
01232
Air conditioner compressor regulating valve - Displayed in vehicles
N280 from model year 2002 on‐
ly
Open circuit/Short to earth/SP - Vehicle with compressor Use current flow diagram
Short to positive/SP with regulating valve - to locate and rectify short
N280 circuit or open circuit
Short or open circuit be‐ Check the encoding of
tween -N280 and -E87 the -E87 => Page 69
Open circuit in connection (display group 001)
to -N280 (terminal "15")
unit -E87 encoded incor‐
rectly (encoded for a ve‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDIhicle with AGmagnetic clutch
AG. AUDI does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of -N25).
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Regulating valve -N280
defective
Continued ▼
* Open circuit/Short to earth/SP - Vehicle with compressor with Check the encoding of the -E87
Short to positive/SP magnetic clutch -N25 => Page 12
Operating and display unit -E87
encoded incorrectly (encoded for
vehicle with regulating valve -
N280).
Notes:
engines:
- 1.9l diesel direct injection engine, 2.5l diesel direct injection engine (except allroad)
- 2.0l petrol engine and 3.0l petrol engine
For further information see Page 155

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The regulating valve is installed in the compressor (the compressor can only be replaced in a specialist air
conditioner workshop).
=> Air Conditioner with Refrigerant R134a
01270
Compressor magnetic clutch -N25 Displayed in vehicles from
* Open circuit/Short to earth/SP - Vehicle with compressor Use current flow diagram to
Short to positive/SP with magnetic clutch -N25 locate and rectify short circuit
Short or open circuit between or open circuit
-J44 (magnetic clutch relay) Check the encoding of the -
and -E87 E87 => Page 69 (display
Open circuit in connection to group 001)
-J44 (terminal "15")
Operating and display unit -
E87 encoded incorrectly (en‐
coded for vehicle with com‐
pressor with regulating valve
-N280).
Relay -J44 defective.
Continued ▼
Open circuit/Short to earth/SP - Vehicle with compressor with Check the encoding of the -E87
Short to positive/SP regulating valve -N280 => Page 12
encoded incorrectly (encoded for
vehicle with magnetic clutch -
N25).
Notes:
engines:
- 1.9l diesel direct injection engine, 2.5l diesel direct injection engine (except allroad)
- 2.0l petrol engine and 3.0l petrol engine
For further information see => Page 12
01272 4123
Central flap positioning motor -V70
Central flap or footwell flap stiff. Check freedom of movement of
Positioning motor -V70 defec‐ central flap and footwell flap
(=> Final control diagnosis,
Page 35 ).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
01273 4124
Fresh-air blower -V2
Control difference /SP - Short or open circuit between -V2, - Use current flow diagram to locate
blower control unit -J126 and/or - and eliminate short circuit or open
E87. circuit
Open circuit in the power supply or Use current flow diagram to locate
earth connection to -J126. and eliminate the open circuit:
Control unit -J126 defective. Check control unit -J126 (=> Electri‐
Fresh air blower -V2 defective. cal test Page 100 ).
Replace fresh air blower -V2.
01274 4131
Air-flow flap positioning motor --V71
Air flow
Protected flap (orCopying
by copyright. fresh/recircula‐ Check
for private or commercial freedom
purposes, in part of
or inmovement
whole, is not of
ted airunless
permitted flap)authorised
stiff. by AUDI AG. AUDI AGair flow
does flap (and
not guarantee fresh/recircula‐
Positioning motor
with respect to the -V71of defec‐
correctness teddocument.
information in this air flap).
Copyright by AUDI AG.
(=> Final control diagnosis,
Page 35 ).
- Also in vehicles with right-hand Check the encoding of the -E87
drive from model year 2002 => Page 12
incorrectly encoded (for vehicle
with left-hand drive).
Notes:
◆ Positioning motor -V71 also moves the fresh/recirculated air flap in addition to the air flow flap in vehicles
with left-hand drive up to model year 2001.
◆ Vehicles from model year 2002 with right-hand drive are also not fitted with an air flow flap. In this case,
however, the fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by the recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113.
=> Parts List
◆ If, depending on the version of the -E87 for positioning motor -V71, the fault "short to positive or earth" is
01297
Footwell vent temperature sensor -G192

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Short to earth/SP - Short or open circuit be‐ - Use current flow diagram to
Open circuit/short to positive /SP tween -G192 and locate and eliminate short cir‐
-E87. cuit or open circuit
Sender -G192 defective. Check sender -G192 (=>Elec‐
trical test Page 100 ).
01312
Drive data bus Displayed in vehicles from model
year 2002 only
Read out fault memory - A control unit connected to the drive - Interrogate fault memories of all con‐
data bus cannot output the required trol units connected to the drive data
data because of a fault and incorrect bus.
information is provided. => Electrical System; Repair group 01
- A control unit connected to the drive Determine the cause of all faults stor‐
data bus cannot output the required ed in the fault memories of the control
data because of a fault on an up‐ units connected to the drive data bus
stream component and incorrect in‐ and rectify them.
formation is provided.
Defective/SP - Open circuit on one or both data - Locate open circuit or loose contact
lines (drive data bus) between the on one or both of the data lines (drive
other control units connected to the data bus) to the -E87 using the current
drive data bus and the -E87 flow diagram and rectify.
Check drive data bus =>Page 148 .
Continued ▼
Defective/SP - A fault is present in a control unit - Interrogate fault memories of all
connected to the drive data bus and control units connected to the drive
is affecting the data output. data bus.
01
- The -E87 cannot read the data mes‐ - Check drive data bus =>Page
sage transmitted by the other control 148 .
units.
- The voltage supply to a control unit - Interrogate fault memories of all
Protected by copyright. Copyingconnected to the drive
for private or commercial data
purposes, bus
in part or inwas
whole, control
is not units connected to the drive
permitted unless authorised byinterrupted
AUDI AG. AUDI while
AG doesthe ignitionorwas
not guarantee data bus and erase.
accept any liability
switched
with respect to the correctness on.in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
of information => Electrical System; Repair group
01
Notes:
◆ Operating and display units -E87 for vehicles from model year 2002 are designed for data exchange with
other vehicle control units via the drive data bus.
◆ Data reception can be seen in display group "018", for example, where the "ignition off period" and the
"ignition key assignment" transmitted via the drive data bus are displayed =>Reading measured value block
in vehicles from model year 2002 Page 69
01314
Engine control unit Displayed in vehicles from model year
2002 only

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Read out fault memory - The engine control unit cannot out‐ - Interrogate the fault memory of the
put the required data because of a engine control unit.
fault and incorrect information is pro‐ => Relevant Workshop Manual In‐
vided. jection and Ignition System; Repair
- The engine control unit cannot out‐ group 01
put the required data because of a Determine the causes of all the faults
fault on an upstream component and stored in the fault memory of the en‐
incorrect information is provided. gine control unit and rectify them.
Continued ▼
No communication /SP - Open circuit on one or both of the - Locate open circuit or loose contact
data lines (drive data bus) between on one or both of the data lines (drive
the engine control unit and the -E87 data bus) between the engine control
unit and the -E87 using the current
flow diagram and rectify.
Check drive data bus =>Page 148 .
Continued ▼
No communication /SP - There is a fault in the engine control - Interrogate the fault memory of the
unit or in a component connected to engine control unit.
it which is affecting the data output. => Relevant Workshop Manual Injec‐
tion and Ignition System; Repair
group 01
- The engine control unit is not trans‐ - Check drive data bus =>Page
mitting a data message. 148 .
- The -E87 cannot read the data mes‐
sage transmitted by the engine con‐
trol unit.
- When the ignition was switched on, - Interrogate fault memories of all con‐
the voltage supply to the engine con‐ trol units connected to the drive data
trol unit was or has been interrupted. bus and erase.
=> Electrical System; Repair group 01
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ Data reception can be seen in display group "012", for example, where the "engine speed" transmitted via
the drive data bus is displayed =>Reading measured value block in vehicles from model year 2002 Page
69
01317
Control unit in dash panel insert -J285
permitted Displayed
unless authorised by AUDIinAG.
vehicles from
AUDI AG does notmod‐
elcorrectness
with respect to the year 2002 only in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
of information

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Read out fault memory - The dash panel insert cannot - Interrogate the fault memory of
output the required data be‐ the dash panel insert.
cause of a fault and incorrect => Electrical System; Repair
information is provided. group 01
- The dash panel insert cannot Determine the causes of all the
output the required data be‐ faults stored in the fault memory
cause of a fault in a component of the dash panel insert and elim‐
connected in series and incor‐ inate the faults.
rect information is provided.
No communication /SP - Open circuit on one or both of - Locate open circuit or loose con‐
the data lines (drive data bus) tact on one or both of the data
between the dash panel insert lines (drive data bus) between the
and the -E87 dash panel insert and the -E87
using the current flow diagram
and rectify.
Check drive data bus =>Page
148 .
Continued ▼
No communication /SP - There is a fault in the dash panel - Interrogate the fault memory of the
insert or in a component connected dash panel insert.
to it which is affecting the data out‐ => Electrical System; Repair group 01
put.
- The dash panel insert is not trans‐ - Check drive data bus =>Page
mitting a data message. 148 .
- The -E87 cannot read the data mes‐
sage transmitted by the dash panel
insert.
- When the ignition was switched on, - Interrogate fault memories of all con‐
the voltage supply to the dash panel trol units connected to the drive data
insert waspermitted
or hasunless
been interrupted.
by AUDI AG. bus and erase.
authorised AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
=> Electrical
with respect to the correctness of information System;
in this document. Repair
Copyright by AUDI group
AG. 01
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ Data reception can be seen in display group "018", for example, where the "ignition off period" and the
"ignition key assignment" transmitted via the drive data bus are displayed =>Reading measured value block
in vehicles from model year 2002 Page 69
01582
Coolant temperature signal Displayed in vehicles up to model
year 2001 only

Audi A6 1998 ➤
* Implausible signal /SP - Open circuit or short in wiring be‐ - Use current flow diagram to locate
tween dash panel insert and -E87. and eliminate short circuit, open cir‐
Dash panel insert defective. cuit in wiring or fault in pin assign‐
ment.
Check signal from dash panel insert
(=>Reading measured value block in
vehicles up to model year 2001 Page
58 ).
Notes:
◆ The refrigerant temperature is calculated by the dash panel insert and transferred to the operating and
display unit -E87. If the coolant temperature rises above 118 °C, in vehicles with compressor with magnetic
clutch -N25 the dash panel insert switches the output to earth and the -E87 switches the magnetic clutch -
N25 off. In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 the compressor output is reset=> Page
69 (Reading measured value block in vehicles from model year 2002).
◆ In vehicles up to model year 2001 the"coolant temperature signal" together with the "ignition off period signal"
is transmitted via a dedicated wire by the dash panel insert. In vehicles from model year 2002 the "coolant
temperature signal" is transmitted via the drive data bus.
=> Parts List
01592
Air quality sensor -G238 Displayed in vehicles from model
year 2002 only
Electrical fault in circuit /SP - The -E87 was not encoded as - Checking encoding of -E87 =>
specified. Page 9 .
- Short circuit, open circuit or error - Use the current flow diagram to
in connector wiring between - locate and eliminate short circuit
G238 and (to earth or positive), open circuit
-E87 or error in connector wiring be‐
Air quality sensor -G238 defec‐ tween -G238 and -E87
tive Renew air quality sensor -G238
Defect - Open circuit in power supply or - Locate and eliminate open circuit
in earth connection to -G238 in power supply or in earth con‐
Air quality sensor -G238 defec‐ nection to -G238
tive Renew air quality sensor -G238
Notes: permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
◆ The air quality sensor -G238 is only present for vehicles from model year 2002.
◆ Under certain circumstances interference from radio waves (e.g. radio enthusiasts or police radios) may
cause sporadic fault entries for air quality sensor -G238. Since this does not impair the functioning of the -
E87, this fault entry can be erased as necessary.
01593
Heated windscreen -Z2 Displayed in vehicles from model
year 2002 only
Short to positive/SP - The -E87 was not encoded as - Checking encoding of -E87 => Page
Short to earth/SP specified. 9.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Short or open circuit between heat‐ - Checking encoding of -E87 => Page
ed windscreen control unit -J505 and 9.
-E87 Use current flow diagram to locate
- Open circuit in the voltage supply or and rectify open or short circuit.
in the earth connection to the control Check actuation of heated wind‐
unit for heated windscreen -J505 screen -Z2 (see notes)
- Control unit -J505 defective Replace control unit -J505.
Notes:
◆ Actuation of the heated windscreen is only present in operating and display units -E87 intended for vehicles
from model year 2002. However, the installation of a heated windscreen -Z2 as an optional extra is open.
◆ If the -E87 in a vehicle without heated windscreen -Z2 is encoded for a heated windscreen, the fault entry
"Open/short circuit to earth" or "Short circuit to positive" is displayed (depending on the software version in
the -E87).
◆ Depending on the version of operating and display unit -E87, the fault type "Open circuit/short circuit to
earth" may also be displayed for the heated windscreen. The fault cause in this -E87 is the same as for the
fault "Short circuit to earth".
◆ Since the installation of a heated windscreen -Z2 as an optional extra is open, the function and test are not
described in this Workshop Manual. Information on the function and on testing the function can be found in:
=> Audi A8 1994 > Air Conditioner
01809
Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158
Blocked or without voltage/SP - Short circuit, open circuit or - Use current flow diagram to
fault in the assignment of the locate and eliminate short cir‐
connectors between -V158 cuit, open circuit in wiring or
and fault in pin assignment.
-E87. Check freedom of movement
Temperature flap stiff. of both temperature flaps.
Positioning motor -V158 de‐ Check positioning motor -V158
fective. (=> Final control diagnosis,
Page 35 ).
Note:
01810
Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159
Blocked or without voltage/SP - Short circuit, open circuit in - Use current flow diagram to
wiring or fault in pin assign‐ locate and eliminate short cir‐
ment of connectors between - cuit, open circuit in wiring or
V159 and fault in pin assignment.
-E87. Check freedom of movement
Temperature flap stiff. of both temperature flaps.
Positioning motor -V159 de‐ Check positioning motor -
fective V159 (=> Final Control Diag‐
nosis, Page 35 ).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:

fault
01841
Potentiometer -G220 in positioning motor -V158 (for left tem‐
perature flap)
Open circuit/short to positive /SP cuit in wiring or fault in gram to locate and elim‐
Adaption limit exceeded pin assignment of con‐ inate short circuit, open
G220 and in pin assignment.
-E87. Check freedom of
Temperature flap stiff. movement of both tem‐
Potentiometer -G220 in perature flaps.
-V158 defective Renew positioning mo‐
tor -V158.
Notes:

fault
01842
Potentiometer -G221 in positioning motor -V159 (for right
temperature flap)
Open circuit/short to positive /SP cuit in wiring or fault in gram to locate and elim‐
Adaption limit exceeded pin assignment of con‐ inate short circuit, open
nectors between -
circuit in wiring or fault
G221Copyright
and -E87. in pin assignment.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. by AUDI AG.
Temperature flap stiff. Check freedom of
Potentiometer -G221 in movement of both tem‐
-V159 defective perature flaps.
Renew positioning mo‐
tor -V159.
Notes:
65535

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Defect - Open circuit, contact resistance or - Use current flow diagram to locate
loose contact in wiring (terminal 15 or and eliminate fault in wiring to -E87.
31) to -E87. Check buttons of -E87 for dirt, clean
One or more operating buttons of the as necessary
-E87 are being actuated constantly Replace operating and display unit -
(closed for more than 30 sec., button E87.
stuck).
Fault in the -E87 program sequence
Operating and display unit -E87 de‐
fective.
Note:
If buttons of the -E87 are pressed (actuated) for more than 30 sec. without interruption, the fault "defective" or
"undefined switch condition" may be displayed depending on the version of the -E87.
5 - Final control diagnosis

5.1 - Final control diagnosis
Notes:
◆ Fitting locations of components actuated =>Page 231 .
◆ The final control diagnosis can be performed more than once if necessary.
◆ Faults in final controls identified with a * are stored in the fault memory.
◆ To check the "idling speed regulation" function
=>Page 40 .
◆ During the final control diagnosis, the vehicle must not be moved and the engine speed must be less than
3000 rpm.
◆ During final control diagnosis the control is switched off and depending on the version of the -E87 all seg‐
ments in the displays, the feedback warning lamps in the buttons and the illumination of the buttons of the
-E87 may be activated or blank.
◆ The final control diagnosis sequence of operating and display units -E87 differs according to whether they
are intended for vehicles up to model year 2001 or from model year 2002.
=> Parts List
Starting final control diagnosis
- Start engine (vehicles up to model year 2001).

- Switch on ignition or start engine (vehicles from model year 2002).
Notes:
◆ If actuation of the control element "Regulating valve -N280" or "Magnetic clutch -N25" is to be tested in
vehicles from model year 2002, the engine must not be running. The -E87 does not actuate this control
element if the engine is running and starts final control diagnosis with the control element "Fresh air blower
-V2"
◆ If actuation of the control element "Radiator fan control unit -J293" is to be tested in vehicles from model
year 2002, the engine must be running. The -E87 transmits the request to switch on the radiator fan directly
to the engine control unit, to control unit -J293 or to the relevant radiator fan relay, depending on the engine
version. Depending on the version, the engine control unit will switch the radiator fan on, for example, but
only if the engine is running.
- Switch on the compressor (the switch-on warning lamp in the "Auto" button lights up).
- Open the dash panel vents.
- Set air distribution to dash panel vents.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
XX" appears on display => Page 6 .
- Interrogate fault memory => Page 13 .

Select function XX
- Press keys -0- and -3- (03 selects the "Final control diagnosis" function).

03- Final control diagnosis

Final control diagnosis
Air conditioner magnetic clutch -N25
- The ⇒key can be used to advance to the next component.
Notes:
◆ Final control diagnosis can be stopped by pressing key C.
◆ Interrogating fault memory on completion of final control diagnosis => Page 13 .
◆ If "Function unknown or cannot be implemented at present" is displayed at the start of the final control
diagnosis, e.g. with the engine stopped in vehicles up to model year 2001, press ⇒ key and re-select the
"03 Final control diagnosis" function (the "AC magnetic clutch -N25" control element is not actuated for this
test).
◆ If the "Function unknown or cannot be implemented at present" display appears => Page 57 Reading
measured value block (display group 01).

Function unknown or cannot
be executed at present
- This display indicates completion of the final control diagnosis.

- Press the⇒key.
5.2 - Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles up to model year 2001
Indicated on display Desired function Fault remedy

AC magnetic clutch -N25 - Air conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 - Use current flow diagram to check the
clicks at power supply for air conditioner magnetic
2 sec. intervals, the compressor is driven. clutch -N25 (via relay -J44).
Operating and display unit -E87 input is Repairing the air conditioner magnetic
closed at 2 sec. intervals (switched to clutch -N25
earth). (=>Page 155 ).
Use current flow diagram to check the
with respect to the correctness of information in wiring between
this document. -E87,
Copyright -J44
by AUDI AG. and -N25.
Renew operating and display unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ In air-conditioner mode, the "Air-conditioner compressor cut-in" output (connector -C-, contact -15- of op‐
erating and display unit -E87) is actuated (switched from 0 to 12V) at the same time as the air-conditioner

Audi A6 1998 ➤
magnetic clutch -N25 is activated. This output can be checked for example by switching the compressor on
and off using the "ECON" button on the -E87 while reading out the measured value block of the engine
control unit.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Injection and Ignition system; Repair group 01
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Diesel Direct Injection and Glow Plug System; Repair group 01
◆ The engine control unit uses the "AC compressor cut-in" signal to compensate for the brief increase in engine
load when the compressor is switched on.
◆ By way of the input/output ("Air-conditioner compressor cut-in"), the engine control unit can shut off the air-
conditioner compressor (=> Reading measured value block, Page 57 display group 01).
◆ To test, e.g. read out measured value block of ignition and injection system control unit with engine running
while switching the compressor on and off (by pressing the "ECON" button) or connect test box V.A.G 1598.
◆ If a voltage is applied to "air-conditioner compressor cut-in" output/input with the compressor switched off,
this is displayed as a fault.

Fresh air blower -V2 - Fresh air blower -V2 is actuated for 2 secs. - Check freedom of movement of the fresh
at a time at 0V, 3V, 6V, 9V, 12V, 15V, 0V, air blower.
etc. Use current flow diagram to check the earth
connection to fresh air blower control unit -
J126.
Check control unit -J126 (=> Electrical
check, Page 100 ).
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes,Renew
in part or inoperating
whole, is not and display unit -E87.

DANGER: Fan is switched on - Info display
IMPORTANT
Radiator fan -V7 is switched on when
⇒key is next pressed.
Do not reach into the fan area.
Radiator fan -V71). - Fan -V7 (1st speed) is - Use current flow diagram to check the
switched on and off at 2 sec. intervals. wiring between -E87 and radiator fan re‐
lay -J26/control unit -J293 for open cir‐
cuit or short to positive.
Check actuation of fan -V7Check
-J26/control unit -J293 1).
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
Fault-finding and Fitting Locations bind‐
er
Check function of relay -J26/control unit
-J293 (=> Electrical test, Page 100 ).
1) The radiator fan is switched to 2nd speed by relay -J101/control unit -J293:
- when thermoswitch -F18 is closed.
- when AC pressure switch -F129 (switch between contacts 3 and 4) is closed.
5.2 - Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles up to model year 2001 37

Audi A6 1998 ➤

Left temperature flap positioning - Positioning motor -V158 moves - Test wiring between -V158 and
motor -V158 from stop to stop (fresh-air blower -E87 for open circuit or incorrect in‐
runs and air is blown out of dash pan‐ stallation according to current flow
el vents)1). diagram.
Change in temperature of air from the Check freedom of movement of both
left vents. left temperature flaps.
Check positioning motor -V158 (=>
Electrical Check, Page 100 ).
Renew operating and display unit -
E87.
1) The central flap is set to "dash panel vents", fresh/recirculated-air flap to "fresh-air mode" and defrost flap
is closed.

Right temperature flap positioning - Positioning motor -V159 moves from - Test wiring between -V159 and
motor -V159 stop to stop (fresh-air blower runs and -E87 for open circuit or incorrect in‐
air is blown out of dash panel vents) stallation according to current flow
1). diagram.
Change in temperature of air from the Check freedom of movement of both
right vents. right temperature flaps.
E87.
Central flap positioning motor - Positioning motor -V70 moves from - Check wiring between -V70 and
-V70 stop to stop (fresh-air blower runs) 2). -E87 for open circuit or incorrect in‐
Air distribution switches between foot‐ stallation according to current flow
well and dash panel vents diagram.
Check freedom of movement of cen‐
tral flap and footwell flap
E87.
1) The central flap is set to "dash panel vents", fresh/recirculated-air flap to "fresh-air mode" and defrost flap
is closed.
2) The fresh/recirculated-air flap

Protected by is setCopying
copyright. to thefor "fresh-air" position
private or commercial and
purposes, theordefrost
in part in whole, isflap
not is closed.

Defrost flap positioning motor - Positioning motor -V107 moves from - Test wiring between -V107 and
-V107 stop to stop (fresh-air blower runs) 1). -E87 for open circuit or incorrect in‐
Volume of air from windscreen vents stallation according to current flow
changes diagram.
Check the freedom of movement of
the defrost flap
E87.

Audi A6 1998 ➤

Air flow flap positioning motor - - Positioning motor -V71 moves from - Check wiring between -V71 and
V712) stop to stop (fresh-air blower runs) 3). -E87 for open circuit or incorrect in‐
Change in air flow from windscreen stallation according to current flow
vents (air-flow flap), air-conditioner diagram.
switches between fresh-air and air- Check the freedom of movement of
recirculation mode (air-recirculation the air-flow flap and fresh/recircula‐
and fresh-air flap). ted-air flap.
Electrical check, Page 100 ).
E87.
1) The fresh/recirculated-air flap is set to the "fresh-air" position and the central flap and footwell flap are
closed.
2) This positioning motor also controls the fresh/recirculated-air flap in addition to the air-flow flap.
3) The central flap and the footwell flap are closed, the defrost flap is open. The operation of the positioning
motor can be observed if the dust and pollen filter is removed.

Segment test - All segments of operating and dis‐ - Renew operating and display unit
play unit -E87 are switched on and off -E87.
at 3 second intervals.
Ambient temperature indicator - - Ambient temperature display (in au‐ - Use current flow diagram to check
G106 (in the auto-check system) 2) to-check system) starts counting up‐ the wiring between the auto-check
wards at system and -E87 for open circuit or
-45 °C or°F (approx. 3 s per incre‐ short circuit.
ment). Use current flow diagram to check
positive and earth connection to -
G106 (in auto-check system) for
open circuit.
Check auto-check system .
01
E87.
Idling speed regulation1) - The operating and display unit -E87
output is switched from 0V to 12V at
5 sec. intervals (check =>Page
40 ).
1) Depending upon the vehicle equipment, when the rear window heating is switched on, a positive signal
is applied to this output (switch off heated rear window for the test).
2) The ambient temperature is only displayed by the dash panel insert if, for example, all doors are closed
and no display with higher priority rating is present in the dash panel insert.

Signal for water heating actuation - Operating and display unit -E87 in‐ - Use current flow diagram to check
put is closed (switched to earth). the wiring between -E87 and engine
This signals to engine control unit that control unit.
additional heating is required. Renew operating and display unit -
The engine control unit will switch on E87.
the additional heating provided that
certain criteria are satisfied:

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Only envisaged for vehicles with diesel engines.
◆ Up to Model Year 1998, all vehicles with diesel engines were fitted with an additional electric heater (heat
energy is supplied to the air as soon as it exits from the air-conditioner heat exchanger).
◆ As of Model Year 1999, the additional electric heater will gradually be discontinued on vehicles with 6-cyl.
TDI engines featuring an auxiliary heater as optional extra. On these vehicles, the auxiliary heater assumes
this function, acting as fuel powered additional heater (the auxiliary heater feeds additional heat energy to
the coolant).
◆ If an auxiliary heater is fitted as optional equipment as well as the additional heater, this can be switched
on independently of the electric additional heater, using the associated pre-selector/timer.
=> Auxiliary heater; Repair group 82

◆ The engine control unit switches on the additional heater provided that certain criteria are satisfied =>Page
42 and
Starting the "idling speed control" final control diagnosis
Starting "Additional heater" final control diagnosis (vehicles with diesel engines only)
- Switch off ignition.
- Remove engine control unit and connect test box V.A.G 1598 adapter cable to engine control unit connector
(do not connect engine control unit to test box).
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Injection and Ignition System;Repair group 01

=> Relevant Workshop Manual Diesel Direct Injection and Glow Plug System;Repair group 01
Notes: Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ Pin assignment on connector to engine control
with respect unit
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Injection and Ignition System;Repair group 01
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Diesel Direct Injection and Glow Plug System;Repair group 01
◆ Only check "additional heater " function on vehicles with diesel engines (additional heater is not envisaged
for vehicles with petrol engines even on those fitted with auxiliary heater).
- Switch ignition on.

- Switch off rear window heating.
XX" appears on display => Page 6 .

Select function XX
- Press keys -0- and -3- (03 selects the "Final control diagnosis" function).


Audi A6 1998 ➤
Function unknown or cannot be

implemented at present.
- Press the⇒key.
- Press keys -0- and -3- again.

Note:
Re-entering the function "Final control diagnosis" does not cause the magnetic clutch -N25 to be actuated =>
Page 57 Reading measured value block (display group 01).
- To check the "idling speed control" function:

Connect the V.A.G 1527 voltage tester between the earth and the input to be tested (to the engine control
unit) on the test box.
- To check the "additional heater" function:
Connect thebyV.A.G
Protected copyright.1527
Copyingvoltage
for privatetester between
or commercial thein positive
purposes, andis the
part or in whole, not input to be tested (to the engine control
unit) on the
permitted test
unless box.
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Fresh air blower -V2 - Fresh air blower -V2 is actuated for 2 - =>Page 36 .
secs. at a time at 0V, 3V, 6V, 9V, 12V,
15V, 0V, etc.
Keep pressing the ⇒key until "idling speed control" appears on the display.
Idling speed regulation2) - The output from operating and display - Use current flow diagram to check the
unit -E87 (connector A, contact -7-) is cabling between -E87 and engine control
switched at 5 second intervals from 0 V unit 1).
to 12V (LED in V.A.G 1527 flashes). Renew operating and display unit -E87.
1) Check with the engine control unit installed:
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Injection and Ignition System; Repair group 01
2) Causes an increase in the idle speed or a change in the pilot control value in the engine control unit.
Note:
The output "increase idle speed" is not actuated if the compressor is switched off manually (during normal
control).

Signal for water heating actuation - Input of operating and display unit - - Use current flow diagram to check
E87 (connector C, contact -13-) is the wiring between -E87 and engine
closed (switched to earth, LED in control unit.
V.A.G 1527 lights up). Renew operating and display unit -
E87.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Only envisaged for vehicles with diesel engines; depending on vehicle equipment, an electric additional
heater is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater=> Page 40 .
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 actuates the engine control unit, which then decides whether the ad‐
ditional heater is to be switched on. In vehicles with 6 cyl. TDI engine the display in the measured value
block of the engine control unit indicates why the additional heater is not switched on or whether it is actuated
(in measured value block "016" for vehicles with electrical additional heater and in measured value block
"020" for vehicles with fuel-powered additional heater).
◆ The engine control unit will switch on the additional heater if the following conditions exist:
- Operating and display unit -E87 has switched input to earth (ECON button not pressed, ambient
temperature less than 6 °C).
- Engine speed is greater than 600 rpm.
- Coolant temperature is less than 70 °C (or less than 80 °C at very low ambient temperatures).
- Capacity utilisation of alternator -C is less than 60% (with electric additional heater only).
5.3 - Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles from model year 2002

- Display in vehicles in which the operating and display unit is encoded for a compressor with regulating valve
-N280.
The ignition is switched on, the engine must not run
Air conditioner compressor - The regulating valve is switched on and off at 5 - Eliminate compressor shut-
regulating valve -N280 second intervals. off criterion =>Reading meas‐
(See notes) This results in the compressor being switched on ured value block in vehicles
and off. from model year 2002 Page
The regulating valve is actuated so that a current 115 .
of approx. 0.65 A flows.
Continued ▼

- Display in vehicles in which the operating and display unit is encoded for a compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25.
The ignition is switched on, the engine must not run
AC magnetic clutch -N25 - Magnetic clutch -N25 clicks at - Use the current flow diagram to check
(See notes) 5 sec. intervals (the compressor is driv‐ the voltage supply for the magnetic
en). clutch -N25 (via relay -J44).
Operating and display unit -E87 input is Check the encoding of the -E87 => Page
permitted unless authorised by AUDI closed
AG. AUDIatAG 5 does
sec.notintervals
guarantee or(switched to
accept any liability 155 ).
with respect to the correctness ofearth).
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG. Use the current flow diagram to check
the cabling between - E87, - J44 and -
N25
Replace operating and display unit -
E87.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ The type of compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25 or regulating valve -N280) depends on the engine =>
Page 12 and
=> Parts List
◆ The control element "Compressor regulating valve -N280" or "Magnetic clutch -N25" is only actuated if the
engine is not running. If the engine is running, these control elements are not read out on the VAS 5051
display in the final control diagnosis and are not actuated by the -E87
◆ The regulating valve is installed in the compressor (the compressor can only be replaced in a specialist air
conditioner workshop).
◆ The current that is flowing when the regulating valve is switched on can be measured. e.g. with a current
probe =>Electrical test, Page 115 .
◆ If another compressor shut-off criterion is present in addition to criterion "5 = engine speed under 300 rpm",
"Compressor regulating valve -N280" or "Magnetic clutch -N25" is not actuated.

Fresh-air blower -V2 - Fresh-air blower -V2 running - Check the freedom of movement
The speed of the fresh air blower fluctu‐ of the fresh-air blower
ates continuously within 5 sec. between Use the current flow diagram to
0% and 100% of maximum speed check the positive and earth con‐
nections for the fresh air blower
control unit -J126
Check fresh-air blower control unit
-J126 => Page 119
Use current flow diagram to check
the wiring between -J126 and -E87.
Replace the operating and display
unit -E87.
DANGER: Fan is switched on Info display
WARNING:
After the next actuation of the ⇒key,
the radiator fan -V7 is switched on.
Do not reach into the fan area.

- Display in vehicles in which the operating and display unit -E87 is encoded for a compressor with regulating
valve -N280, except vehicles with a diesel engine (=> Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year
2002 Page 12 ).
The engine must be running
5.3 - Final control diagnosis sequence in vehicles from model year 2002 43
Audi A6 1998 ➤

Radiator fan -V7 - The -E87 transmits the request for actuation of the - Interrogate the fault memory
(See notes) radiator fan (via the drive data bus) to the relevant of the -E87; no fault must be
engine control unit, and actuation varies continu‐ displayed =>Page 13 .
ously within approx. 20 sec. between 0% and 100% Interrogate the fault memory
of maximum speed. of the relevant engine control
With the engine running, the relevant engine control unit and check the actuation
unit switches the fan via control unit -J293 from 0% of fan -V7 by the engine con‐
to 100% of the radiator fan's speed (depending on trol unit via the radiator fan
the engine control unit). control unit -J293
The radiator fan changes speed according to the => Relevant Workshop Man‐
actuation (from off up to maximum speed). ual Injection and Ignition Sys‐
tem
=> Relevant Workshop Man‐
ual Diesel Glow Plug and In‐
jection System
Check voltage supply and
earth connection to control
unit -J293 and radiator fan -
V7.
=> Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault-finding and
Fitting Locations binder
Continued ▼

- Display in vehicles in which the operating and display unit -E87 is encoded for a compressor with magnetic
clutch -N25 (=> Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 Page 12 ).
Radiator fan control unit (speed 1 - Fan -V7 (1st speed) is - Use current flow diagram to check
+2 -J293) switched on and off at 5 sec. intervals. wiring between -E87 and radiator
(See notes) fan relay -J26 or to radiator fan con‐
trol unit -J293 for open circuit or
short circuit to positive.
Check actuation of fan -V7 by relay
-J26/control unit -J293.
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electri‐
cal Fault-finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions binder
Checking function of relay -J26/
control unit -J293 (=> Electrical
test, Page 100 ).
Continued ▼

- Display in vehicles in which the operating and display unit -E87 is encoded for a compressor with magnetic
clutch -N25 (=> Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 Page 12 ).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Radiator fan control unit (speed 1 - Fan -V7 (2nd speed) is - Use current flow diagram to check
+2 -J293) switched on and off at 5 sec. intervals. wiring between -E87 and radiator
(See notes) fan relay -J101 or to radiator fan
control unit -J293 for open circuit or
short circuit to positive.
Check actuation of fan -V7 by relay
-J101 / control unit -J293.
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electri‐
cal Fault-finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions binder
Checking function of relay -J101/
control unit -J293 (=> Electrical
test, Page 100 ).
Notes:
◆ The actuation of radiator fan -V7 is different. Depending on the engine version, the radiator fan(s) -V7 is
(are) actuated directly by the -E87 or via the relevant engine control unit (=> Equipment/actuation table for
vehicles from model year 2002 Page 12 )
◆ If the actuation of the fan is to be tested, start the engine. The relevant engine control unit and the radiator
fan control unit -J293 only switch the radiator fan on if the engine is running (depending on the version, the
-J293 interrogates e.g. the voltage at terminal 61).
◆ In vehicles in which the radiator fan is actuated via the engine control unit, the request to switch on radiator
fan -V7 is made by operating and display unit -E87 via the drive data bus to the relevant engine control unit,
which then actuates the radiator fan control unit -J293 with a square-wave signal and the -J293 switches
the fans on.
◆ In vehicles in which radiator fan -V7 is actuated directly by the -E87, actuation is done via a separate wire
(for 1st and 2nd fan speed) to relay -J26 and -J101 or to control unit -J293 (depending on the engine). Relays
-J26 and -J101 or control unit -J293 then switch the fan on.

Temperature sensor blow‐ - Temperature sensor blower -V42 in the dash pan‐ - Check that passageway
er -V42 el is switched on and off at 5 second intervals. through intake opening is
Smoke is drawn in by the blower clear.
Replace the operating and
display unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ Check function of blower -V42, e.g. with smoke test (hold smoke source in front of the intake opening fitted
in the operating and display unit -E87).
◆ Blower -V42 is permanently installed in the -E87 and cannot be replaced separately.

Left temperature flap posi‐ - Positioning motor -V158 moves from stop to stop - Check freedom of move‐
tioning motor -V158 ment of left temperature flap.
- Open all dash panel vents - The fresh air blower runs at approx. 50% of max‐ - Use current flow diagram to
imum
Protected by copyright. Copyingspeed
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not check the wiring between left
The temperature
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI ofAG
the airnotfrom
does the orleft
guarantee vents
accept varies
any liability temperature flap positioning
with respect to the(with warm
correctness engine)in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
of information motor -V158 and the operat‐
ing and display unit -E87 for
open circuit or interchange
Check left temperature flap
positioning motor -V158
=>Electrical test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.
Audi A6 1998 ➤

Right temperature flap po‐ - Positioning motor -V159 moves from stop to stop - Check freedom of move‐
sitioning motor -V159 ment of right temperature
flap.
imum speed check the wiring between
The temperature of the air from the right vents var‐ right temperature flap posi‐
ies (with warm engine) tioning motor -V159 and the
operating and display unit -
E87 for open circuit or inter‐
change
Checking right temperature
flap positioning motor -V159
=>Electrical test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.

Central flap positioning - Positioning motor -V70 moves from stop to stop - Check the freedom of move‐
motor -V70 ment of the central flap
imum speed check wiring between posi‐
- The defrost flap is closed tioning motor
Air distribution changes from footwell to dash panel -V70 and the control and dis‐
vents play unit -E87 for open circuit
or interchange
Checking central flap posi‐
tioning motor -V70 =>Electri‐
cal test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.
Defrost flap positioning - Positioning motor -V107 moves from stop to stop - Check the freedom of move‐
motor -V107 ment of the defrost flap
- The fresh air blower runs at approx. 50% of max‐ - Use current flow diagram to
imum speed check wiring between posi‐
- The
Protected central
by copyright. flap for
Copying and theor footwell
private flap arein closed
commercial purposes, tioning
part or in whole, is not motor
("air
permitted to defrost
unless flap")
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any-V107 liability and operating and dis‐
withVolume ofcorrectness
respect to the air fromofwindscreen
information in thisvents changes
document. Copyright by AUDI play
AG. unit -E87 for open circuit
or interchange
Checking defrost flap posi‐
tioning motor -V107 =>Elec‐
trical test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.

Air recirculation flap posi‐ - Positioning motor -V113 moves from stop to stop - Check freedom of move‐
tioning motor -V113 ment of fresh/recirculated air
flap

Audi A6 1998 ➤

imum speed check the wiring between the
- The air flow flap is closed (only fitted in vehicles positioning motor -V113 and
with left-hand drive). the operating and display unit
The fresh/recirculated air flap opens and closes. -E87 for open circuit or inter‐
The air flow from the vents varies (left-hand drive). change
The air is alternately drawn into the passenger foot‐ Checking recirculated air flap
well or over the dust and pollen filter (right-hand positioning motor -V113 =>
drive). Electrical test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ Positioning motor -V113 moves the fresh/recirculated air flaps.
◆ Vehicles with left-hand drive are fitted with an air flow flap, which is moved by positioning motor -V71. The
air flow flap must be closed so that when the fresh/recirculated air flap is at the "recirculated air mode" limit
stop it does not touch the air flow flap.
◆ In vehicles with left-hand drive the air flow flap is closed, therefore less air comes out of the vents in fresh
air mode than in recirculated air mode. In recirculated air mode the air is drawn in via the passenger footwell.

- Display in vehicles with left-hand drive (=> Code for vehicles from model year 2002 Page 9 ).
Air-flow flap positioning mo‐ - Positioning motor -V71 moves from stop to stop - Check the freedom of move‐
tor - V71 ment of the air flow flaps
imum speed check the wiring between the
- The recirculated air flap is set to the fresh air positioning motor -V71 and
mode. the operating and display unit
The air
Protected by copyright. Copying for flow
private flaps openpurposes,
or commercial and close.
in part or in whole, is not -E87 for open circuit or inter‐
Thebyair
permitted unless authorised AUDI flow fromAGthe
AG. AUDI doesvents varies.
not guarantee or accept any liability change
Checking air flow flap posi‐
tioning motor -V71 =>Electri‐
cal test, Page 115 .
display unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ This positioning motor is installed in vehicles with left-hand drive only; it operates the air flow flaps.
◆ This positioning motor is not installed in vehicles with right-hand drive. If this positioning motor is displayed
in a vehicle with right-hand drive, check the encoding of the -E87 => Page 9 . If the code is OK, ignore this
display (the -V71 is always displayed in some -E87).
◆ In vehicles with right-hand drive the segment test is usually actuated after the recirculated air flap positioning
motor -V113.

Segment test - All segments of the display, the function feedback - Replace the operating and
lamps in the buttons and the illumination of the op‐ display unit -E87.
erating and display unit -E87 are switched on.
Audi A6 1998 ➤

Ambient temperature indi‐ - Ambient temperature display fluctuates up or - Use current flow diagram to
cator -G106 down in 5°stages (in °C or °F) (approx. 3 sec. per check the wiring between
In the display zone of the stage). the operating and display
dash panel insert unit -E87 and the dash panel
insert for short circuit
Check control unit in dash
panel insert .
=> Electrical System; Repair
group 01
Renew operating and dis‐
play unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ The ambient temperature is only displayed by the dash panel insert if, for example, all doors are closed and
no display with higher priority rating is present in the dash panel insert.
◆ The ambient temperature is transmitted via the drive data bus.

Heated rear window -Z1 - The heating of the rear window is switched on once - Check actuation and power
for 10 seconds intake of heated rear window -
The rear window is heated in the vicinity of the heat‐ Z1 =>Electrical testing, Page
ing wires. 139
Replace the operating and dis‐
play unit -E87.
END Info display
End of control element test in vehicles without heated
windscreen
Notes:
◆ The switch-on function of the -E87 for heated rear window can be tested e.g. with multimeter V.A.G 1715
during final control diagnosis. Place the current probe on the positive wire from the -E87 to the heated rear
window -Z1 and select the function "Current measurement via current probe" on the multimeter. Display
changes from approx. 0 A to greater than 7 A
◆ If the control element "heated windscreen" is displayed after the control element "heated rear window", check
the encoding of operating and display unit -E87 => Page 9 . A heated windscreen is not available at present
in the -E87, but the possibility of activating this output for final control diagnosis via a possible future code
is already stored.

- Display in vehicles with heated windscreen (=> Encoding for vehicles from model year 2002 Page 9 ).
Heated windscreen -Z2 - The heated windscreen control unit -J505 is actuated - Reading measured value
for approx. 10 sec. block => Page 69 (Reading
The control unit -J505 switches the windscreen heat‐ measured value block in vehi‐
ing on, if the vehicle voltage is greater than 12.70 V. cles from model year 2002,
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes,display
in part or ingroup
whole, is016)
not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee Check voltage
or accept supply and
any liability
earth connection to -J505, us‐
ing the current flow diagram.

Use the current flow diagram
to check the cabling between
-E87 and -J505
Check actuation and current
intake of heated windscreen -
Z2 (see notes)
display unit -E87

Audi A6 1998 ➤

END Info display
End of control element test
Notes:
◆ If this control element is actuated in vehicles without heated windscreen, check the encoding of the operating
and control unit -E87 => Page 52 .
◆ If the control element "heated windscreen" is displayed after the control element "heated rear window", check
the encoding of operating and display unit -E87 => Page 52 . A heated windscreen is not available at
present in the -E87, but the possibility of activating this output for final control diagnosis via a possible future
code is already stored.
◆ Actuation of the windscreen heater by the -E87 is carried out in final control diagnosis only at temperatures
in the vehicle interior of up to 40 °C. If the temperature is higher than this, "Function unknown or cannot be
implemented at present" is displayed on the fault reader.
◆ The switch-on function of control unit -J505 can be tested, e.g. with multimeter V.A.G 1715. Place the current
probe on the positive wire from control unit -J505 to windscreen heater -Z2 and select the function "Current
measurement via current probe" on the multimeter. Display changes from approx. 0 A to greater than 7 A
◆ Heated windscreen function => Page 69 (Reading measured value block in vehicles from model year
2002, display group 016)

6 - Basic setting with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
6.1 - Basic setting
Note:
The air conditioner control will be changed over with the switch from model year 2001 to 2002. For the Audi
allroad the air conditioner changeover does not take place with the switch from model year 2001 to 2002 but
gradually in model year 2002
=> Parts List
XX" appears on display => from Page 6 onwards.
- Interrogate fault memory =>Page 13 and rectify any faults displayed.
- Erase fault memory =>Page 51 .
- Check coding => Page 52 and correct, if necessary.

Select function XX
- Press keys 0 and 4 (04 selects the "Basic setting" function).

04 - Initiate basic setting
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Initiate basic setting HELP

Enter display number XXX
- Enter display group number "01" or "001" (depending on the software version installed in the fault reader).
Basic setting sequence in vehicles up to model year 2001
Note:
◆ The following positioning motors are now actuated one after the other or simultaneously and their limit stop
positions are stored in operating and display unit -E87 (resistance of the potentiometers installed in the
positioning motors, display sequence from left to right):
- Left temperature flap
with respect to the positioning
correctness motor
of information -V158
- Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159
- Air flow flap positioning motor -V71.
- Central flap positioning motor -V70
- Defrost flap positioning motor -V107

Basic setting 1
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
Note:
It is possible to track the movement of the positioning motors on the display (feedback values change).

Basic setting 1
0 0 0 0 0
When "0" is displayed for all positioning motors, the basic setting is finished.
Basic setting sequence in vehicles from model year 2002
Note:
◆ The following positioning motors are now actuated one after the other or simultaneously and their limit stop
positions are stored in operating and display unit -E87 (resistance of the potentiometers installed in the
positioning motors, display sequence from left to right):
- Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158.
- Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159.
- Central flap positioning motor -V70.
- Defrost flap positioning motor -V107.
- Recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113.
- Air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (only fitted in vehicles with left-hand drive, no display in vehicles with
right-hand drive).

Basic setting 1
XXX XXX XXX XXX (XXX)
Notes:
◆ It is possible to track the movement of the positioning motors on the display (feedback values change).
◆ Three positioning motors (two positioning motors) are actuated jointly.
◆ In vehicles with right-hand drive there is no display in the zone for positioning motor -V71
◆ If "255" is displayed at first in vehicles with right-hand drive (without air flow flap positioning motor -V71) for
positioning motor -V71, check the encoding of the -E87.

Basic setting 1
0 0 0 0 0 (0)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
When "0" is displayed for all installed positioning motors, the basic setting is finished.
Continued for all vehicles

Select function XX
- Press keys 0 and 2. (02 selects the "Interrogating fault memory" function.)

02 - Interrogate fault memory
-> The number of stored faults or "No faults detected" is indicated on the display.
X faults detected

The stored faultspermitted
are displayed andbyprinted
unless authorised out one
AUDI AG. AUDI after
AG does the other.
not guarantee or accept any liability
- After the last fault has been displayed and printed out, rectify the faults in accordance with the fault table
(=> Page 14 ).

Select function XX
7 - Erasing fault memory, ending output

7.1 - Erasing fault memory, ending output
Prerequisite
◆ Fault memory interrogated.
Erasing fault memory
- Press ⇒ key.

Select function XX
- Press keys -0- and -5- (05 selects the "Erase fault memory" function.)

05 Erase fault memory
6.1 - Basic setting 51

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Rapid data transfer

Fault memory is erased

Select function XX
Notes:
◆
Important
Fault memory has not been interrogated
-> If the text below appears on the display, an error has occurred in the test sequence.
◆ Observe test sequence exactly:
- Interrogate fault memory
- Rectify any faults.
- Delete fault memory.
◆ The fault memory is not erased if, for example, the ignition was switched off between "Interrogating fault
memory" and "Erase fault memory" (interrogate fault memory again).
End of output
Note:
The fault memory has been interrogated and erased, basic setting has been performed, and the encoding has
been checked.

Select function XX
- Press keys -0- and -6- (06 selects the "End output" function.)

06 End of output

Enter address word XX
- Switch off ignition and detach diagnostic connector.

8 - Encoding operating and display unit

8.1 - Encoding operating and display unit
Notes:
◆ After each coding, basic setting must be performed => Page 49 .

but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List

XX" appears on display => Page 6 onwards.

Select function XX
- Press keys -0- and -7- (07 selects the "Encoding control unit" function.)

07 - Encoding control unit

-> The following appears on the display:

Encoding control unit
Enter code number XXXXX
Note:
Next position can be selected by pressing the ⇒ key.
- Encode operating and display unit -E87 according to the vehicle type, the model year, the engine version,
the vehicle equipment and the country version.
-> After a short time, the control unit identification, the code and the workshop code for the V.A.G 1551 are
displayed:
4B0 820 043 X A6 Fully automatic
A/C XXXX
- Perform basic setting =>Page 49 .
Notes:
◆ Vehicles with the 8 cyl. engine are fitted exclusively with air conditioners from version "2" onwards.
◆ The operating and display unit is set up differently, therefore care must be taken to ensure it is assigned
correctly when it is replaced => Page 1 .
8.2 - Encoding table
Operating and display unit -E87 for vehicles up to model year 2001
Code Significance
0 No assignment
0 No assignment
0 Rest of the world (ROW) except USA and Japan
1 USA
8.1 - Encoding operating and display unit 53

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Code Significance
2 Japan
Engine version
4 4-cylinder
6 6-cylinder
8 8-cylinder
Vehicle/engine type
0 LHD/petrol engine
1 RHD/petrol engine
3 LHD/diesel engine
4 RHD/diesel engine
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ The explanation of the individual code digits (e.g. 00040):
0 = Not assigned
0 = Not assigned
4 = Vehicles with 4-cylinder engine
0 = Vehicle for driving on right (left-hand drive) with petrol engine
USA = Temperature display in °F has priority over °C.

◆ For the Audi allroad the air conditioner changeover
permitted does
unless authorised notAG.take
by AUDI AUDI place
AG doeswith the switch
not guarantee from
or accept model year
any liability
2001 to 2002 but gradually in model with
year 2002
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
=> Parts List
Operating and display unit -E87 for vehicles from model year 2002
Code Significance
0 No assignment
Electrically heated windscreen
0 Not installed
1 installed
Compressor design
0 Compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
1 Compressor with regulating valve -N280
0 All countries except USA and Japan
1 USA
2 Japan

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Code Significance
Vehicle/engine type
0 LHD/petrol engine
1 RHD/petrol engine
3 LHD/diesel engine
4 RHD/diesel engine
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ The explanation of the individual code digits (e.g. "00000"):

0 = Not assigned permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
0 = Vehicle without heated windscreen
0 = Vehicle with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
0 = Vehicle for driving on right (left-hand drive), with petrol engine (without additional heater) and therefore
having an air conditioner unit with 6 positioning motors (with air-quality sensor -G238)
◆ A heated windscreen is not supplied at the start of production; installation as an optional extra is open.
engines:
1.9l diesel direct injection engine, 2.5l diesel direct injection engine (except allroad)
2.0l petrol engine and 3.0l petrol engine => Page 12 and
=> Parts List
=> Parts List
=> Parts List
USA = The control of the -E87 is set somewhat cooler than for the rest of the world and the temperature
display is given in °F rather than °C.
◆ In a vehicle for driving on the right (left-hand drive) air flow flap positioning motor -V71 is fitted => Page
231 . This component is not present on right-hand drive vehicles and is not actuated and interrogated by
the -E87.
◆ During encoding for a vehicle with diesel engine, if the ambient temperature is low, a request for the addi‐
tional heater is sent to the engine control unit (via the drive data bus or a dedicated connection depending
on the engine type). This request is not output with encoding for a petrol engine.
8.2 - Encoding table 55

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Data exchange with the control unit in the dash panel insert (and with certain engine control units) takes
place via the drive data bus, therefore it is not necessary to encode the number of engine cylinders.
8.3 - Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002
Engine type Compressor with Actuation of radiator fan Data exchange with engine
control unit
Regulating Magnetic Via the engine Via 2 outputs Via the drive Via dedicated
valve clutch -N25 control unit on the -E87 data bus wires
-N280 (drive data
bus)
Petrol engine X X X
with following
capacity
1.8l, 2.4l, 2.7l,
2.8l
4.2l (except
Audi allroad)
Petrol engine X X X
with following
capacity
2.0l and 3.0l Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
4.2l (Audi all‐ permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
road only)
Diesel engine X X X
with following
capacity
1.9l and
2.5l (except
allroad)
Diesel engine X X X
with following
capacity
2.5l (allroad
only)
Notes:
◆ In vehicles in which the radiator fan is actuated via the engine control unit, actuation is infinitely variable.
Fan actuation depends on the engine.
◆ In vehicles in which the radiator fan is actuated by the -E87 directly (via 2 outputs), via the radiator fan relay
-J26 and radiator fan 2nd speed relay -J101 or via the radiator fan control unit -J293, actuation occurs via
2 stages. Fan actuation depends on the engine.
◆ In vehicles in which the -E87 exchanges data with the engine control unit via the drive data bus, the -E87
transmits or receives the following data from the data bus:
Engine speed, coolant temperature, compressor on or off, compressor shut-off or reduction of compressor
output by engine control unit, idling speed increase, driver's requirement "additional heater" (diesel engines
only), radiator fan control (not diesel engines, which have dedicated wires).
◆ In vehicles in which the -E87 exchanges no data with the engine control unit via the drive data bus, the -
E87 receives the following data from the data bus:
engine speed, ignition off period and coolant temperature.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
The data "compressor on or off, compressor shut-off by engine control unit, idling speed increase, driver's
requirement "additional heater" (diesel engines only) and radiator fan control are output by the -E87 via extra
wires
=> Parts List
=> Parts List
9 - Reading measured value block

9.1 - Reading measured value block
Notes:
◆ 12 measured value blocks are provided with 4 measured values each for operating and display units with
part numbers up to and including index "G" and with indexes "P"; "Q", "R" and "S".
◆ 13 measured value blocks with 4 measured values each are provided for operating and display units -E87
with part number with index "H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards and with index "AE", "AF", "AG",
and "AH" (-E87 for vehicles up to model year 2001).
◆ 19 measured value blocks with 4 measured values each are provided for customer service for operating
and display units -E87 with part number with index "AA", "AB", "AC" or "AD" and from index "AJ" onwards
(-E87 for vehicles from model year 2002).
but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start)
=> Parts List
◆ The AC control function remains switched on during self-diagnosis (function "Reading measured block val‐
ue") and the current measured values are displayed.
◆ The display groups with the measured values for the positioning motors (potentiometer feedback values)
read out the current actual or specified value or the value learnt and stored during the last basic setting for
the limit stops of the individual positioning motors.
◆ The position of the positioning motors, and therefore of the flaps, can be changed during the self-diagnosis
using the controls on -E87 and the current actual and specified values can be read off directly from the fault
reader display.
◆ If the printer is switched on, the current display will be recorded in the form of a printout.
Starting "Reading measured value block"
- Start engine.
- Set "AUTO" mode on operating and display unit -E87 (compressor is switched on).
- Run fresh air blowerProtected
for approx. 1 minute
by copyright. Copying foratprivate
highorspeed
commercial (topurposes,
adjustin the
part orpositioning
in whole, is not motors).
- Connect fault readerpermitted
V.A.G 1551, enter address word 08 "Electronic climate/heating
control" and advance
the program until "Select function XX" appears on display => Page 6 onwards.

Select function XX
8.3 - Equipment/actuation table for vehicles from model year 2002 57

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Press keys -0- and -8- (08 selects the "Reading measured value block" function.)

08 -Reading measured value block

Reading measured value block
Enter display group number XXX
- Enter display group number with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Overview for vehicles up to model year 2001 =>Page 58 .
Overview for vehicles from model year 2002 =>Page 69 .

Reading measured value block X
1 2 3 4
To select another display group:
- Press C key.

Reading measured value block
Enter display group number XXX
- Enter display group number.
Notes:
◆ The next display group can be selected by pressing the "3" key; to switch back to the previous display group
press "1".
◆ If all the display zones show the specified values:

Select function XX
10 - Measured value blocks in vehicles up to model year 2001

10.1 - Measured value blocks in vehicles up to model year 2001
List of available display group numbers
Display group no. Display zone Designation Details on page

01 1 Compressor shutoff criteria 60
2 Voltage for the air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 (in Volt).
3 Voltage, terminal "15" (in Volt).

Audi A6 1998 ➤

4 Signal for ignition off time (stationary period).
02 1-4 Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158 62
03 1-4 Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159 62
04 1-4 Central flap positioning motor -V70 63
05 1-4 Defrost flap positioning motor -V107 63
06 1-4 Air flow flap positioning motor -V71. 64

07 1 Calculated ambient temperature (for ambient temperature 64
indicator -G106, installed in dash panel insert)
2 Temperature sensor for fresh air intake duct -G89
3 Ambient temperature sensor -G17
4 Coolant temperature (calculated by -E87)
08 1 Vent temperature
Protected sender,
by copyright. Copying leftor -G150
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not 65
2 Vent
permittedtemperature sender, right, -G151
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any
liability
3 Footwell vent temperature sender -G192

4 Dash panel temperature sensor -G56

09 1 Specified voltage at fresh air blower -V2 65
2 Actual voltage at fresh air blower -V2
3 Voltage at terminal 58d (downstream of lighting controller -
E20) in %
4 Operating and display units with part numbers up to and in‐
cluding index "A"
Display zone not used.
Operating and display units with part numbers from index "B"
onwards (with indexes "B", "C", "F" and "G", gradual intro‐
duction from software version "D60").
Voltage at terminal "58s"
Note:
Display zone "4" in display group "09" is only assigned on operating and display units with the part number 4B0
820 043 from index "B" onwards (with indexes "B", "C", "F" and "G", gradual introduction from software version
"D60").

10 1 Engine speed 66
2 Vehicle speed
3 Auxiliary Heater
4 Additional heater on/off
11 1 Coolant temperature (transmitted by dash panel insert) 66
2 Air conditioner compressor cut-in
3 Air conditioner pressure switch -F129
4 Operating and display units with part numbers up to and in‐
cluding index "G" and with indexes "P", "Q", "R" and "S".
10.1 - Measured value blocks in vehicles up to model year 2001 59

Audi A6 1998 ➤

Operating and display units with part numbers with indexes
"H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards.
Ignition key assignment
Note:
Display zone "4" in display group "11" is only assigned on operating and display units with the part number 4B0
820 043 with indexes "H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards.

12 1 Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 (left side) 68
2 Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 (right side)
3 Display zone not used.
13 1...4 Operating and display units with part number with index "H", 68
"J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards and with index
"AE", "AF", "AG", "AH".
The last four compressor shut-off criteria which were effec‐
tive for longer than 20 seconds.
Note:
Display group "13" is only assigned in operating and display

Protected unitsCopying
by copyright. with the partornumber
for private commercial4B0 820in 043
purposes, part orwith index
in whole, is not
"H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards and with index "AE", "AF", "AG" or "AH".
Display group 01 (compressor shutoff criteria, voltage for the air conditioner magnetic clutch and at terminal
"15")
Notes:
◆ If one of the compressor shut-off criteria 1, 8, 11 or 12 exists, the magnetic clutch -N25 cannot be actuated
during the final control diagnosis (=>Page 35 )
◆ If compressor shutoff criterion "5" appears in addition to another compressor shutoff condition, disregard
shutoff criterion "5".
◆ If several compressor shutoff conditions exist simultaneously (display zone 1), the display will either show
them all alternately or it will show only the shutoff condition assigned the highest priority by operating and
display unit -E87.
◆ If pressure switch -F129 is open, compressor shutoff criterion "1" (overpressure) first appears and then the
compressor is switched off. If pressure switch -F129 remains open for more than 30 secs. the program
switches to compressor shutoff criterion "3" (vacuum, refrigerant circuit empty).
Display zone Display

1 Code Compressor shutoff criteria:
0 Compressor switched on:
▪ No shut-off criterion identified (if compressor is not switched on, perform Final control
diagnosis => Page 100 ).
1 Compressor switched off:
▪ Open pressure switch -F129 (between contacts 2 and 1) (overpressure or loose contact
in the wiring).
Fault remedy =>Fault table, Page 100 .

2 Vacant

Audi A6 1998 ➤

▪ Open pressure switch -F129 (between contacts 2 and 1) (overpressure, empty refrig‐
erant circuit or open circuit).
Fault remedy =>Fault table, Page 100 .
4 Vacant
▪ Engine speed less than 300 rpm
▪ No engine speed signal detected.
Open circuit in wiring between dash panel insert, engine control unit and -E87 (connector
A, contact 2).
Engine control unit or dash panel insert supplies an unusable engine speed signal (check
engine speed signal).
▪ Compressor switched off via the -E87 "ECON" button.
Switch on compressor (press "Auto" button).

▪ Compressor switched off via the -E87 "OFF" button.
Switch on compressor (press "Auto" button).
▪ Measured ambient temperature less than 2 °C (Celsius).
Ambient temperature less than 2°C (place vehicle in heated area for test)
Temperature
Protectedsensor (-G17
by copyright. orfor-G89)
Copying issues
private or incorrect
commercial values
purposes, in part or in(check => Page 64 ).
whole, is not
9 Vacant with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

▪ Supply voltage for air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 less than 9.5 V (=> display zone
3 and fault table, Page 14 ).
▪ Engine temperature too high
Dash panel insert has detected an excessive engine temperature and switched output to
earth; check.
Short to earth in wiring between dash panel insert and -E87 (connector -A-,
contact -3-).

▪ AC compressor cut-in.
The engine control unit has switched off the compressor (check => display group 10, Page
35 ).
▪ Compressor cut-in delay (approx. 10 secs.) at engine speeds above 6000 rpm.
Of no significance for customer service
▪ Air-conditioner pressure switch -F129 (switch between contacts 1 and 2) actuated 30x
during the current driving period.
Loose contact in wiring between -F129 and -E87.
Fault at switch -F129 or in refrigerant circuit (=> Fault table, Page 100 ).

Audi A6 1998 ➤

2 Voltage at air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 in V (connector -B-, contact -3-).
If the display value is less than 12 V while the engine is running and the air-conditioner magnetic
clutch -N25 is on, check wiring to -E87 (positive and earth), using current flow diagram.
3 Voltage at terminal "15" in V (connector -D-, contact -9-).
If the display value is less than 12 V while the engine is running, check wiring to -E87 (positive
and earth), using current flow diagram.
4 Signal for ignition off time (stationary time) 1)
Time between the last ignition switch-off and renewed switch-on.
Display value between 00:00 h and 04:00 h.
1) If, when the ignition is switched on, no "ignition
permittedoff time"
unless signal
authorised is detected
by AUDI AG. AUDI AG bydoesthenotoperating and display
unit -E87(transmitted by the dash panel insert), the
with-E87
respectassumes a standing
to the correctness time
of information in thisof more Copyright
document. than 4 by hours and it
AUDI AG.
is assumed that the engine temperature is the same as the ambient temperature. In heating mode, the fresh
air blower may thus have a delayed start despite the engine being warm. Ambient temperature indicator -G106
in the dash panel insert may also display incorrect ambient temperature values.
Display group 02 (left temperature flap positioning motor -V158)

1 Actual feedback value of potentiometer -G220 (in the positioning motor -V158)
Display value greater than 5 and less than 250
Maximum permissible deviation: 3 units greater or less than the specified feedback value (only
in the range
greater than 50 but less than 200).
2 Specified feedback value of potentiometer -G220 (calculated by -E87).
Display range: 5 to 250.
3 -G220 value determined during the "basic setting" and stored in -E87 with positioning motor set
to "heating stop" (the temperature flap routes the air flow through the heat exchanger).
to "cooling stop" (the temperature flap routes the air flow past the heat exchanger).
Notes:
◆ If the display values in display zones 3 or 4 are outside the permitted range =>Fault table, Page 14 .
◆ If the feedback value in display zone 1 is less than 5 (short circuit) or greater than 250 (open circuit), =>Per‐
form electrical check Page 100 .
◆ The actual feedback value (between 5 and 50 and between 200 and 250) is specified, for example, in the
operating and display unit -E87 as the permissible tolerance range for the positioning motor stop for the left
temperature flap or for flap.
Display group 03 (right temperature flap positioning motor -V159)

in the range
greater than 50 but less than 200).
to "heating stop" (the temperature flap routes the air flow through the heat exchanger).

Audi A6 1998 ➤

to "cooling stop" (the temperature flap routes the air flow past the heat exchanger).
Note:
In the event of deviations from specified values, observe notes on display group 02 (see Page 62 ).
Display group 04 (central flap positioning motor -V70)

in the range greater than 50 but less than 200)
3 -G112 value determined during "basic setting" and stored in control unit -E87 with the positioning
motor set to "lower stop" (central flap and footwell flap closed, air flow directed to the defrost
flap)
4 -G112 value determined during the "basic setting" and stored in -E87with positioning motor set
to "upper stop" (the central flap is open, the footwell flap is closed, the air flow is directed to the
dash panel vents).
Notes:
◆ The following air conditioner operating statuses (and all intermediate settings) are possible via the levers
fitted on the flaps depending on the positioning motor setting:
- Footwell flap and central flap closed = Defrost mode (air to windscreen)
- Footwell flap open and central flap closed = Air into footwell (feedback value in display zone 1 and 2 between
70 and 90).
- Footwell flap closed and central flap open = Air out of dash panel vents
◆ For further information see => Page 62 display group 02
Display group 05 (defrost flap positioning motor -V107)

1 Actual feedback value of potentiometer -G135 (in positioning motor -V107)
3 Value for -G135 that was calculated during the "basic setting" and stored in control unit -E87 with
the positioning motor set to "lower stop" (defrost flap closed)

Audi A6 1998 ➤

4 Value for -G135 that was calculated during the "basic setting" and stored in control unit -E87 with
the positioning motor set to "upper stop" (defrost flap open, air coming from dash panel defroster
vents to windscreen)
Note:
Display group 06 (air flow flap positioning motor -V71)

1 Actual feedback value of potentiometer -G113 (in positioning motor -V71).
3 -G113 value determined during the "basic setting" and stored in the -E87 with the positioning
motor set to "lower stop" (the air flow flap in the air conditioner intake area closed, the air con‐
ditioner in recirculated air mode).
4 -G113 value determined during the "basic setting" and stored in the -E87 with the positioning
motor set to "upper stop" (the air flow flap in the air conditioner intake area open and the air
conditioner in fresh air mode).
Note:
Display group 07 (calculated ambient temperature for ambient temperature indicator -G106, measured
values for fresh Protected
air intake duct temperature
by copyright. Copying for privatesensor -G89,
or commercial ambient
purposes, temperature
in part or in whole, is not sensor
-G17 and calculated coolant
permitted unlesstemperature)

1 Calculated ambient temperature in °C(for ambient temperature indicator -G106 in auto-check
system of dash panel insert).
2 Temperature sensor for fresh air intake duct -G89.
Measured value of sensor in °C (check => Electrical check, Page 100 ).
3 Ambient temperature sensor -G17
Measured value of sensor in °C (check =>Electrical check, Page 100 ).
4 Coolant temperature calculated by -E87 in °C (auxiliary variable for control of fresh-air blower
speed).
Notes (display zones 1, 2 and 3):

◆ The basis for the display in display zone 1 is the lower of the two measured ambient temperatures (=>display
zones 2 and 3). When the ignition is switched off, the value is stored up to 4 hours.
◆ If the calculated ambient temperature is too low, the cause may be loose contact in one of the two temper‐
ature sensors -G17 or -G89 or in the associated wiring.
◆ The measured value from a defective temperature sensor is suppressed by -E87, and -E87 then uses an
internal calculated value for the further control.
Notes on display zone 4:

◆ The coolant temperature calculated by -E87 is only used for air-conditioner control purposes if no coolant
temperature is supplied by the dash panel insert =>Page 66 display group 11.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The coolant temperature is calculated by the -E87 taking into account various input signals (time since the
ignition was switched on, engine speed, engine running time, calculated ambient temperature, length of time
since vehicle last driven, etc.).
Display group 08 (left vent temperature sender -G150, right vent temperature sender -G151, Footwell vent
temperature sender -G192 and dash panel temperature sensor -G56)

1 Vent temperature sender, left -G150
2 Vent temperature sender, right, -G151
3 Footwell vent temperature sender -G192.
Measured value of sensor in °C (check=> Electrical check, Page 100 ).
4 Dash panel temperature sensor -G56.
Measured value of a sensor in °C.
Installed in the -E87, cannot be replaced separately
Air is blown from the area of the dash panel centre section to the sensor via blower -V42
Note:
The measured value from a defective temperature sensor is suppressed by -E87, and -E87 then uses an internal
calculated value for the further control (the current measured
Protected by value
copyright. Copying is displayed).
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Display group 09 (voltage at fresh-air blower -V2, voltage at terminals 58d and 58s)

1 Specified voltage for fresh air blower -V2 (calculated by -E87).
0 V to 12.5 V (depending on the -E87 setting).
2 Actual voltage at fresh air blower -V2.
Deviation from the specified voltage (in the vehicle voltage range) less than 0.7 V.
3 Voltage for illuminating the various display elements of -E87.
Between 5 and 100% depending on the setting of the instrument illumination control -E20, ter‐
minal 58d, and the brightness determined by the photosensor in the dash panel insert (voltage
at connector -A-, contact -5- to -E87).
25% with no signal from dash panel insert
4 Operating and display units with part numbers up to and including index "A"
Display zone vacant (disregard display).
Operating and display units with part numbers from index "B" onwards (with indexes "B", "C",
"F" and "G", gradual introduction from software version "D60").
Voltage for the illumination of the switches in the operating and display unit -E87 (terminal 58s)
0...100% depending upon the position of the lighting and instruments control -E20, with side
lights on (voltage at connector -C-, contact -7- to -E87).
10% or less than 1.0 V when side lights are off
Notes on display zones 3 and 4:
◆ Checking input voltage for terminals 58d and 58s at operating and display unit -E87 =>Electrical check,
Page 100 .
◆ The voltage at terminal 58d is generated as a square-wave signal by the dash panel insert. The brightness
of -E87 displays is determined by the actuation time.
◆ Display zone "4" in display group "09" is only assigned on operating and display units with the part number
4B0 820 043 from index "B" onwards (with indexes "B", "C", "F" and "G", gradual introduction from software
version "D60").
◆ The -E87 controls are only illuminated if voltage is applied to terminal 58s.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The brightness of the -E87 display illumination can be changed via the -E20 illumination control, even if the
side lights are switched off.
Display group 10 (engine speed, compressor speed, vehicle speed, auxiliary heater and additional heater on/
off)

1 Engine speed in rpm.
2 Vehicle speed in km/hour.
0 = No speed signal detected since the ignition was switched on.
1 = At least one vehicle speed signal detected since the ignition was switched on
3 Auxiliary heater.
0 = No auxiliary heater mode (voltage at connector -D- contact -1- less than 5 V)
1 = Auxiliary heater mode (voltage at connector -D- contact -1- greater than 5 V).
4 Additional heater on/off (observe only on vehicles with diesel engines)
1 = Additional heater on (input of -E87 switched to earth).
0 = Additional heater off (input of -E87 open).

If the vehicle is moving at more than 1 km/h, this speed will be displayed.
◆ If -E87 remains in operation after the ignition is switched off and if the display shows "1", locate and rectify
short to positive to connector -D-, contact -1- using current flow diagram.
◆ If voltage is applied to the input with the ignition switched off, -E87 starts up, fresh-air blower is actuated
with max. 6V and air flow is routed to windscreen.

heater is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater=> Page 40 .
◆ The display zone can be disregarded in vehicles with petrol engine.
◆ The engine control unit switches on the additional heater provided that certain criteria are satisfied =>Page
42 and
Display group 11 (Coolant temperature supplied by dash panel insert, air conditioner compressor cut-in,
pressure switch -F129 and ignition key assignment)

1 Coolant temperature in °C supplied by dash panel insert (auxiliary variable for control of fresh-
air blower speed, coolant temperature too high).
-9 °Cto 117 °C = coolant temperature in permissible range/signal OK.
-10 °C= no signal detected from dash panel insert.
-65 °C= no signal from dash panel insert detected or voltage at connector -A-, contact -3- less
than 5 V.
118 °C= coolant temperature too high (temperature switch closed, dash panel insert has switch‐
ed output to earth, voltage at connector -A-, contact -3- less than 5 V) =>Display group 01, Page
60 display zone 1.

◆ Checking the coolant temperature and the dash panel permitted
insert. unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
◆ Up to a coolant temperature of approx. 50 °C use is made for control purposes of a mean value from the
coolant temperature calculated by -E87 and the coolant temperature supplied by dash panel insert. From
approx. 50 °C onwards, only the value provided by the sash panel insert is used.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ If the signal from the dash panel insert cannot be evaluated by -E87, -10 °C or -65 °C is displayed as coolant
temperature and use is made for control purposes of the value calculated by -E87. When -65°C is displayed,
the compressor cannot be switched on.
◆ At a coolant temperature of 118 °C, the dash panel insert switches the output to earth, -E87 deactivates the
air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 and a coolant temperature of 118 °C is displayed.

2 Air conditioner compressor cut-in.
0 = "Open" AC compressor cut-in output (voltage at connector -C- contact -12- less than 5 V).
1 = "Closed" AC compressor cut-in output (voltage at connector -C- contact -12- greater than 5
V).
3 Air-conditioner pressure switch -F129
1 = Open pressure switch (voltage at connector -C- contact -2- less than 2 V).
0 = Closed pressure switch (voltage at connector -C- contact -2- greater than 2 V).

◆ When airwith
conditioner
respect to the magnetic
correctness of clutch -N25
information in this is engaged,
document. the
Copyright by output
AUDI AG. is closed (voltage greater than 5 V).
◆ If voltage drops below 5 V with magnetic clutch switched on (engine control unit switches input to earth),
the -E87 switches the magnetic clutch off (=> display group 01, Page 60 display zone 1)
When air conditioner pressure switch -F129 is open (high/low-pressure switch between contacts 1 and 2), the
compressor is switched off (=>display group 01, Page 60 display zone 1).
Display zone Significance Explanatory Notes

4 Operating and display units with part numbers up to
and including index "G" and with indexes "P", "Q", "R"
and "S".
Display zone vacant (disregard display).
Operating and display units with part numbers with in‐
dexes "H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards.
Display 0 = The ignition was switched on with a key ▪ Check adaption of the ignition key.
for which there is no assignment in the => Electrical System; Repair group 90;
dash panel insert. Repair dash panel insert Repair dash
No information was received from the panel insert
dash panel insert.
Display 1 = The ignition was switched on with the key ▪ Up to 4 keys may be assigned.
(2, 3 or 4) which was set to position 1 (2, 3 or 4) in
the dash panel insert.
◆ When the ignition is switched on, the -E87 starts with the setting which was valid the last time the ignition
was switched off with this key (temperature, air distribution, fresh air blower speed).
◆ In vehicles from model year 2000, the ignition key assignment is transmitted to the -E87 by the dash panel
insert together with the coolant temperature and the signal "Engine temperature too high", when the ignition
is switched on (data message). The key assignment can only by processed by operating and display units
with the part number 4B0 820 043 and index "H", "J", "K" or "L" or from index "T" onwards and with index
"AE", "AF", "AG" or "AH". If the coolant temperature is too high, no information may be transmitted.
◆ The assignment of the ignition key can only be recognised and therefore transmitted by the dash panel insert
on vehicles fitted with an immobiliser.
=> Electrical System; Repair group 90; Repair dash panel insert Repair dash panel insert
◆ Check signal from dash panel insert =>Electrical test, Page 100

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Display group 12 (sunlight penetration photosensor -G107)

1 Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 (penetration from left, depending on the sunlight pen‐
etration intensity and the version of -E87).
0%to 100%(corresponds to 4.5 V and 0.5 V ).
or
0....1000 w/m2
2 Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 (penetration from right, depending on the sunlight pen‐
etration intensity and the version of -E87).
0%to 100%(corresponds to 4.5 V and 0.5 V ).
or
0....1000 w/m2
3 Display zone vacant (disregard display).
4 Display zone vacant (disregard display).
Notes:
◆ The display values for photosensor -G107 may be changed by shining an appropriate bulb at the sensor.
◆ If, irrespective of the light conditions for photosensor -G107, the display always shows about 90% of the
maximum sunlight penetration, use the current flow diagram to check the cabling to photosensor -G107 for
wrong connections.
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault-finding and Copying

Protected by copyright. FittingforLocations binder
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ In vehicles with operating and display with
unitrespect
-E87to with software
the correctness versionin "D65"
of information the measured
this document. intensity
Copyright by AUDI AG. of sun‐
light penetration is displayed in the wrong unit (volt instead of watt). The correct value can be obtained by
multiplying the display value by 2 and replacing volt by watt.
Display group 13: (The last four compressor shut-off criteria)

1 Fourth last compressor shutoff criterion ▪ Explanatory notes => Page 60 display group 01,
display zone 1
2 Third last compressor shutoff criterion
3 Last but one compressor shutoff criterion
4 Last compressor shutoff criterion
Notes:
◆ Display group "13" is only assigned in operating and display units with the part number 4B0 820 043 with
index "H", "J", "K" or "L" and from index "T" onwards and with index "AE", "AF", "AG" or "AH".
◆ Only the last four compressor shut-off criteria which were effective for longer than 20 seconds are stored.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11 - Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002

11.1 - Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002
List of available display group numbers

001 1 - In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 72
Control current for actuating air conditioner compressor reg‐
ulating valve -N280 in amps
- In vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Display unit not used or current for actuating the magnetic
clutch relay -J44 in amps (depends on the version of -E87)
2 Actuation of air conditioner compressor regulating valve -
N280/magnetic clutch relay -J44
Signal ratio of actuation signal as %
3 Signal from high-pressure sender -G65
Signal ratio, depending on the pressure in the refrigerant
circuit as %
4 Pressure in refrigerant circuit in bar
Calculated by the -E87 using the signal ratio of the signal
from the -G65
002 1...4 The last four compressor shut-off criteria that were active for 76
longer than 20 (12) seconds.
003 1...4 Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158 80
004 1...4 Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159 80
005 1...4 Defrost flap positioning motor -V107 81
006 1...4 Central flap positioning motor -V70 81
007 1...4 Air recirculation flap positioning motor -V113 82
008 1...4 - In vehicles with left-hand drive 82
Air-flow flap positioning motor -V71
- In vehicles with right-hand drive

009 1 Measured value of the footwell vent temperature sensor - 83
G192 in °C
3 Measured value of vent temperature sender, left -G150 in °
C
4 Measured value of vent temperature sender, right -G151 in
°C

010 1 - In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 83
Measured value of evaporator vent temperature sender -
G263 in °C
2 Measured value of fresh air intake duct temperature sensor
-G89 in °C
11.1 - Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002 69

Audi A6 1998 ➤

3 Measured value of ambient temperature sensor -G17 in °C
4 Calculated ambient temperature transmitted to the dash
panel insert in °C

011 1 Measured value of the dash panel insert temperature sensor 85
-G56
Installed in operating and display unit -E87
2 Speed of temperature sensor blower -V42
Installed in operating and display unit -E87
3 Coolant temperature transmitted by dash panel insert in °C
(drive data bus)
4 Actuation of output for idling speed increase
From the -E87 to the relevant engine control unit
Via the drive data bus or a dedicated wire depending on the
engine control unit

012 1 Current engine speed in rpm transmitted by engine control 86
unit
engine control unit
2 Vehicle speed transmitted by the dash panel insert in km/h
(drive data bus)
3 - In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
Status of the torque required for operating the compressor,
displayed in display zone 4 (drive data bus)
4 - In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
Engine torque required for operating the compressor calcu‐
lated by the -E87 in Nm (drive data bus)

013 1 Actual voltage at fresh air blower -V2 in V (volt) 88
The voltage between the two contacts of the -V2 is measured
by the -E87 and regulated via the blower control unit -J126
2 Specified voltage at fresh air blower -V2 in V (volt)
The voltage is calculated by the -E87
3 Voltage transmitted by the dash panel insert to terminal
"58d" as % (drive data bus)
4 Voltage transmitted by the illumination control -E20 to ter‐
minal "58s" as % Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

Audi A6 1998 ➤

014 1 Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 as % 89
- In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
and petrol engine
From the -E87 to the relevant engine control unit (drive data
bus)
The engine control unit actuates the fan control unit -J293.
and diesel engine
Ignore display
(cont.)
Protected by copyright. Copying for 2
private or Feedback
commercial signal
purposes, in partfor
or inactuation
whole, is not of the radiator fan -V7 as %
▼
permitted unless
- In vehicles with compressor
with regulating valve -N280
and petrol engine
Specified actuation output by the relevant engine control unit

to the radiator fan control unit -J293 (drive data bus)

014 2 Feedback signal for actuation of the radiator fan -V7 as %
(cont.) - In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
and diesel engine
Ignore display
3 Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 speeds "1" and "2"
and diesel engine
From the -E87 to the relevant relay/control unit
From the -E87 to the relevant relay/control unit
and petrol engine
Ignore display
"Closed" display (signifies: vehicle with fixed top, not a con‐
vertible).

015 1 Fresh or recirculated air mode request 91
2 Signal from air quality sensor -G238
016 1 Actuation of rear window heating 93
2 Heated windscreen actuation signal
Can be disregarded in vehicles without heated windscreen
The installation of a heated windscreen is not envisaged at
present (installation as optional extra is open)
3 Actuation of additional heater
Can be disregarded in vehicles without diesel engine
engine control unit
Different versions (electrical or fuel-powered additional heat‐
er)
4 Additional heater actuation shut-off criteria
Can be disregarded in vehicles without diesel engine
11.1 - Measured value blocks in vehicles from model year 2002 71

Audi A6 1998 ➤

017 1 Measured value of sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 96
left side in watt per m2
Calculated by the -E87 using the measured voltage
2 Measured value of sunlight penetration photosensor -G107
right side in watt per m2
Calculated by the -E87 using the measured voltage
3 Signal from intermittent mode windscreen wiper switch -E22
(for windscreen washer pump)
4 Windscreen wiper operating status
Signal from windscreen wiper intermittent wipe regulator -
E38 (for windscreen wiper motor)

018 1 - In vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 97
Voltage measured by the -E87 (at terminal "75") for magnetic
clutch -N75
Voltage measured by the -E87 at terminal "75"
2 Voltage measured by the -E87 at terminal "15"
3 Standing time transmitted by the dash panel insert (drive
data bus)
Signal for "ignition off time" in hours
Time since ignition was last switched off
4 Ignition key assignment transmitted by the dash panel insert
(drive data bus)
Display grouppermitted
no. Display zone by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee
unless authorised Designation
or accept any liability Details on page
019 1 Input signal from auxiliary heater 98
2 Sidelights on or off signal
Voltage at terminal "58" in V.
3 Communication matrix version in the operating and display
unit -E87
080 1...4 Display groups not used for customer service at present 99
081
082
11.2 - Measured value blocks from display group 001 to display group 010
Display group 001:
Compressor regulating valve -N280, relay for magnetic clutch -J44 and high-pressure sender -G65

1 Display in vehicles in which the -E87 is encoded
for a compressor with regulating valve -N280.
Measured control current for compressor regu‐ ▪ Current flowing across regulating valve -
lating valve -N280 (in amps) N280.
- Display = less than 0.050 A
Compressor switched off

Audi A6 1998 ➤

(Cont.) - Display = 0.300 A to 0.650 A
t Compressor in control mode, the control current
depends on the refrigeration capacity required

(cont.) for a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Display zone not used. ▪ The current flowing across the coil of relay -
or (depends on the -E87 version) J44 is not measured
- Display = less than 0.050 A ▪ The current flowing across the coil of relay -
Compressor switched offby copyright. Copying for private or commercial
Protected J44 purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- Display = 0.100 A to 0.300
permitted unlessAauthorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Compressor switched on, the control current

depends on the relay -J44 version
◆ If a compressor shut-off criterion is present (=>display group 002) the regulating valve -N280 or the magnetic
clutch -N25 cannot be actuated. This also applies during final control diagnosis (=>Page 35 ).
◆ If no pressure signal is recognised by the high-pressure sender -G65, the regulating valve -N280 or magnetic
clutch -N25 must not be actuated.
For vehicles with a compressor with compressor regulating valve -N280 (-E87 encoding) the following applies:
◆ The current intensity flowing across the regulating valve -N280 is displayed in display zone 1.
◆ The current intensity is calculated by the -E87; it depends on the refrigeration capacity required, the mode
selected for the -E87 and the vehicle voltage. For safe regulation on the part of the regulating valve, however,
a prescribed minimum current must flow. For the regulating valves installed at present this is 0.3 A.
◆ When the regulating valve is fully actuated, a maximum current of at present approx. 0.65 A is set, depending
on the vehicle voltage (regulated and limited by the -E87).
◆ If the -E87 is encoded for a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25, the compressor output cannot be regu‐
lated. The compressor is either switched on or off (a current flow of only approx. 200 mA across the coil of
relay -J44). With this encoding the regulating valve -N280 is constantly fully actuated and the compressor
could be damaged.
◆ If a fault is recognised on sender -G263, the -E87 switches to emergency running and the regulating valve
-N280 is only re-actuated with a maximum control current prescribed by the software of the -E87. The
maximum control current depends on the version of the -E87. With the -E87 installed at present it may be
approx. 0.3A to 0.5A (as a result of which the refrigeration capacity of the air conditioner becomes lower
and at relatively high temperatures cooling is no longer adequate).
For vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 (-E87 encoding) the following applies:
◆ The assignment of display zone 1 depends on the version of the -E87

◆ If the -E87 is encoded for a compressor with regulating valve -N280 a current of approx. 200 mA is displayed
(current flow across the coil of relay -J44). The compressor cannot be regulated.

Signal ratio for actuation of compressor regulat‐ ▪ Time ratio of actuation of regulating valve -
ing valve -N280 (as %) N280
- Display = 0%
Compressor switched off
11.2 - Measured value blocks from display group 001 to display group 010 73
Audi A6 1998 ➤

- Display = 30....40% to 100%
Compressor in control mode, the actuation time
depends on the refrigeration capacity required,
the mode selected and the vehicle voltage. The
actuation time is at least long enough for a mean
current of 0.3 A to flow and at most long enough
for a mean current of 0.65 A not to be exceeded.
Display in vehicles in which the -E87 is encoded
for a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
- Display = 0% ▪ The magnetic clutch is actuated via the relay
Compressor switched off -J44
- Display = 100%
Compressor switched on
◆ The signal ratio for the time during which the current can actually flow is displayed in display zone 2.
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 operates at a frequency of 500 Hz (500 Hertz = 500 switch-on pulses
per second). The signal ratio indicates the proportion of switch-on time per pulse.
◆ The switch-on signal can be tested, e.g. with the VAS 5051 in the measurement technique function => Page
130 .
◆ The signal ratio is selected by the -E87 so that the evaporator specified temperature at sender -G263 that
depends on various factors is achieved => Page 83 .
◆ If a fault is recognised on sender -G263, the -E87 switches to emergency running and regulating valve -
N280
Protected by is only Copying
copyright. re-actuated
for privatewith a maximum
or commercial purposes, control
in part or incurrent of at present approx. 0.3A to 0.5A (300 to 500
whole, is not
mA).
permitted (The
unless signal
authorised ratio
by AUDI depends
AG. AUDI AG on doesthe current
not guarantee orvehicle
accept anyvoltage,
liability as a result of which the air conditioner re‐
frigeration capacity becomes lower, and at relatively high temperatures cooling is no longer adequate.)
◆ If the -E87 was by mistake encoded for a compressor with regulating valve -N280, a fault is entered in the
fault memory of the -E87 for sender -G263 (not installed in vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25). The compressor is nevertheless switched on via relay -J44 (a current of only approx. 200 mA flows
across the coil of relay -J44).
◆ External regulation of the compressor output is not possible, the magnetic clutch -N25 can only be switched
on and off via relay -J44.

3 Signal ratio for the pressure signal from high- ▪ Time proportion of the positive signal from
pressure sender -G65 (as %) high-pressure sender -G65
- Display = 0...5%
Open circuit in the wiring between the -G65 and
the -E87
Open circuit in the voltage supply or in the earth
connection to the -G65
High-pressure sender -G65 defective
- Display = 5% to 12%
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too low (system
empty)
- Display = 12% to 87.5% ▪ If at an ambient temperature above 20 °C a
Pressure in refrigerant circuit in permitted range. signal ratio of below 16.5% is displayed, the
measured value of the -G65 is not OK or there
is too little refrigerant in the circuit

Audi A6 1998 ➤

(cont.) - Display = over 87.5...90%
t Pressure in refrigerant circuit too high.
Actuation of radiator fan not OK
Radiator and/or condenser dirty
Fault in refrigerant circuit

3 - Display = 90....100%
(cont.) Short to positive (or earth) in the wiring between the -G65 and the -E87
Open circuit in the voltage supply or in the earth connection to the -G65

◆ The signal ratio for the time is displayed in zone 3 while the signal is actually present.
◆ The -E87 calculates the pressure in the refrigerant circuit using the signal ratio, the calculated pressure is
displayed in zone 4.
◆ If the signal ratio is under 12% (equivalent to approx. 1.8 bar absolute) and over 87.5% (equivalent to approx.
32 bar absolute) the -E87 does not switch the compressor on (regulating valve -N280 is not actuated). The
compressor is not switched on again until the signal ratio has reached over 15% (equivalent to 2.6 bar
absolute) and under 48% (equivalent to 16 bar absolute).
◆ An absolute pressure of 0 bar represents an absolute vacuum. Therefore normal ambient pressure is equiv‐
alent to approx. 1 bar absolute. On the dials of most pressure gauges 0 bar is equivalent to an absolute
pressure of one bar (recognisable by the datum -1 below 0).
◆ The pressure in the refrigerant circuit and therefore the signal ratio depends on various factors. In general,
however, at maximum compressor output and an ambient temperature of 20 to 25 °C the pressure should
not exceed 20 bar (absolute). Under extreme conditions of use (e.g. in southern countries with high ambient
temperature, "stop-and go-traffic" and high relative humidity) with the resultant extremely high refrigeration
capacity pressures of up to 30 bar (absolute) may also occur.
◆ The high-pressure sender -G65 operates at a frequency of 50 Hz (50 Hertz = 50 switch-on pulses per
second). The signal ratio indicates the proportion of switch-on time per pulse.
◆ The switch-on signal can be tested, e.g. with the VAS 5051 in the measurement technique function => Page
127 Testing signal from high-pressure sender -G65
◆ The signal transmitted at a refrigerant circuit pressure of approx. 5 to 6 bar absolute is equivalent to a signal
ratio of approx. 22% (automatic adjustment with compressor at a standstill, at an ambient temperature of
20 °C, and with properly filled refrigerant circuit).
◆ To avoid sudden shut-down of the compressor due to too high pressure in the refrigerant circuit or too high
coolant temperature, its output is regulated by the -E87:
- As soon as the pressure in the refrigerant circuit exceeds 30 bar (absolute) (Full compressor output is not
re-enabled until the pressure has fallen to below 16 bar.)
- As soon as the coolant temperature exceeds 115 °C (it is shut down completely at 118 °C).
◆ The signal generated by high-pressure sensor -G65 is also used for engine control (the required compressor
drive torque is governed by the refrigerant circuit pressure).
◆ Depending on the signal ratio, in vehicles with petrol engines a signal is transmitted by the -E87 to the
relevant engine control unit via the drive data bus, so that the engine control unit switches the radiator fan
via the radiator fan control unit -J293. In vehicles with diesel engines the -E87 switches the radiator fans on
by actuating the relevant relay/control unit as soon as the specified

correctnesspressure
of informationis exceeded.
with respect to the in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ The compressor is switched off by the -E87 due to too high coolant temperature as soon as the coolant
temperature exceeds 118 °C. It is not switched on again until the temperature has fallen to below 115 °C.
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The compressor is switched off by the -E87 due to too high pressure in the refrigerant circuit as soon as the
pressure in the refrigerant circuit exceeds 30 bar (absolute). It is not switched on again until the pressure
has fallen to below 16 bar.
◆ Depending on the signal ratio, the -E87 switches the radiator fans on by actuating the relevant relay/control
unit as soon as the specified pressure is exceeded.

4 Pressure in refrigerant circuit (in bar absolute) ▪ The pressure is calculated by the -E87 using
the signal ratio displayed in zone 3.
- Display = less than 2.6 bar
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too low (system
empty)
- Display = 2.6 bar to 29 bar ▪ If at an ambient temperature above 20 °C a
Pressure in refrigerant circuit in permitted pressure of below 4 bar is displayed, the meas‐
range. ured value of the -G65 is not OK or there is too
little refrigerant in the circuit
- Display = over 29 bar (even short-term)
Pressure in refrigerant circuit too high.
Actuation of radiator fan not OK
Radiator and/or condenser dirty
Fault in refrigerant circuit
Notes:
◆ Note the information on display zone 3

◆ The -E87 calculates the pressure in the refrigerant circuit using the signal ratio (display zone 3).
◆ With a properly filled refrigerant circuit a pressure of 2.6 bar is set for a temperature of -3 °C. To avoid faults
being stored at low temperatures the -E87 does not recognise a fault in the refrigerant circuit until pressure
is below 1.8 bar (automatic adjustment at -12 °C). At this temperature the -G65 is no longer interrogated.
Display group 002:
The last four compressor shut-off criteria

1 Current valid compressor shut-off criterion ▪ Explanatory notes => Page 77
2 Last bycompressor
Protected copyright. Copyingshutoff criterion
3 Last
permitted but
unlessone compressor
authorised by AUDI AG. shutoff
AUDI AG doescriterion
not guarantee or accept any liability
4 Third last compressor shutoff criterion
Notes:
◆ Display zone 1 shows the current compressor shutoff criteria.

◆ If several compressor shutoff conditions exist simultaneously (display zone 1), the display will either show
them all alternately or it will show only the shutoff condition which is assigned the highest priority by the
operating and display unit -E87.
◆ Only the compressor shut-off criteria marked with a * are stored in display zones 2, 3 and 4. However, they
are only stored when they have been active for more than 20 sec. (shut-off criterion "12" is stored after 12
sec.).
◆ If compressor shut-off criterion "3" is present (pressure in refrigerant circuit too low), the -E87 switches to
"Econ" mode automatically.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Explanatory notes on compressor shut-off criterion for display zones 1....4
Note:
All numbers not listed (e.g. 13) have not been assigned a compressor shut-off criterion at present.
Display zone Significance Cause of fault/fault remedy

Code Compressor shutoff criteria
1...4 0 Compressor on
No compressor shutoff criterion detected - If the compressor is not
switched on, interrogate the
fault memory => Page 115
onwards.
1* Compressor off
(Cont.) The pressure in the refrigerant circuit was or is too high - Fault remedy => Fault table,
t Page 115 onwards
Current measured value of
high-pressure sender -G65 =>
display group 001, display
zones 3 and 4
Display zone Significance
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability Cause of fault/fault remedy
1...4 2 Compressor output reduced
Only present in vehicles with regulating valve -N280
The operating and display unit -E87 is requested - The engine control unit
by the relevant engine control unit to reduce the has decided that to im‐
compressor output. The -E87 regulates the cur‐ prove acceleration or due
rent for regulating valve -N280 to 300mA. to a fault in the engine con‐
trol the air conditioner com‐
pressor torque must be re‐
set to the smallest value
still possible.
Interrogate the fault mem‐
ory of the engine control
unit.
=> Relevant Workshop
Manual Ignition and Injec‐
tion System; Repair group
01
3* Compressor off
(Cont.) The pressure in the refrigerant circuit was or is - Fault remedy => Fault ta‐
t too low ble, Page 115 onwards
Current measured value of
high-pressure sender -G65
=> display group 001, dis‐
play zones 3 and 4

1...4 4 Compressor off
A fault entry present in the fault memory of the operat‐ - Interrogate fault memory =>
ing and display unit -E87 does not permit the compres‐ Page 13
sor to be switched on
5 Compressor off
Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Engine speed less than 300 rpm - Start the engine

(Cont.) - No engine speed detected ▪ No data received via drive
t data bus.
Interrogate fault memory =>
Page 13
▪ Engine control unit or dash
panel insert does not output a
speed signal
Test the engine speed signal:
=> Electrical System; Repair
group 90

- Compressor switched off via "Econ" button on - Switch the compressor on
the operating and display unit -E87 Perform air conditioner basic setting as speci‐
- The "basic setting" function was not per‐ fied by => Page 49 .
formed after replacement of the operating and
display unit -E87
7 Compressor off
(Cont.) Air conditioner switched off via the "fresh air - Switch the air conditioner on
t blower minus button" on the operating and dis‐
play unit -E87

The "automatic air recirculation" function is
switched off
- The measured ambient temperature is below ▪ Ambient temperature lower than +5 °C
2 °C Place the vehicle in a heated room for the test
The measured ambient temperature was be‐ ▪ Ambient temperature sensor -G17 or fresh air
low 1 °C and has since not risen to above 2 °C intake duct temperature sensor -G89 supply in‐
correct values
The "automatic air recirculation" function is
switched on
(Cont.) - The measured ambient temperature is below - Check the measured values of ambient tem‐
t -1 °C (-8 °C) perature sensor -G17 and the fresh air intake
The measured ambient temperature was be‐ duct temperature sensor -G89 => display group
low -1 °C (-8 °C) and has not risen to over 2 ° 010, Page 83
C (-5 °C) since
Note:
In the "automatic air recirculation" function the compressor may under certain conditions be switched on by the
-E87 (e.g. request for recirculated air mode by air quality sensor at a passenger compartment temperature of
over 10 °C for a maximum 30 sec.) at an ambient temperature of up to -8 °C.
1...4 10* Compressor off

Audi A6 1998 ➤
The vehicle voltage is or was below 9.5V with ▪ Voltage dips in the supply voltage to operating
the engine running and display unit -E87 or the control unit in the
dash panel insert
▪ Vehicle voltage (at connector -D- contact -9-
or at connector -B- contact -3-) too low or fault
in the earth connection to the -E87 (=> also see
fault table, Page 115 onwards
11* Compressor off
(Cont.) Engine temperature too high ▪ Dash panel insert has detected too high en‐
t gine temperature (coolant temperature above
118 °C) and transmitted it via the drive data bus
to the -E87.

(Cont.) Air conditioner compressor cut-in is active at ▪ The engine control unit has switched off the
t present (display zone 1) air conditioner compressor (via the drive data
Air conditioner compressor cut-in was active for bus in vehicles with a compressor with regu‐
longer that 12 sec. (display zone 2...4) lating valve -N280, via a dedicated wire in ve‐
hicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25).
Interrogate the fault memory of the engine con‐
trol unit.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Ignition and In‐
jection System; Repair group 01 115

(Cont.) During the current driving cycle the high-pres‐ ▪ Loose contact in the voltage supply or in the
t sure sender -G65 has supplied a pressure sig‐ earth connection to high-pressure sender -G65
nal with a signal ratio above 87.5% a minimum ▪ Loose contact in the wiring between the high-
of 30 times (pressure too high) pressure sender -G65 and operating and dis‐
play unit -E87
▪ Fault on high-pressure sender -G65 or in re‐
frigerant circuit => Fault table, Page 124

Only present in vehicles with regulating valve -
N280
The temperature measured by the evaporator ▪ The temperature of the air in the area of the
vent temperature sender -G263 is below 0 °C evaporator is below 0 °C
Test sender -G263 => display group 010
If the
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. sender's
Copyright by AUDI measured
AG. value is OK and while
the compressor is running the temperature falls
to below 0 °C, check the actuation of compres‐
sor regulating valve -N280 (=> Page 115 on‐
wards). If actuation is OK a fault is present in
the refrigerant circuit. This can only be located
and eliminated in a specialist air conditioner
workshop.
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
Vent temperature sender -G263 is only present in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280.
Display group 003:
Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158

1 Actual feedback value of potentiometer -G220 (in ▪ Display value greater than 5 and less than
the positioning motor -V158) 250
▪ Maximum permissible deviation 3 units from
the specified feedback value (only in the
range greater than 50 but less than 200)
2 Specified feedback value for potentiometer - ▪ Display range 6 - 249
G220 (calculated by -E87)
3 -G220 value determined during the "basic setting" ▪ Display value greater than 5 and less than
and stored in the -E87 with positioning motor in 50
the setting "Heating stop" (the temperature flap
guides the air flow through the heat exchanger)
4 -G220 value determined during the "basic setting" ▪ Display value greater than 200 and less
and stored in the -E87 with positioning motor in than 250
the setting "Cooling stop" (the temperature flap
guides the air flow past the heat exchanger)
Notes:
◆ If the feedback value in display zone 1 is less than 5 (short circuit) or greater than 250 (open circuit),perform
electrical test => Page 115 onwards.
◆ The actual feedback value (at present between 5 and 50 and between 200 and 250) is specified as the
permitted tolerance range for the stop of the positioning motor or of the flap in the operating and display unit
-E87.
◆ If a value is determined in the basic setting that is above or below the permitted adaption value (learned
value), the fault "adaption limit exceeded" is entered in the fault memory and a substitute value is displayed
in the measured value block, display zones 3 and 4, for this positioning motor (at present 25 or 30 for the
lower stop and 220 or 225 for the upper stop).
◆ If the display values in display zones 3 or 4 are outside the permitted range =>Fault table, Page 14 .
◆ If a fault is found on the integrated potentiometer in one or more positioning motors, the temperature flap
positioning motors are actuated via the measured values of the vent temperature sensors. In the event of
a fault, all other positioning motors are actuated by the -E87 via an emergency running program stored in it
(time control).
Display group 004:

Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159

positioning motor -V159) 250
and stored in the -E87 with positioning motor in 50
the setting "Heating stop" (the temperature flap
guides the air flow through the heat exchanger)

Audi A6 1998 ➤

and stored in the -E87 with positioning motor in than 250
the setting "Cooling stop" (the temperature flap
guides the air flow past the heat exchanger)
For further information see => Page 80 display group 003:
Display group 005:
Defrost flap positioning motor -V107

3 The -G135 value determined during the "basic ▪ Display value greater than 5 and less than
setting" and stored in the -E87 with the positioning 50
motor set to "Lower stop" (defrost flap closed)
and stored in the -E87 with the positioning motor than 250
set to "upper stop" (defrost flap open, air directed
to windscreen)
For further information see => Page 80 display group 003:
Display group 006:
Central flap positioning motor -V70

1 Actual feedback value for potentiometer -G112 (in ▪ Display value greater than 5 and less than
▪ Maximum permissible deviation 3 units
from the specified feedback value (only in the
2 Specified feedback value for potentiometer -G112 ▪ Display range 6 - 249
(calculated by -E87)
and stored in the -E87 with the positioning motor 50
set to "lower stop" (central flap and footwell flap
closed, air flow directed to the defrost
permittedflap)
set to "upper stop" (central flap open, footwell flap
closed, air flow directed to the dash panel vents)
Notes:
◆ The following air conditioner operating statuses (and all intermediate settings) are possible via the levers
fitted on the flaps depending on the positioning motor setting:
Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Footwell flap and central flap closed = Defrost mode (air to windscreen)
- Footwell flap open and central flap closed = Air into footwell (feedback value in display zone 1 and 2 between
70 and 100).
- Footwell flap closed and central flap open = Air out of dash panel vents
Display group 007:
Recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113

the specified feedback value (in the range
greater than 50 but less than 200)
2 Specified feedback value for potentiometer -G143 ▪ Display range 6 - 249
(calculated by -E87)
and stored in the -E87 with the positioning motor 50
set to "lower stop" (flap set to "recirculated air
mode")
set to "upper stop" (flap set to "fresh air mode")
Notes: with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ In left-hand drive vehicles the positioning motor -V113 only moves the fresh/recirculated air flap, the air flow
flaps are moved by positioning motor -V71.
◆ In right-hand drive vehicles the recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 moves the fresh/recirculated air
flap. Air flow flaps and positioning motor -V71 are not installed in these vehicles, therefore ram air mode is
not possible.
◆ In "partial air recirculation mode" the fresh/recirculated air flap is set so that about 1/3 of the air is drawn in
from the passenger compartment (the remainder is drawn in as fresh air via the dust and pollen filter).
Display group 008:
Air-flow flap positioning motor - V71
Note:
The display zone can be disregarded in vehicles with right-hand drive; there is no positioning motor -V71 in‐
stalled.

the specified feedback value (in the range
greater than 5 but less than 250)

Audi A6 1998 ➤

3 -G113 value determined during the "basic set‐ ▪ Display value greater than 5 and less than
ting" and stored in the -E87 with the positioning 50
motor set to "lower stop" (air flow flaps closed)
4 -G113 value determined during the "basic set‐ ▪ Display value greater than 200 and less than
ting" and stored in the -E87 with the positioning 250
motor set to "upper stop" (air flow flaps open)
Notes:
◆ The ram air mode setting is only obtained with a stationary vehicle in final control diagnosis.
◆ This positioning motor is installed in vehicles
Protected by copyright.with
Copyingleft-hand drive
for private or only;purposes,
commercial it operates
in part or the air isflow
in whole, not flaps.
◆ This positioning motor is not installed in right-hand
permitted unless authorised bydrive
AUDI AG.vehicles,
AUDI AG does therefore thisor display
not guarantee group can be dis‐
regarded. In these vehicles the fresh/recirculated air flaps
with respect to the correctness are moved
of information by positioning
in this document. Copyright by AUDI motor
AG. -V113.
◆ Depending on the -E87 version, if the -E87 is encoded for a vehicle with right-hand drive no display is read
out or "not installed" is read out in display zone 2.
◆ In ram air mode the air flow flap setting is program-controlled. Depending on the vehicle speed, the fresh
air blower speed, the selected and the actually measured temperatures and the selected operating mode
on the -E87, the flaps are closed from approx. 80 km/h. In ram air mode, however, the air flow flaps are not
completely closed (the flap always remains far enough open for the necessary air throughput to be main‐
tained).
Display group 009:
Measured values of the footwell vent temperature senders -G192, the left vent temperature sender -G150 and
right vent temperature sender -G151

1 Measured value of the footwell vent temperature sen‐ ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
sor -G192 in °C
Display = not installed
3 Measured value of vent temperature sender, left - ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
G150 in °C
4 Measured value of vent temperature sender, right - ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
G151 in °C
Display group 010:
Measured values of the evaporator vent temperature sender -G263, the fresh air intake duct temperature sensor
-G89, the ambient temperature sender -G17 and the calculated ambient temperature transmitted to the dash
panel insert

1 In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve - ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
N280
Measured value of evaporator vent temperature send‐
er -G263 in °C
In vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Display = not installed
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ If a temperature below 2 °C(0 °C) is measured by sender -G263, the operating and display unit -E87 switches
the compressor off.
◆ The measured value of sender -G263 is used to regulate the evaporator temperature. The evaporator tem‐
perature is changed by actuation of the regulating valve -N280 => display group 001 Page 72 .
◆ At relatively high ambient temperatures the specified temperatures on the -G263 are not always reached
(even though the compressor is operating at maximum output).
◆ The actuation of the regulating valve -N280 for regulation of the compressor output is displayed in display
zones 1 and 2 of display group 001.
◆ Depending on the setting on the -E87 and the ambient temperature, the temperature on sender -G263 is
set to the following values:
- In normal control mode between 2 °C and 15 °C
- At ambient temperatures below 18 °C at least 3 °C below the determined ambient temperature but not
below 2 °C.
- At ambient temperatures below 3 °C not below 2 °C.
- At ambient temperatures below 21 °C and with rain falling (windscreen wiper switched on) at least 6 °C
below
the determined ambient temperature but not below 2 °C.
- With temperature setting "Lo" on the -E87 to 2 °C
- With the "defrost" mode set on the -E87 to 2 °C.
- With "recirculated air mode" set on the -E87 to at least 5 °C but not below 2 °C.
◆ The compressor output cannot be regulated externally, therefore an evaporator vent temperature sender -
G263 is not installed.
◆ In these vehicles the temperature of the air to the evaporator is determined via the low pressure in the
compressor refrigerant circuit. In these vehicles if the blow-out temperature measured via the other tem‐
perature sensors is below 2 °C the vehicle must be taken to a specialist air conditioner workshop (the
evaporator temperature is too low).

2 Measured value of the fresh air intake duct ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
temperature sensor -G89 in °C
3 Measured value of ambient temperature sen‐ ▪ Checking=> Electrical test, Page 115
sor -G17 in °C
4 Calculated ambient temperature transmitted by ▪ Data are transmitted via a dedicated wire.
the -E87 to the dash panel insert in °C ▪ The -E87 calculates the current ambient tem‐
perature taking into account the ingoing temper‐
ature measured values (-G17, -G89), the vehi‐
cle speed, the standing time etc.
▪ The dash panel insert reads out the transmit‐
ted temperature on the display.
Notes on display zones 2...4:
◆ The measured values of the -G17 and the -G89 are impaired e.g. in a stationary vehicle by the heat emitted
by the radiator fan and the exhaust system. For this reason a computer program is stored in the -E87 which
if, for example, the vehicle is stuck in a traffic jam after a fairly long journey or is in city traffic, suppresses a
measured higher temperature, a colder computed value being read out in the ambient temperature display
instead of the measured value. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The basis for the display in display zone 4 is the lower of the two ambient temperatures measured => display
zones 2 and 3. When the ignition is switched off, the value is stored for up to 4 hours and the current
measured values are not displayed.
11.3 - Measured value blocks from display group 011 to display group 020
Display group 011:
Measured value of the dash panel temperature sensor -G56, measured speed of the temperature sensor blower
-V42, the coolant temperature transmitted by the dash panel insert and the actuation of the idling speed increase
output

1 Measured value of the dash panel temperature sensor - -G56 ▪ Installed in the -E87
in °C Air is blown from the area of the
dash panel centre section to the
sensor via the blower -V42 instal‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability led in the -E87
Note on display zone 1:
◆ The temperature sensor -G56 is ventilated by the blower -V42. If the intake opening in the trim of the -E87
is closed or blower -V42 is not running, the temperature sensor is not able to record the actual interior
temperature correctly and the system regulation is defective.
◆ The temperature sensor -G56 is permanently installed in the -E87 and cannot be replaced separately.
◆ Blower -V42 runs constantly if the ignition is switched on

2 Speed of temperature sensor blower -V42 in rpm ▪ Installed in the -E87
- Display = over 2000 Air is blown from the area of the dash panel
Blower speed OK centre section to the sensor -G56 via the
- Display = under 2000 blower -V42 installed in the -E87.
Blower -V42 sluggish, replace -E87
◆ The temperature sensor -G56 is ventilated by the blower -V42. If the intake opening in the trim of the -E87
is closed or blower -V42 is not running, the temperature sensor is not able to record the actual interior
temperature correctly and the system regulation is defective.
◆ If the blower -V42 is sluggish and the blower speed falls to below 1500 rpm, this is stored as a fault in the
fault memory. At room temperature the blower runs at a speed of approx. 2500 rpm
◆ Blower -V42 is permanently installed in the -E87 and cannot be replaced separately.
◆ Blower -V42 runs constantly if the ignition is switched on

3 Coolant temperature supplied from dash panel insert in °C ▪ Data are transmitted via the
Display = coolant temperature drive data bus
Display = not OK (coolant temperature under 40 °C or no sig‐
nal from the dash panel insert)
◆ If the coolant temperature is under 40 °C the dash panel insert may possibly not transmit a coolant tem‐
perature via the drive data bus. In this case, start the engine and wait until the coolant temperature rises to
Audi A6 1998 ➤
over 40 °C. If when the engine is warm "not OK" is displayed, perform self-diagnosis for the dash panel
insert.
◆ To avoid the compressor having to be shut down suddenly due to a too high coolant temperature, its output
is regulated by the -E87 as soon as the coolant temperature transmitted by the dash panel insert exceeds
115 °C (at 118 °C the compressor is shut down completely).
◆ The compressor is switched off by the -E87 due to too high coolant temperature as soon as the coolant
temperature exceeds 118 °C. It is not switched on again until the temperature has fallen to below 115 °C.

4 Actuation of output for idling speed increase ▪ Data are transmitted via the drive data
- Display = Off bus (in vehicles with a compressor with
No increase in the idling speed requested by the -E87. regulating valve -N280)
- Display = On ▪ Actuation occurs via a dedicated wire
Increase in the idling speed requested by the -E87. to the relevant engine control unit (in
vehicles with a compressor with mag‐
netic clutch -N25)
◆ The processing of this signal in the engine control unit differs according to the individual engine.
◆ Check the idling speed regulation function (idling speed increase).
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Injection and Ignition system; Repair group 01
◆ The precondition for the switching on of the idling speed regulation is that no compressor shut-off criterion
exists which does not allow actuation of the regulating valve -N280 or the magnetic clutch -N25 (e.g. engine
not running or operating mode "Econ" selected). The -E87 switches the request e.g. for the temperature
selection setting "Lo" or "Hi"
◆ The engine control unit is informed via this function that the air conditioner needs a higher engine speed to
achieve the specified setting (a higher compressor speed or increased heat output from the engine).
◆ The request for idling speed increase is actuated by the -E87 to improve heating or cooling output e.g. for
temperature selection "Hi" or "Lo" (for "Lo" only if the compressor is switched on).
Display group 012:
The current engine speed transmitted by the dash panel insert and the vehicle speed, the status and value of
the compressor torque transmitted to the dash panel insert

1 Engine speed in rpm transmitted by the dash panel insert/the ▪ Data are transmitted via the
relevant engine control unit drive data bus (in vehicles with a
compressor
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part orwith regulating
in whole, is not valve
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not -N280)
▪ The engine speed is transmitted
via a dedicated wire from the rel‐

evant engine control unit (in vehi‐
cles with a compressor with mag‐
netic clutch -N25)

Audi A6 1998 ➤

2 Vehicle speed in km/h transmitted by the dash panel insert ▪ Data are transmitted via the
- Display = 0 drive data bus
No speed signal detected since the ignition was switched on
- Display = 1
A speed signal of over 5 km/h received from the dash panel
insert at least once since the ignition was switched on
- Display = 1.....
Current vehicle speed in km/h
If after the ignition was switched on prior to the start of self-diagnosis the vehicle travelled at more than 5 km/
h, when the vehicle is at a standstill the display "1" indicates that a speed signal has been received at least
once.

3 In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
Status of the compressor torque transmitted to the engine ▪ Data are transmitted via the
control unit (display zone 4) drive data bus
- Display = 0
Transmitted compressor torque, current
- Display = 1
Transmitted compressor torque, obsolete
- Display zone not assigned (disregard display)
Display = 1 (transmitted compressor torque, obsolete, is not
calculated)
◆ The display "1" occurs in vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280 e.g. shortly after the ignition
is switched on, or if terminal "15" is not switched on, no signal is received from the engine control unit.
◆ In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N75 the compressor torque is not calculated. Depending
on the -E87 version, this is indicated with "1" or there is no display

The engine torque in Nm required for operating the compres‐ ▪ Calculated by the operating and
sor calculated by the -E87 and transmitted to the engine display unit -E87
control unit ▪ Data are transmitted via the
- Display = 0.....1.0 Nm drive data bus
Compressor switched off (regulating valve -N280 is not actu‐ Is displayed if e.g. "Econ" mode is
Protected by copyright.ated)
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not set on the -E87.
- Display
permitted unless authorised by AUDI= AG.1.....XX Nmnot guarantee or accept any liability
AUDI AG does The torque is determined from
Compressor
with respect to the correctness switched
of information on (regulating
in this document. Copyright byvalve -N280 is actuated)
AUDI AG. various factors
- Display zone not used.
Display = 0.....1.0 Nm (compressor torque is not calculated
by the -E85)
◆ Various measured values are used by the -E87 to calculate the compressor torque(e.g. ambient tempera‐
ture, pressure in the refrigerant circuit, engine speed etc.). Depending on these factors, a value from 1....25
Nm can be calculated. If the compressor is switched off, a value below 1.0 Nm is displayed.
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The torque required for the compressor drive is not calculated.
Display group 013:
Actual and specified voltage for actuating the fresh air blower -V2, the voltage transmitted by the dash panel
insert to terminal 58d and the voltage at terminal 58s

1 Actual voltage at fresh air blower -V2. ▪ Voltage between the two contacts on the fresh air
- Display = 0V blower (measured by operating and control unit -E87)
Fresh air blower -V2 switched off Deviation from the specified voltage (in the vehicle
- Display = 2...12V voltage range) less than 0.7V.
Fresh air blower -V2 in control mode.
2 Specified voltage for fresh air blower -V2. ▪ Voltage between the two contacts on the fresh air
- Display = 0V blower (calculated by operating and control unit -
Fresh air blower -V2 switched off E87)
- Display = 2...12V Voltage depending on the setting on the -E87.
Fresh air blower -V2 in control mode.
◆ The blower control unit -J126 actuates the fresh air blower -V2.
◆ The actuation of the blower control unit -J126 and consequently of the fresh air blower -V2 is calculated by
the -E87 on the basis of the measured temperatures and the existing settings.
◆ The voltage displayed in display zone "1" (between the two contacts of the -V2) is measured by the -E87.

3 Voltage transmitted by the dash panel insert to terminal 58d ▪ Data are transmitted via the
- Display = 0....100% drive data bus
Depending on the setting of the illumination and instrument The illumination of the display of
control -E20 the -E87 is controlled via the volt‐
age at terminal 58d
4 Voltage transmitted by the dash panel insert to terminal 58s ▪ The voltage is transmitted by
- Display = 0 % control -E20 via a dedicated wire
With side lights switched off The illumination of the switches
- Display = 1....100% (buttons) of the -E87 is controlled
Side lights on via the voltage at terminal 58s
Depending on the setting of the illumination and instrument If "0%" is displayed, the switches
control -E20 are not illuminated
The voltage at terminal 58d for illumination of the display is always output by the dash panel insert if the ignition
is switched on.
The voltage at terminal 58s for illumination of the switches is currently only present if the side lights are switched
on.
=> Electrical System; Repair group 01 permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Display group 014:
Radiator fan -V7 actuation

Radiator fan -V7 actuation as % ▪ Data are transmitted via the drive
- Display = 0 % data bus
Radiator fan actuation off ▪ In vehicles with diesel engine the
- Display = 1...100 % data are at present not evaluated by
Radiator fan actuation on the engine control unit (actuation
takes place via a dedicated wire, see
display zone 3)
Ignore display
◆ The type of actuation of radiator fan -V7 is different. Depending on the compressor design and the engine
version, actuation takes place via the relevant engine control unit or directly via 2 outputs of -E87. Irrespective
of the encoding, the -E87 transmits the actuation via both the drive data bus and the two outputs for actuating
the fan, but the processing of the actuation is then vehicle-specific.
For vehicles with a compressor with compressor regulating valve -N280 and a petrol engine (-E87 encoding)
the following applies:
◆ The request to switch on the radiator fan is transmitted by the -E87 as long as no compressor shut-off
criterion exists, which does not permit the compressor (regulating valve -N280) to be switched on (e.g.
engine not running or "Econ" mode selected).
◆ The radiator fan is infinitely variably regulated by the radiator fan control unit -J293. The -J293 is actuated
by the relevant engine control unit. The engine control unit is actuated by the -E87 via the drive data bus to
switch on the radiator fan=> Page 72 .
◆ The engine control unit actuates the radiator fan control unit -J293 (and consequently the fans) but only if
the engine is running.
◆ The request to switch on the fans is transmitted by the -E87 to the engine control unit. In vehicles with petrol
engine the radiator fan is actuated 100% from a pressure in the refrigerant circuit of 26 bar.
For vehicles with a compressor with compressor regulating valve -N280 and a diesel engine (-E87 encoding)
the following applies:
◆ The request to switch on the radiator fans is transmitted by the -E87 to the relevant engine control unit via
the drive data bus. However, at present the engine control unit does not process the signal. The actuation
of the radiator fan relays -J26 and -J101 and consequently the radiator fan -V7 takes place via a dedicated
wire (see display zone 3).
For vehicles permitted
with a unless
compressor with
authorised by AUDImagnetic
AG. AUDI AGclutch
does not -N25 (-E87
guarantee encoding)
or accept any liability the following applies:
◆ The -E87 actuates radiator fan -V7 directly (via 2 outputs) via the radiator fan relays -J26 and radiator fan
2nd speed relay -J101 or via the radiator fan control unit -J293.

2 In vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280 and
a petrol engine
Audi A6 1998 ➤

Radiator fan -V7 actuation feedback signal from the engine ▪ Data are transmitted via the
control unit as % drive data bus
- Display = 0%
Radiator fan actuation off
- Display = 1...100%
Radiator fan actuation on
In vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280 and
a diesel engine
Radiator fan -V7 actuation feedback signal from the engine ▪ In vehicles with diesel engine
control unit as % the data are at present not output
- Ignore display by the engine control unit (the fan
actuation takes place via a dedi‐
cated wire, see display zone 3)
Notes => display zone 1:

3 In vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
a diesel engine
Radiator fan -V7 actuation ▪ Actuation takes place via dedi‐
- Display = 00 (or 0) cated wires to the radiator fan re‐
No actuationProtected
of radiator fan -V7 lays -J26 and -J101 or to the
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
1) to the correctness of information in this document. Copyrightradiator fan control unit -J293.
- Display = 01with
(orrespect by AUDI AG.
Radiator fan speed "1" actuation on
- Display =10 (or 2)
Radiator fan speed "2" actuation on
a petrol engine
Radiator fan -V7 actuation ▪ Actuation of the radiator fan is
- Display = 00. 01 or 10 (0.1 or 2) infinitely variable, the data are
Ignore display transmitted to the engine control
unit via the drive data bus (see
display zone 1)
◆ Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 1st speed (via relay -J26) takes place as soon as the compressor is to be
switched on (air conditioner readiness state on).
◆ Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 2nd speed (via relay -J101) takes place as soon as the pressure in the
refrigerant circuit exceeds 16 bar (absolute). The 2nd speed remains switched on until the pressure falls to
below 13 bar.
◆ Further information => display zone 1:


Audi A6 1998 ➤
Display group 015:
Request for fresh/recirculated air mode and signal from air quality sensor -G238

1 Fresh/recirculated air mode request
Display = 00 ▪ System in fresh air mode (fresh/recirculated
No request for recirculated air mode present air flap set to "fresh air mode")
(Cont.) Display = 10 ▪ System in recirculated air mode (fresh/recir‐
t - A request for recirculated air mode from air culated air flap set to "recirculated air mode")
qualityProtected
sensor -G238 is present (see display
zone 2) with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
The -E87 complies with the request

(cont.) Display = 11 ▪ System in fresh air mode (fresh/recirculated
- No request from air quality sensor -G238 air flap set to "fresh air mode")
present (see display zone 2) Since the "automatic air recirculation" function
is switched off (the warning lamp in the "auto‐
matic air recirculation" button does not light up)
changeover to recirculated air mode does not
take place if a request is made by the -G238.
(Cont.) - A request for recirculated air mode from air ▪ System in fresh air mode (fresh/recirculated
t quality sensor -G238 is present (see display air flap set to "fresh air mode")
zone 2) The "automatic air recirculation" function is
The -E87 does not comply with the request switched off (the warning lamp in the "automatic
air recirculation" button does not light up)

present (see display zone 2) Since the compressor is not running, change‐
over to recirculated air mode does not take
place if a request is made by the -G238.
(Cont.) - A request from air quality sensor -G238 is ▪ System in fresh air mode (fresh/recirculated
t present (see display zone 2) air flap set to "fresh air mode")
The -E87 does not comply with the request The compressor is switched off (e.g. via the
Econ button) and more than 15 sec. have
elapsed since the start of the request.
The compressor is switched off and cannot be
switched on due to a shut-off criterion (=> dis‐
play group 002)

present (see display zone 2) Since the air conditioner is in "Defrost" function
(warning lamp in the "Def" button lights up),
changeover to recirculated air mode does not
take place if a request is made by the -G238.
Audi A6 1998 ➤

(Cont.) - A request for recirculated air mode from air ▪ System in fresh air mode (fresh/recirculated
t quality sensor -G238 is present (see display air flap set to "fresh air mode")
zone 2) The "Defrost" function is switched on the -E87
The -E87 does not comply with the request (warning lamp in the "DEF" button lights up).

(cont.) Display = 20 ▪ System in recirculated air mode (fresh/recir‐
- The air conditioner was switched to recircula‐ culated air flap set to "recirculated air mode")
ted air mode via the "recirculated air button" on
the -E87 (warning lamp in the "recirculated air
button" lights up).
(Cont.) Display = 30 ▪ System in recirculated air mode (fresh/recir‐
t - The switch for cleaning the windscreen by culated air flap set to "recirculated air mode")
means of the windscreen wash/wipe system The -E87 switched the system to recirculated air
has been actuated. mode for approx. 15 sec. (so that the smell of
the cleaning agent does not penetrate directly
into the vehicle interior).

(cont.) Display = 40 ▪ System in recirculated air mode (fresh/recir‐
- Air conditioner is in air recirculation mode so culated air flap set to "recirculated air mode")
as to attain the required specified temperature The air conditioner remains in recirculated air
as soon as possible in the event of a high am‐ mode until specified and actual temperature in
bient temperature in the passenger compart‐ the passenger compartment have approximate‐
ment (increased cooling power) ly reached a specified temperature difference.
Display = 50 ▪ System
Protected by copyright. Copying for privateinorrecirculated air inmode
commercial purposes, (fresh/recir‐
part or in whole, is not
- Air conditioner switched off by permitted
the "minus" but‐ culated
unless authorised air AUDI
by AUDI AG. flapAGsetdoes
to not
"recirculated airany
guarantee or accept mode")
liability
ton for fresh-air blower speed onwith therespect
-E87. to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Display = 60 ▪ System in partial recirculated air mode (fresh/

- The -E87 has calculated am operating status recirculated air flap set to an intermediate posi‐
in which for comfort reasons it is preferable to tion)
add a certain proportion of the air from the ve‐ Approx. 1/3 of the air is drawn in from the vehi‐
hicle interior to the fresh air. cle interior and 2/3 is drawn in via the dust and
pollen filter.

◆ If there is no request for air recirculation mode, "00" can be displayed instead of "0".
◆ Depending on the hardware/software version, "11","12" or "13" may also be displayed, even though no air
quality request from the air quality sensor is present, therefore in the case of this display, display zone 2
must be noted.
◆ To stop windows misting up, the "automatic air recirculation" function is restricted to 15s when the com‐
pressor is switched off.
◆ "Automatic air recirculation mode" cannot be implemented if there is a fault at the air-quality sensor -G238
◆ To clear misted windows as quickly as possible, air recirculation cannot be implemented in defrost mode.
◆ The air-quality sensor is designed to stop pollutants entering the passenger compartment in the event of
high short-term concentrations (load peaks) in the ambient air. This is achieved by the operating and display
unit -E87 switching the system from fresh-air to air recirculation mode on receiving a request from the air-
quality sensor -G238.
◆ If the pollutant level in the ambient air remains relatively high for a length period, the sensor starts to im‐
plement an adaption program to adapt to the change in ambient conditions with the result that an air
recirculation request generally lasts less than 12 minutes in uniformly polluted ambient air. The air condi‐
tioner can also operate for length periods in air recirculation mode in the event of several consecutive load
peaks.
◆ The "partial air recirculation" function was introduced to enhance comfort. Under certain conditions of use
the specified temperature may be reached or maintained at a lower fresh air blower speed. The air condi‐
tioner can remain for a lengthy period of time in "partial air recirculation mode" (for example to attain high

Audi A6 1998 ➤
cooling power at higher ambient temperatures without the system constantly having to operate in air recir‐
culation mode).

2 Signal from air quality sensor -G238
- Display = 7 (or 5, no request for recirculated air mode from
sensor -G238)
Fresh air mode, no increased values for air pollution measured
- Display = 1 (recirculated air mode request from the -G238)
Slight increase in oxidisable gases in the air
Greater increase in oxidisable gases in the air
Slight increase in reducible gases in the air
- Display = 4 (recirculated air mode
Protected by copyright. request
Copying for privatefrom the -G238)
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Greater increasepermitted
inwith
reducible gases in the air
- Display =0, 254 or 255 - Open circuit in voltage supply or
No signal from sensor -G238 present in earth connection to the sensor
Defective signal from sensor -G238 -G238
Open circuit, short to earth or
positive in the wiring between the
-E87 and the -G238
Sensor -G238 defective
◆ Oxidisable gases are e.g. carbon monoxide, benzene, hexane etc., which react with the oxygen in the air
and are e.g. present in the exhaust emissions of petrol engines.
◆ Reducible gases are e.g. nitrogen oxides, sulphur oxides, hydrogen sulphides etc., which react with other
substances and in doing so release oxygen, they are e.g. present in the exhaust emissions of diesel engines.
◆ When the compressor is running, the air conditioner is switched to recirculated air mode when there is a
slight increase in the air pollution. If the compressor is not running (e.g. Econ mode or due to low ambient
temperature) the changeover to recirculated air mode only takes place if there is a very considerable in‐
crease in the air pollution.

Display group 016:
Actuation of the heated rear window -Z1, actuation of the heated windscreen -Z2, actuation of the additional
heater and the shut-off criteria for additional heater request

1 Actuation of heated rear window -Z1
- Display = Off
Actuation of heated rear window off
- Display = On
Actuation of heated rear window on
◆ Check the actuation of the heated rear window =>Page 139 .

◆ If the ambient temperature is below 0 °C, the rear window heating remains activated until ignition is switched
off (can be deactivated manually at any time). If, during the journey, the temperature rises above 0 °C, the
rear window heating is deactivated after the operating period stored in -E87 (approx. 12 minutes) has
elapsed.
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ If the ambient temperature is above 0 °C, the rear window heating is automatically deactivated by -E87 after
the operating period stored within it (approx. 12 minutes) has elapsed.
Display Significance Explanatory

zone Notes
2 Heated windscreen ac‐
tuation signal -Z2
Display = Not installed ▪ The -E87 is
encoded for a
vehicle with‐
out heated
windscreen, if
necessary
check the en‐
coding of the -
E87.
Display 00 Actuation of ▪ Switch in the
= windscreen -E87 open
(or 0) heating off Voltage at
Heated wind‐ connector B,
screen off contact 2 to -
E87 is not in‐
terrogated
= windscreen -E87 closed
heating on ▪ Switch at
Heated wind‐ output of -
screen off J505 to -E87
open
Voltage at
connector B,
contact 2 to -
E87 under 5 V
= windscreen -E87 closed
heating on ▪ Switch at
Heated wind‐ output of -
screen on J505 to -E87
closed
Voltagewithat
connector B,
contact 2 to -
E87 over 5 V
and under 8 V
◆ The installation of a heated windscreen is not envisaged at present, installation as an optional extra is open.
◆ "Not installed", "0" or "00" is displayed if vehicle is not fitted with heated windscreen or control unit -J505.
◆ Heated windscreen control unit -J505 switches approx. battery voltage to output to -E87 as long as voltage
at -J505 is greater than 12.70 V and control unit is not overheating
◆ If the windscreen heating is to be switched on, operating and display unit -E87 actuates a transistor which
halves the voltage at connector -B-, contact 2. The control unit -J505 switches on the windscreen heating.
◆ If voltage (vehicle electrical system voltage at -J505) drops below 12.70 V during windscreen heating mode
or if control unit -J505 starts to overheat, a switch in -J505 opens and voltage at output to -E87 becomes
less than 5 V; at the same time, windscreen heating is switched off by -J505

Audi A6 1998 ➤

3 Vehicles with petrol engine
Ignore display
Actuation of an additional heater not present
Vehicles with diesel engine ▪ Data are transmitted via the drive
Actuation of additional heater data bus and the input to connector -
- Display = Off C- contact -13- of the -E87 is switch‐
No request to the engine control unit for additional heater ed to earth at the same time
- Display = On
Request to the engine control unit for additional heater
Notes on display zonewith
3:respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ The additional heater request is transmitted to the engine control unit via the drive data bus. So that engine
control units that cannot receive these data via the drive data bus can also be actuated, the input at connector
-C- contact -13- of the -E87 is switched to earth at the same time.
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 actuates the engine control unit, which then decides whether the ad‐
ditional heater is to be switched on. Depending on the engine control unit version, it is displayed in different
measured value blocks of the engine control unit why the additional heater is not switched on or that it is
being actuated.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Diesel Direct Injection and Glow Plug System; Repair group 01
◆ Depending on the equipment and the country version of the vehicle, an electrical or fuel-powered additional
heater may be installed => Page 142 .

4 Vehicles with petrol engine
Ignore display
Actuation of an additional heater not present
Vehicles with diesel engine ▪ Data are transmitted via the
Shut-off criteria for additional heater actuation request drive data bus and the input to
- Display = 0 connector -C- contact -13- of the -
No shut-off criterion present E87 is switched to earth at the
The additional heater request is transmitted to the engine same time
control unit by the -E87
(Cont.) - Display = 1
t The ambient temperature measured by the -E87 is over 5 °C
The -E87 does not transmit an additional heater request to
the engine control unit
- Display =2 (4)
The blow-out temperature calculated by the -E87 for the left
and right sides is under 50 °C (42 °C)
The -E87 does not transmit an additional heater request to
the engine control unit
Audi A6 1998 ➤

4 - Display =3 (6)
(cont.) Using the measured blow-out temperatures the -E87 calculated that no or
only slight heating output is required for the left and right sides. The tem‐
perature flaps let less than 10% (25%) of the air flow through the heat
exchanger (consequently through the additional heating element).
The -E87 does not transmit an additional heater request to the engine control
unit
- Display = 5
"Econ" mode is selected on the -E87 or the air conditioner regulation is
switched off (via the "minus button" for fresh air blower speed)
The -E87 does not transmit an additional heater request to the engine control
unit

◆ So that the -E87 does not have to constantly switch the additional heater request on and off under certain
ambient conditions, a hysteresis (switching interval) between switching off and switching on again is stored
(the request is e.g. switched off as soon as the specified blow-out temperature is under 42 °C and not
switched on again until the specified blow-out temperature has exceeded 50 °C).
◆ The dwell time of the additional heater actuation by the -E87 in on or off status is a minimum of 3 min.
However, the additional heater can always be switched off immediately by actuating the "Econ button".
◆ Further information => display zone 3
Display group 017:
The measured values of the sunlight penetration photosensor -G107, signal from the windscreen wiper switch
for windscreen washer pump and windscreen wiper

1 Measured value of the sunlight penetration photo‐ ▪ Depending on the intensity of the sunlight
sensor -G107 in watt per m2 for the left side
- Display
Protected by copyright. = 0....1000
Copying w/m2 purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private or commercial
2with respectMeasured value
to the correctness of theinsunlight
of information penetration
this document. photo‐
Copyright by AUDI AG. ▪ Depending on the intensity of the sunlight
sensor -G107 in watt per m2 for the right side
- Display = 0....1000 w/m2

◆ The display value for the sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 may be changed by shining an appropriate
lamp at the sensor.
◆ If, regardless of the light shining on the sunlight penetration photosensor -G107, the display always shows
about 900 watt per m 2 sunlight penetration, use the current flow diagram to check the cabling to the sunlight
penetration photosensor -G107 for interchange.
◆ The displayed sunlight penetration value greatly depends on the time of the year and of the day and the
vehicle location (in central Europe the measured value for maximum penetration in summer is approx. 300
to 500 watt per m2).

3 Signal from intermittent mode windscreen wip‐ ▪ The -E87 switches the air conditioner to recir‐
er switch -E22 for windscreen washer pump culated air mode for approx. 15 sec. as soon as
- Display = off (or 0) the windscreen washer pump -V5 is actuated (so
The windscreen washer pump -V5 is not actu‐ that the smell of the cleaning agent does not
ated penetrate directly into the vehicle interior).
There is no voltage at connector -C- contact
-11- to the -E87
- Display = on (or 1)
The windscreen washer pump -V5 is actuated
There is voltage at connector -C- contact -11-
to the -E87

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Depending on the -E87 version, the windscreen washer pump -V5 must be actuated for a fairly long time before
the display changes from "off" to "on".

4 Windscreen wiper operating status (signal from ▪ Rain is detected by the -E87 via the operation
the windscreen wiper intermittent wipe regulator of the windscreen wiper.
-E38) In vehicles with a compressor with regulating
- Display = off (or 0) valve -N280, when it is raining the vent temper‐
Windscreen wiper switched off ature of the air from the evaporator is lowered
There is no voltage at connector -C- contact -5- (=> display group 010, display zone 1)
to the -E87
Windscreen wiper switched on (rain)
There is voltage at connector -C- contact -5- to
the -E87 (for a minimum of 30 sec.)
◆ To avoid "rain" being detected whenever time the windscreen wiper is actuated (e.g. intermittent wipe mode),
the windscreen wiper has to be switched on for a minimum of 30 sec. before the -E87 changes its regulatory
curve for the regulating valve in compressor -N280.
◆ In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch the temperature of the air downstream of the evaporator
cannot be changed, in these vehicles this signal does not produce any change in the regulation.
Display group 018:
The measured voltage at terminal "75", terminal "15", the "ignition off" period transmitted by the dash panel
insert and the transmitted ignition key assignment

for a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Measured voltage at terminal "75" in volt. - The voltage is measured by the -E87 be‐
- Voltage measured at connector -B- contact -3- tween connector -B- contact -3- and connec‐
of terminal "75" (supply voltage for magnetic tor -D- contact -14-
clutch -N25)
Display = approx. battery voltage with the mag‐
netic clutch switched on
Display = 0....1 V with the magnetic clutch switch‐
ed off
Display in vehicles in which the -E87 is encoded
- Voltage measured at connector -B- contact -3- - The voltage is measured by the -E87 be‐
of terminal "75" (supply voltage) tween connector -B- contact -3- and connec‐
This display zone is not assigned, depending on tor -D- contact -14-
the -E87 version
Display zone Significance permitted unless authorised by AUDIExplanatory Notes

AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
2 Measured voltage at terminal "15" in volt.
with respect to the correctness of - The voltage is measured
information in this document. atAUDI
Copyright by connector
AG. -D-
Voltage measured at connector -D- contact -9- of to the -E87 between contacts -9- and -14
terminal 15
Audi A6 1998 ➤

3 Time period transmitted by the dash panel insert for ▪ Data are transmitted via the drive data
the interval between the switching on and off of the bus
ignition
- Display = 00:00....XX:XX h
Ignition off period (standing time) in hours and mi‐
nutes
◆ If, when the ignition is switched on, no signal for "ignition off time" was recognised by the -E87, the -E87
assumes a standing time of more than 4 hours and takes engine temperature to be the same as the ambient
temperature. Possible consequences:
- In heating mode, there may be a delay before the fresh air blower starts, even though the engine is at
operating
temperature.
- The outside temperature display -G106 in the dash panel insert may display incorrect outside temperature
values.
◆ After 4 hours standing time when calculating the temperatures the -E87 assumes that all vehicle components
are at the vehicle's ambient temperature.
◆ Depending on the hardware/software version of the -E87 the display in this zone is restricted to a word
stored in the -E87 (e.g. 3:59 h) or the actual time is displayed (e.g. 04:46 h).
Display zone Significance with Explanatory Notesof information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
respect to the correctness
4 Ignition key assignment transmitted by the dash ▪ Data are transmitted via the drive data bus
panel insert Check adaption of the ignition key.
- Display = 0 => Electrical System; Repair group 90
The ignition was switched on with a key for which Up to 4 keys may be assigned.
there is no assignment in the dash panel insert.
- Display = 1, 2,.....
The ignition was switched on with the key which
was set to position 1 (2, 3 or 4) in the dash panel
insert.
◆ If the ignition is switched on with a key (e.g. via the emergency start function) that is not enabled for this
vehicle, the setting that was valid for switching the ignition off is assumed.
Display group 019:
Input signal of the auxiliary heater, side lights switched on/off (terminal "58") and communication matrix version
in the operating and display unit -E87

1 An auxiliary heater switch-on signal Voltage at connector -D- contact -1- to the -E87 under
- Display = off (or 0) 5V
No auxiliary heater signal Voltage at connector -D- contact -1- to the -E87 over
- Display = on (or 1) 5V
Auxiliary heater switch-on signal present
◆ If the operating and display unit -E87 remains in operation after the ignition is switched off and if the display
shows "on", locate and rectify short to positive to connector -D- contact -1-.
◆ If voltage is applied to the input with the ignition switched off, -E87 starts up, fresh-air blower is actuated
with max. 6V and air flow is routed to windscreen.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ In vehicles with diesel engine and a fuel-powered auxiliary/additional heater there is no direct actuation of
the auxiliary/additional heater by the -E87. The criteria that must exist for the heating control unit -J162 to
receive a request from the engine control unit to operate as additional heater (=> display group 016)

2 Signal from light switch -E1 (for side lights on) ▪ The button illumination is switched on via ter‐
- Display = off (or 0) minal "58".
Side lights off ▪ When the ignition is switched off the voltage
There is no voltage at connector -A- contact -6- for illuminating the -E87 is supplied via this in‐
to the -E87 put.
Side lights on
There is voltage at connector -A- contact -6- to
the -E87

◆ The
with respect illumination
to the of the buttons
correctness of information on the
in this document. -E87byisAUDI
Copyright only
AG.available
when the side lights are switched on.
◆ The brightness of the illumination of the buttons and the displays of the -E87 is determined by the voltage
at terminals "58s" and "58d" (=> display group 013).

3 Communication matrix version in the operating ▪ All control units connected to the drive data
and display unit -E87 bus must operate on the same data level
- Display = (e.g. 4.01, 4.02 etc.) When replacing a control unit note the part no.
Data level of the -E87 on which data are trans‐ and the associated index.
mitted on the drive data bus and are expected
by other control units
The display in display zone 3 is at present of no significance for customer service.
Display groups that are not to be used for customer service at present
Note:
Depending on the version of the operating and display unit -E87 there may perhaps be no display in these
measured value blocks or "Function unknown or cannot be implemented at present" is displayed or the display
zone is shaded in black.
Display group no. Display zone Designation

080 1 Manufacturer and manufacturer's works identification marking
2 Day on which the operating and display unit -E87 was produced
3 Manufacturer's revision status of the operating and display unit -E87
4 Number of the test stand on which the -E87 was tested during production
5 Manufacturer's serial number

081 1 Display zone not used.
Provided for the chassis number transmitted by the dash panel insert.
Audi A6 1998 ➤

Provided for the assembly group or serial number transmitted by the dash
panel insert
Provided for the type test number transmitted by the dash panel insert.

082 1 Display zone not used.
Provided for the flash tool number of the data level in the -E87
Provided for the date on which the last flash was performed for the -E87 (flash
= input of new data)
3 and 4 Display zone not used.
Provided for the hardware (electronics) status of the -E87
5 and 6 Display zone not used.
Provided for the software (electronics data level) status of the -E87
12 - AC electrical check
12.1 - AC electrical check
12.2 - Checking wiring and components with test box V.A.G 1598
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598 A and the associated adapter cables V.A.G 1598/11 and V.A.G 1598/12
◆ Hand-held multimeter V.A.G 1526
or
◆ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 with test leads VAS 5051/7, the DOS meas‐
uring cable VAS 5051/8, 50A current probe VAS 5051/9 (for vehicles from model year 2002)
◆ Voltage tester V.A.G 1527 B
◆ Measuring tool set V.A.G 1594 A
◆ Temperature measuring instrument
Note:
During vehicle diagnosis, no adapter cable from the test box V.A.G 1598 A may be connected to the operating
and display unit -E87.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Connecting the test box V.A.G 1598 A to the connectors of the operating and display unit -E87
- Remove the operating and display unit -E87 =>Page 243 .
- -> Connect the adapter
Protected cables
by copyright. V.A.G
Copying 1598/11
for private and V.A.G
or commercial purposes,1598/12 to the
in part or in whole, detached connectors of the oper‐
is not
ating and display unit -E87.
Notes:
◆ Do not connect operating and display unit -E87 (exception: test steps in which connection is necessary).
◆ For measurement purposes, connect test box V.A.G 1598A to the respective adapter cable.
◆ On the adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12, the socket assignment is identical to the connector assignment of the
◆ On the adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11, the socket assignment is not identical to the connector assignment of
the operating and display unit -E87. =>Connector assignment, Page 102 .
Checking
Notes:
◆ The electrical test for vehicles up to model year 2001 is described using the hand-held multimeter V.A.G
1526. However, the electrical test can also be performed in these vehicles with vehicle diagnostic, testing
and information system VAS 5051.
◆ The electrical test for vehicles from model year 2002 is described using vehicle diagnostic, testing and
information system VAS 5051. However, with the exception of a few test steps, the electrical test can also
be performed in these vehicles using hand-held multimeter V.A.G 1526.
but gradually (launch open, but for vehicles with 4.2l engine at production start)
=> Parts List

Test requirements:
12.2 - Checking wiring and components with test box V.A.G 1598 101
Audi A6 1998 ➤
• All fuses OK:
• Adapter cables of test box V.A.G 1598/11 and V.A.G 1598/12 connected to the detached connectors of the
- -> Set the vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 to "Measurement technique" mode
- -> Select on the VAS 5051 the type of measurement technique required in the various test steps by pressing
the relevant button on the display of the VAS 5051.
- Set the hand-held multimeter V.A.G 1526 to the type of measurement technique required in the various test
steps.
Perform the electrical test

- in vehicles up to model year 2001 =>Page 103
- in vehicles from model year 2002 =>Page 115
Pin assignment of test box V.A.G 1598 with adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11
Notes:
◆ With adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11, the pin assignment of connectors A and B is not identical to the socket
assignment on the test box.
◆ The pin assignment of connector C in adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11 is not identical to those of the sockets
on the test box.
◆ The pin assignment of connector D in adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12 is identical to those of the sockets on
the test box.
◆ Due to the use of two adapter cables for the connectors for operating and display unit -E87 (V.A.G 1598/11
and 12), no earth connection is possible when adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11 is connected. To perform the
electrical test, it is therefore necessary in various test steps to take measurements against a suitable earthing
point on the vehicle body or to use a second V.A.G 1598 test box (when the adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12
is connected, socket 14 is earthed).
Connector A V.A.G 1598 Connector B V.A.G 1598 Connector C V.A.G 1598

socket socket socket
1 41 1 21 1 1
2 42 2 22 2 2
3 43 3 23 3 3
4 44 4 24 4 4

5 45 5 25 5 5

Audi A6 1998 ➤

6 46 6 26 6 6
7 47 7 27 7 7
8 48 8 28 8 8
9 49 9 29 9 9
10 50 10 30 10 10
11 51 11 31 11 11
12 52 12 32 12 12
13 33 13 13
14 34 14 14
15 35 15 15
16 36 16 16
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
13 - Electrical test in vehicles up to model year 2001

13.1 - Electrical test in vehicles up to model year 2001
Notes:
◆ Connect the test box V.A.G 1598 to the vehicle wiring harness => Page 100
◆ During the electrical test note the information on page 100 onwards
List of envisaged electrical checks (at operating and display unit -E87)
Test step Component tested Page

1 - Power supply, earth connection and illumination of operating and display unit -E87. 104
Signal for ignition off time
Earth connection
2 - Temperature sensors/senders (-G17, -G89, -G150, -G151, -G192). 105
3 - Fresh air blower with corresponding control unit (-V2, -J126). 107

4 - Positioning motors for air conditioner and corresponding potentiometers 108
(-V70/-G112, -V71/-G113, -V107/-G135, -V158/-G220, -V159/-V221).
5 - Air-conditioner pressure switch -F129 109
Signal "Engine temperature too high".
"AirCopying
Protected by copyright. conditioner compressor
for private or cut-in"
commercial purposes, output.
in part or in whole, is not
6 - Power supply for air-conditioner magnetic clutch
111
Actuation of radiator fan -V7
Actuation of air conditioner magnetic clutch -N25.
12.2 - Checking wiring and components with test box V.A.G 1598 103
Audi A6 1998 ➤

7 Outputs/inputs which are only present with certain vehicle equipment combinations: 113
Output for additional heater (vehicles with diesel engines only)
Input for auxiliary heater
Input for solar roof
Test step 1 (power supply, earth connection and illumination of operating and display unit -E87)
Select measuring range on hand-held multimeter V.A.G 1526:

Voltage measurement (20V =)
- Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12 connected Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Test step V.A.G 1598 Testing of ▪ permitted
Test conditions
unless authorised by Specified
AUDI AG. AUDIvalue Remedies
AG does not guarantee if speci‐
socket - Additional opera‐ fied value not at‐

tions tained
1.1 9 Terminal 15 and ▪ Ignition on. - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
and earth connection voltage agram to repair pow‐
15 on -E87 er supply and/or
earth connection
1.2 9 Terminal 15 and ▪ Ignition on. - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
and earth connection voltage agram to repair earth
14 on -E87 connection.

- Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11 connected
Test step V.A.G 1598 Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if specified
socket - Additional opera‐ value not attained
tions
1.3 7 and Terminal 58s on - ▪ Ignition on. - 0 to 12 V - Use current flow di‐
Earth E87 ▪ Switch side lights agram to locate and
on eliminate open circuit
or short circuit
1.4 7 and Terminal 58s on - ▪ Ignition on. - approx. 0 V. - Use the current flow
Earth E87 ▪ Side lights off diagram to rectify
short to positive.
Notes:
◆ Earth is applied, for example, to connector D, contacts 14 and 15.

◆ The voltage at terminal 58s is governed by the setting of the illumination control.

tions
1.5 45 and Terminal 58d on - ▪ Ignition on. - 0 to 12 V - Use current flow di‐
Earth E87 ▪ Side lights on agram to locate and
eliminate open circuit
or short circuit
1.6 45 and Terminal 58d on - ▪ Ignition on. - 0 to 12 V - Use current flow di‐
Earth E87 ▪ Side lights off agram to locate and
or short circuit

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:

◆ The voltage at terminal 58d is generated as a square-wave signal by the dash panel insert. The brightness
of -E87 displays is determined by the actuation time. The measuring instrument displays the average value.
◆ The actuation time at terminal 58d is governed by the illumination control setting and the brightness level
determined by the photo sensor in the dash panel insert.

Resistance measurement (200 ω)
tions
1.7 49 and 52 Earth connection - Less than 2 ω - Use current flow dia‐
gram to locate and
or contact resistance.
Voltage tester V.A.G 1527,

Test step V.A.G 1598 Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if speci‐
tions tained
1.8 41 Signal for ignition ▪ Ignition on. - The LED lights up in - Use current flow di‐
and off time voltage tester agram to locate and
Earth eliminate open cir‐
cuit or short circuit
1.9 41 Signal for ignition ▪ Ignition on. - The LED lights up in - Use current flow di‐
and off time Start engine. voltage tester agram to locate and
Earth When the engine is eliminate open cir‐
started, the LED in cuit or short circuit
the voltage tester Check dash panel in‐
flickers briefly (time sert.
signal) and remains => Electrical Sys‐
illuminated tem; Repair group 01
Note:
Earth is applied, for example, to connector D, contacts 14 and 15.
Test step 2 (temperature sensor/sender)
Select measuring range on hand-held multimeter V.A.G
permitted unless 1526:
Resistance measurement (20 kω)


tions tained
2.1 29 Ambient tempera‐ - Measure tempera‐ - Governed by the - Use current flow di‐
and ture sensor -G17 ture at the sensor fit‐ temperature at the agram to locate and
49 ting location. sensor/pickup fitting eliminate short cir‐
location cuit, open circuit or
contact resistance.
2.2 10 Vent temperature - Measure tempera‐ => Table, - Replace tempera‐
and sender, left -G150 ture at the sensor fit‐ Page 106 . ture sensor/sender.
49 ting location.
13.1 - Electrical test in vehicles up to model year 2001 105

Audi A6 1998 ➤

tions tained
2.3 31 Vent temperature - Measure tempera‐
and sender, right -G151 ture at the sensor fit‐
49 ting location.

tions tained
2.4 40 Temperature sen‐ - Measure tempera‐ - Governed by the - Use current flow di‐
and sor for fresh air in‐ ture at the sensor fit‐ temperature at the agram to locate and
49 take duct -G89 ting location. sensor/pickup fitting eliminate short cir‐
location cuit, open circuit or
contact resistance.
2.5 30 Footwell vent tem‐ - Measure tempera‐ => Table, - Replace tempera‐
and perature sender - ture at sender fitting Page 106 . ture sensor/sender.
49 G192 location.
Ambient temperature-dependent resistance of temperature sensors/senders in kω(kilo-ohms)
At sensor/sender fitting location, temperature measured in °C Sender Temperature sensor

(degrees Celsius) -G150, -G151 -G17
-G192 -G89
-20 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial (79)
purposes, in part or in whole, is9.95
not
-10 with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
(47) Copyright by AUDI AG.5.59
0 (29) 3.28
5 (23) 2.54
10 18.5 1.99
15 15.0 1.57
20 12.2 1.25
25 10.0 1.00
30 8.3 0.80
35 6.8 0.65
40 5.7 0.53
50 4.1 0.36
60 2.9 0.25
70 2.2 -
80 1.6 -

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 3 (fresh air blower -V2 and corresponding control unit -J126)

tions tained
3.1 12 Control unit -J126 ▪ Ignition on. - Voltage less than 5 - Use current flow di‐
and V. agram to locate and
Earth Fresh air blower not eliminate short to
running. positive in the wiring
between -J126 and -
E87.
Replace control unit
-J126.
3.2 6 Power supply for ▪ Ignition on. - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
and fresh air blower -V2 voltage agram to repair pow‐
Earth er supply.
Notes:

◆ For vehicles with a sunroof with solar cells and/or auxiliary heater note the relevant current flow diagram for
the voltage supply for the fresh air blower -V2 (voltage is supplied to fresh air blower -V2 via an isolating
relay).

tions tained
and control unit -J126 voltage agram to repair pow‐
Earth (via fresh air blower er supply.
-V2)
3.4 6 Control unit -J126 - Ignition on. - LED in voltage test‐ - Use current flow di‐
and er lights up. agram to locate and
12 eliminate open cir‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or cuit acceptin
anythe wiring be‐
liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyrighttween
by AUDI -J126
AG. and -
E87.
Check freedom of
movement of fresh
air blower -V2.
- Fresh air blower is - Replace control
running unit -J126.
Note:

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 4 (AC positioning motors and corresponding potentiometers)

tions tained
4.1 52 Potentiometer (in - Greater than 0.1 - Use current flow di‐
and the positioning mo‐ kωand less than agram to locate and
34/ tor) 5.7kω ((depending eliminate open cir‐
1/ -G112 (-V70) on the setting of the cuit, contact resist‐
36/ -G113 (-V71) positioning motor) ance or short circuit
2/ -G135 (-V107) Replace positioning
9 -G 220 (-V158) motor
-G 221 (-V159)
4.2 16 Potentiometer (in - Greater than 0.1 - Use current flow di‐
and the positioning mo‐ kωand less than agram to locate and
34/ tor) 5.7kω ((depending eliminate open cir‐
1/ -G112 (-V70) on the setting of the cuit, contact resist‐
36/ -G113 (-V71) positioning motor) ance or short circuit
2/ -G135 (-V107) Replace positioning
9 -G220 (-V158) motor
-G221 (-V159)
Notes:
◆ The resistance of potentiometers in the positioning motors (specified value: 3.6 kωto 5.7 kω between contact
1 and 3) can only be measured directly on the positioning motor (parallel connection).
◆ The resistance value of the potentiometers in the positioning motors (between contacts 1 and 2 and contacts
3 and 2) depends on the setting of the positioning motor; it must only be measured with the positioning
motorinstalled. The maximum specified value will not be obtained in test steps 4.1 and 4.2. (To obtain the
maximum specified value, all connectors on the other positioning motor would have to be detached during
the measurement; the motors are connected in parallel).
◆ If -E87 detects the fault "potentiometer short to earth or open circuit/short to positive", check all the poten‐
tiometers (in the 5 positioning motors) and the corresponding wiring.
◆ If the fault memory indicates that several of the positioning motors are defective simultaneously but no faults
are found in test step 4, check the wiring to positioning motors for short circuit between individual positioning
motors (e.g. between -V70 and -V71).
◆ In vehicles with right-hand drive, connections 1 and 3 and 4 and 6 on the positioning motor are interchanged
(note part number and current flow diagram).
Select measuring range on hand-heldProtected

multimeter V.A.G
by copyright. 1526:
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Resistance measurement (200 ω) permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
- Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12 connectedwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
tions
4.3 4 Central flap position‐ - 20 ωto 100ω. - Use current flow dia‐
and ing motor -V70 gram to locate and
16 eliminate open circuit,
contact resistance or
short circuit
Replace positioning
motor
4.4 5 Air flow flap position‐ - 20 ωto 100ω.
and ing motor -V71.
6

Audi A6 1998 ➤

tions
4.5 11 Defrost flap position‐ - 20 ωto 100ω. - Use current flow di‐
and ing motor -V107 agram to locate and
12 eliminate open circuit,
contact resistance or
short circuit
4.6 2 Left temperature flap - 20 ωto 100ω. - Replace positioning
and positioning motor - motor
10 V158
4.7 3 Right temperature - 20 ωto 100ω.
and flap positioning mo‐
13 tor -V159
Test step 5 (air-conditioner pressure switch -F129, "air-conditioner compressor cut-in" output and "engine tem‐
perature too high" signal)

tions
5.1 21 Air conditioner pres‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Less than 20 ω - Use current flow dia‐
and sure switch -F129 off. gram to locate and
23 (switch between the rectify open circuit in
contacts 1 and 2) wiring or contact re‐
sistance 1) by AUDI AG.

with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright
Check pressure
switch -F129 (=>Page
167 ).
1) If code 1 "pressure switch -F129 open" is displayed in measured value block 1 as a compressor shutoff
criterion:
- Also use current flow diagram to check the wiring to -F129 for a loose contact.
- Check actuation of radiator fan -V7, speed 1 (=>final Control diagnosis, Page 35 ).
- Check air conditioner pressure switch -F129 (switch between contacts 3 and 4, actuation of radiator fan -
V7,
speed 2) (=>Page 167 ).
If no fault can be determined, vehicle must be taken toa specialist air conditioner workshop.

Operating and display unit connected to the test box (adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11 and /12)
tions tained

Audi A6 1998 ➤

5.2 Earth Signal "Engine ▪ Engine running ▪ Diode in voltage - Use the current
and temperature too tester lights up, it flow diagram to lo‐
43 high" may also flicker cate and rectify short
slightly. to earth.
Rectify the air condi‐
tioner compressor
shutoff condition in
the dash panel in‐
sert.
Notes:

◆ The dash panel insert also uses this link to transmit the current coolant temperature; therefore, the LED in
voltage tester may flicker.
◆ In vehicles from model year 2000, the ignition key assignment will be transmitted to the -E87 by the dash
panel insert together with the coolant temperature and the signal "Engine temperature too high" when the
ignition is switched on (data message). The key assignment can only by processed by operating and display
units with the part number 4B0 820 043 and index "H", "J", "K" or "L" or from index "T" onwards and with
index "AE", "AF", "AG" or "AH". If the coolant temperature is too high, no information may be transmitted.
◆ The assignment of the ignition key can only be recognised and therefore transmitted by the dash panel insert
on vehicles fitted with an immobiliser.
◆ The signal from the dash panel insert (data telegram) cannot be checked with workshop tools.

tions tained
5.3 6 "Air conditioner ▪ Engine running - LED in voltage - Use current flow di‐
and compressor cut-in" ▪ Compressor off tester lights up. agram to locate and
15 output (lamp in ECON but‐ LED in voltage test‐ eliminate open cir‐
ton lights up). er lights up a little cuit or short circuit
Switch on compres‐ less brightly. Rectify AC com‐
sor. pressor shutoff con‐
dition in the engine
control (emergency
operation).
=> Relevant Work‐
shop Manual Injec‐
tion and Ignition
System; Repair
group 01
Use the current flow
diagram to locate
and rectify short to
earth.

Audi A6 1998 ➤

Current measurement (200 mA =)
- Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/11 connected.
tions tained
5.4 Earth "Air conditioner ▪ Engine running - Less than 5 mA - Use the current
and compressor cut-in" ▪ Compressor Less than 50 mA flow diagram to lo‐
15 output switched off. Compressor is not cate and rectify
Switch on compres‐ switched on. short to positive
sor. Compressor is Renew operating
Remove connecting switched on and display unit -
cable
Protected by copyright. to V.A.G
Copying 1526
for private E87.
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
from the
permitted unless authorised by sockets
AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any Locate
liability and elimi‐
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDInate
AG. compressor
shut-off criterion in
engine control unit
or in automatic
gearbox control unit
-J217.
=> Relevant Work‐
shop Manual Injec‐
tion and Ignition
System; Repair
group 01
Use the current flow
diagram to locate
and rectify short to
earth.
Note:
Test step 6 (power supply for air-conditioner magnetic clutch, actuation of radiator fans -V7 and
Actuation of magnetic clutch -N25)

tions tained
and air-conditioner voltage agram to locate and
Earth magnetic clutch rectify open circuit in
wiring or contact re‐
sistance in power
supply.
Note:

Current measurement (20 A=)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
tions tained
6.2 32 Actuation of radiator ▪ Ignition on. - Less than 1 A - Use current flow di‐
and fan -V7 (speed 1) Start engine (only Radiator fan -V7 agram to locate and
Earth in vehicles with running at speed 1 eliminate open cir‐
control unit -J293 cuit or short to posi‐
to actuate the fan) tive in the wiring be‐
tween J26 (-J293)
and -E87.
Check actuation of
fan -V7.
=> Electrical Sys‐
tem; Repair group
01
Notes:
◆ Checking the actuation of radiator fan -V7 (speed 2 via pressure switch -F129) =>Page 167 .
◆ The radiator fan is switched to 2nd speed by relay -J101 (control unit -J293):
- when AC pressure switch -F129 (switch between contacts
Protected by copyright. 3 and
Copying 4) isorclosed.
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ Depending on the engine version, the radiator fan
permitted may
unless be actuated
authorised via
by AUDI AG. control
AUDI AG does unit -J293 instead
not guarantee of liability
or accept any relays,
and 2 or 3 electrically driven radiator fans may be installed.

tions tained
6.3 8 Actuation of air con‐ ▪ Engine running - Less than 1 A - Use current flow di‐
and ditioner magnetic Compressor is driv‐ agram to locate and
14 clutch -N25 en. eliminate open cir‐
cuit or short to posi‐
tive in the wiring be‐
tween -J44 and -
E87.
Use current flow di‐
agram to locate and
eliminate open cir‐
cuit in power supply
or wiring to -J44.
(Cont.)
▼
Test step V.A.G 1598 sock‐ Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if specified value
et - Additional operations not attained
6.3 - Use current flow diagram to
(cont.) locate and eliminate in the
wiring between -J44 and -
N25.
Check magnetic clutch relay -
J44; replace if necessary.
Check magnetic clutch -N25;
repair if necessary.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 7 Outputs/inputs which are only present with certain vehicle equipment combinations
(additional heater for diesel engine, auxiliary heater, solar roof)

tions tained
7.1 13 Signal to engine ▪ Engine running - LED in voltage test‐ - Use current flow di‐
and control unit to switch er lights up. agram to locate and
Earth on additional heater eliminate open cir‐
(diesel models only) cuit or short to earth
in the wiring be‐
tween engine control
unit and -E87.
Check engine con‐
trol unit.
=> Relevant Work‐
shop Manual, Diesel
Direct Injection and
Glow Plug System;
Repair group 01
Notes:
◆ At temperatures less than 6 °C,engine control uniton vehicles with diesel engine is informed ,by way of this
output that additional heater is to be switched on.
◆ In "ECON" mode, not only the compressor is shut off on such vehicles, but also the output for additional
heater actuation is no longer switched.

socket - Additional
Protected by copyright. Copying foropera‐ fiedis not
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, value not at‐
permitted unlesstions
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liabilitytained
7.2 13 Signal to engine ▪ Engine running - Less than 5 mA - Use current flow
and control unit to ▪ Fault reader When the earth con‐ diagram to locate
Earth switch on additional V.A.G 1551 con‐ nection is made, the and eliminate open
heater (diesel mod‐ nected relevant display in circuit or short to
els only) ▪ Measured value the measured value positive in the wiring
block with the data block of the engine between engine
provided for the ad‐ control unit should control unit and -
ditional heater se‐ change from "0" to E87.
lected in the engine "1" Check engine con‐
control unit. trol unit.
=> Relevant Work‐ => Relevant Work‐
shop Manual, Die‐ shop Manual, Die‐
sel Direct Injection sel Direct Injection
and Glow Plug Sys‐ and Glow Plug Sys‐
tem; Repair group tem; Repair group
01 01

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
Only envisaged for vehicles with diesel engines; depending on vehicle equipment, an electric additional heater
is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater=> Page 42 and.

tions tained
7.3 1 Signal from auxili‐ ▪ Ignition on. - approx. 0 V - Use the current
and ary heater (only on Switch on auxiliary Shortly after auxiliary flow diagram to lo‐
14 vehicles with auxil‐ ventilation mode heater is switched cate and rectify
iary heater) on, voltage should short to positive
change to approx. Use current flow di‐
voltage of electrical agram to locate and
system eliminate open cir‐
cuit or short to earth
in the wiring be‐
tween auxiliary
heater and -E87.
Notes:
◆ -E87 starts up if voltage is applied to this -E87 output with ignition switched off.
◆ In auxiliary ventilation mode, the -E87 is actuated after a short time by the auxiliary heater. In auxiliary heater
mode, the output of the auxiliary heater is only activated when the temperature of the coolant in the auxiliary
heater exceeds a certain level.
◆ Auxiliary ventilation mode must be switched on differently depending on the equipment:
- In vehicles with a preselector -E111 auxiliary ventilation mode must be set via the heating/heating output
switch installed in the driver's door trim to "Heating" and switched on with the preselector.
- In vehicles without preselector auxiliary ventilation mode must be switched on via the rotary/pressure
actuator installed in the dash panel centre section.

Test step V.A.G 1598 Testing of ▪ Test conditions
Protected by copyright. CopyingSpecified value purposes,
for private or commercial Remedies
in part orifinspeci‐
whole, is not
socket - Additional opera‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not fied value
guarantee not any
or accept at‐liability
tions with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright
tained by AUDI AG.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
7.4 50 Maintenance of ▪ Ignition on. - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
and voltage (vehicles Switch off ignition. voltage agram to locate and
Earth with solar roof only) Voltage is retained rectify open circuit in
for approx. 20 s and wiring or contact re‐
then drops to ap‐ sistance in power
prox. 0 V supply.
agram to locate and
to -J309.
Renew control unit -
J309.
Notes:
◆ -E87 is only supplied with power via terminal 15; all positioning motors thus remain in their current position
when ignition is switched off. Ventilation of passenger compartment in solar mode does, however, neces‐
sitate setting of fresh/recirculated-air flap to "fresh-air mode". On vehicles with solar roof, -E87 is therefore
still supplied with power for a specific period by way of solar cell separation relay -J309 after switching off
ignition (maintenance of voltage).
14 - Electrical test in vehicles from model year 2002

14.1 - Electrical test in vehicles from model year 2002
Notes:
◆ Connect the test box V.A.G 1598 to the vehicle wiring harness => Page 100
◆ During the electrical test note the information on page 100 onwards
◆ Various data are transmitted via the convenience functions data bus. No electrical tests are supplied for
these data (=> Page 69 Reading measured value block).
◆ The following signals are displayed as input signals in the measured value block and are not included in the
electrical test (=> Page 69 Reading measured value block):
- Switch-on signal for windscreen wiper and windscreen washer pump.

- Signal for side lights and illumination dimmer on the -E87.
- Signal from air quality sensor.
- Idling speed increase and AC compressor shut-off signal from the engine control unit
- Heated windscreen actuation signal
Overview of the electrical tests on the operating and display unit - E87

1 - Power supply and earth connection for the operating and display unit -E87 116
2 - Temperature sensors -G17 and -G89 118
- Senders -G150, -G151, -G191 (and -G263)
3 - Fresh air blower -V2 with corresponding control unit -J126 119
4 - Positioning motors for air conditioner and
permitted unless associated
authorised by AUDI AG.potentiometers -V70/-G112,
AUDI AG does not guarantee -V107/-
or accept any liability 121
G135, -V113/-G143, -V158/-G220, -V159/-G221
with respect (and
to the correctness -V71/-G113)
5 - Pressure signal from high-pressure sender -G65 124

Audi A6 1998 ➤

6 - Air conditioner compressor regulating valve -N280 actuation 128
Only in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280

7 - Magnetic clutch relay -J44 actuation. 132
Only in vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
- Actuation of magnetic clutch -N25
Only in vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
8 - Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 speeds 1 and 2 134
Only in vehicles with petrol engine and compressor with regulating valve -N280
9 - Signal from sunlight penetration photosensor -G107 135
10 - Inputs for signals to actuate the -E87 (that are only present for certain vehicle equipment) 136
Input for actuation of the -E87 by an auxiliary heater
Input for the signal to maintain voltage (in vehicles with a sunroof with solar cells)
11 - Output for the signal for requesting additional heater 138
Only perform in vehicles with diesel engine and compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
14.2 - Test steps 1 to 4
Test step 1:
Voltage supply and earth connection of the operating and display unit -E87
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, voltage measurement (20V =)

▪ Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12 connected
A Socket - Additional opera‐ fied value not at‐
tions tained
1.1 9 - Terminal "15" and ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
+ earth connection on voltage agram to repair
14 on the -E87 power supply or
earth connection
1.2 9 - Terminal "15" and ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
+ earth connection on voltage agram to repair
15 on the -E87 earth connection.
1.3 9 - Terminal "15" on ▪ Ignition switched -0V - Use the current
+ the -E87 off flow diagram to re‐
15 pair short to positive

Audi A6 1998 ➤

Test step V.A.G 1598 A Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if speci‐
Socket - Additional opera‐ fied value not at‐
tions tained
1.4 2) 23 Terminal "75" on ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow
+ the -E87 on voltage diagram to repair
Earth1) voltage supply to -
E87
1) Contact 14 of connector D is connected to earth.
2) Test step 1.4 must only be performed in vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280. In vehicles
with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 this connection is tested in test step 7.
VAS 5051, Measurement
with respect technique
to the correctness of informationmode: Multimeter,
in this document. Copyrightvoltage
by AUDI AG.measurement (20V =)
tions tained
1.5 23 Terminal "75" on the ▪ Ignition switched off - 0 V - Use the current flow
+ -E87 diagram to repair
Earth1) short to positive to
the -E87
1.6 49 - Earth connection ▪ Ignition switched on - 0 V - Use current flow di‐
+ at the -E87 agram to locate and
Earth1) rectify short to posi‐
tive in the earth con‐
nection (signal earth)
1.7 16 - Earth connection ▪ Ignition switched on - 0 V - Use current flow di‐
+ at the -E87 agram to locate and
Earth1) rectify short to posi‐
tive in the 5 V supply
wire (or via a connec‐
ted component)
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, resistance measurement (20 kω)
tions tained
1.8 49 - Earth connection ▪ Ignition switched - ∞ ω - Use current flow di‐
+ at the -E87 off agram to locate and
Earth1) rectify short to earth
in the earth connec‐
tion (signal earth)
1.9 16 - Earth connection ▪ Ignition switched - ∞ ω - Use current flow di‐
Earth1) rectify short to earth
(vehicle earth) in the
5 V supply wire (or
via a connected
component and the
signal earth to vehi‐
cle earth)
14.2 - Test steps 1 to 4 117

Audi A6 1998 ➤
tions tained
1.10 49 - Earth connection ▪ Ignition switched - Less than 10 ω - Use current flow di‐
52 rectify open circuit in
the earth connection
(signal earth)
1) Contact 14 of connector D is connected to earth..
Test step 2:
Temperature sensor/sender
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, resistance measurement (20 kω/200 kω)
tions tained
2.1 40 Fresh air intake ▪ Ignition switched - Governed by the - Use current flow
+ duct temperature off temperature at the diagram to locate
49 sensor -G89 Measure tempera‐ sensor/pickup fitting and rectify short cir‐
ture at the sensor fit‐ location cuit, open circuit or
ting location contact resistance
2.2 29 Ambient tempera‐ => Table, - Replace tempera‐
+ ture sensor -G17 Page 119 ture sensor/pickup
49
2.3 30 Footwell vent tem‐
+ perature sender -
49 G192
VAS 5051, Measurement
with respect to technique
the correctness mode: Multimeter,
of information resistance
in this document. Copyright by measurement
AUDI AG. (20 kω/200 kω)
tions tained
2.4 10 Vent temperature ▪ Ignition switched - Governed by the - Use current flow
+ sender, left -G150 off temperature at the diagram to locate
49 Measure tempera‐ sensor/pickup fitting and rectify short cir‐
ture at the sensor fit‐ location cuit, open circuit or
ting location contact resistance
2.5 31 Vent temperature => Table, - Replace tempera‐
+ sender, right -G151 Page 119 ture sensor/pickup
49

Audi A6 1998 ➤
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, resistance measurement (20 kω/200 kω)
tions tained
2.6 28 Evaporator vent ▪ Ignition switched - Depending on the - Use current flow
+ temperature sender off temperature at the diagram to locate
49 -G263 2) Measure tempera‐ sensor/sender fit‐ and rectify short cir‐
in vehicles with ture at the sensor fit‐ ting location => Ta‐ cuit, open circuit or
compressor with ting location ble, Page 119 contact resistance
regulating valve - Replace tempera‐
N280 ture sensor/pickup
- in vehicles with ▪ Ignition switched - ∞ ω - Locate and rectify
compressor with off the short circuit us‐
magnetic clutch - ing the current flow
N25 diagram
2) Sender -G263 is only installed in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280.
Temperature-dependent resistances of sensors/pickups
Temperature Resistance value Resistance value Resistance value

measured at sensor/sender fitting location of sensor -G17 and of sender -G150, -G151 of sender -G263
°C -G89 and -G192 kω
kω kω
- 20 9.95 (79.00) (27.75)
-10 5.59 (47.00) (15.50)
0 3.28 29.00 9.00
5 2.54 23.20 6.96
10 1.99 18.50 5.44
15 1.57 15.00 4.28
20 1.25 12.20 3.40
25 1.00 10.00 2.72
30 0.80 8.30 2.19
35 0.65 6.80 1.78
40 0.53 5.70 1.46
50 0.36 4.10 1.00
60 0.25 2.90 0.69
Test step 3
Fresh air blower -V2 and relevant control unit -J126
Note:
For vehicles with a sunroof with solar cells and/or auxiliary heater note the relevant current flow diagram for
the voltage supply for the fresh air blower -V2 (voltage is supplied to fresh air blower -V2 via an isolating relay).
14.2 - Test steps 1 to 4 119

Audi A6 1998 ➤

tions tained
3.1 12 Control unit -J126 ▪ Ignition switched - Voltage less than 5 - Use current flow
+ on V. diagram to locate
Earth1) - Fresh air blower and eliminate short
not running. to positive in the wir‐
ing between -J126
and -E87.
-J126.

tions tained
3.2 6 Power supply for ▪ Ignition switched - approx. battery - Use current flow
+ fresh air blower - on voltage diagram to repair
Earth1) V2 power supply.
3.3 14 Power supply for ▪ Ignition switched - approx. battery - Use current flow
+ control unit -J126 on voltage diagram to repair
Earth1) (via fresh air blow‐ power supply.
er -V2)
Voltage tester
permittedV.A.G 1527, by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless authorised
tions tained
3.4 6 Control unit -J126 ▪ Ignition switched - LED in voltage test‐ - Use current flow di‐
+ on er lights up. agram to locate and
12 - Fresh air blower is eliminate open cir‐
running cuit in the wiring be‐
tween -J126 and -
E87.
Open circuit in volt‐
age supply or in
earth connection to -
J126
Check freedom of
movement of fresh
air blower -V2.
-J126.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 4:
Positioning motors for air conditioner and associated potentiometers
Notes:
◆ The resistance of potentiometers in the positioning motors (specified value: 3.6...5.7 kωbetween contacts
1 and 3) can only be measured directly at the positioning motor (parallel connection).
◆ The resistance value of the potentiometers in the positioning motors (between contacts 1 and 2 and contacts
3 and 2) depends on the setting of the positioning motor; it must only be measured with the positioning
motorinstalled. The upper specified value is not achieved in test steps 4.1 and 4.2. (To achieve the upper
specified value, it would be necessary to unplug all the connectors of the other positioning motors during
the measurement - parallel connection).
◆ If the -E87 recognises the fault "potentiometer short to earth" or "open circuit/short to positive", check all the
potentiometers in the positioning motors and the associated wiring.
◆ If several positioning motors are displayed in the fault memory as defective simultaneously and no fault can
be detected in test step 4, check the potentiometers in all positioning motors and the wiring between the
individual positioning motors for short circuit (e.g. between -V107 and -V70, on connectors removed from
all positioning motors and the -E87 the measuring instrument display between sockets 1, 2 and 3 in the
associated connector must be ∞ω).
◆ In vehicles with right-hand drive connections 4 and 6 and 1 and 3 are interchanged
tions tained
4.1 16 Potentiometer (in ▪ Ignition switched - Over 0.1 kω and - Use current flow
+ the positioning mo‐ off under 5.7 kω (de‐ diagram to locate
2/ tor) pends on the setting and rectify short cir‐
9/ -G 220 (-V158) of the positioning cuit, open circuit or
36/ -G 221 (-V159) motor) contact resistance
34/ -G 135 (-V107) Replace positioning
1/ -G 112 (-V70) motor
35 3) -G143 (-V113)
-G 113 (-V71) 3)
4.2 52 Potentiometer (in ▪ Ignition switched - Over 0.1 kω and - Use current flow
+ the positioning mo‐ off under 5.7 kω (de‐ diagram to locate
2/ tor) pends on the setting and rectify short cir‐
9/ -G 220 (-V158) of the positioning cuit, open circuit or
36/ -G 221 (-V159) motor) contact resistance
34/ -G 135 (-V107) Replace positioning
1/ -G 112 (-V70) motor
35 3) -G143 (-V113)
-G 113 (-V71) 3)
3) The air flow flap positioning motor -V71 with the potentiometer -G113 is only installed in vehicles with left-
hand drive. In vehicles with right-hand drive no wiring is present for this socket
Note:
◆ The positioning motor -V71 is installed in vehicles with left-hand drive only; it operates the air flow flap.
◆ The positioning motor -V71 is not installed in right-hand drive vehicles; in these vehicles the resistance at
socket 35 must be ∞ω (Ohm). In these vehicles the fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by positioning motor
-V113.
14.2 - Test steps 1 to 4 121

Audi A6 1998 ➤
tions tained
4.3 Earth1) Potentiometer (in ▪ Ignition switched off - ∞ ω - Use current flow di‐
+ the positioning mo‐ agram to locate and
2/ tor) rectify short circuit to
9/ -G 220 (-V158) earth (vehicle earth)
36/ -G 221 (-V159) in the signal earth
34/ -G 135 (-V107) wire (or via a con‐
1/ -G 112 (-V70) nected component
35 3) -G143 (-V113) and the 5 V supply
-G 113 (-V71) 3) wire to vehicle earth)
Replace positioning
motor
1) Earth (vehicle earth) is at connector D, contact 14.

3) The air flow flap positioning motor -V71 with theProtected
potentiometer -G113 is only installed in vehicles with left-
hand drive. In vehicles with right-hand drive no wiring with

is present for this socket.
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, resistance measurement (200 ω)

Test step V.A.G 1598 A Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if specified
Socket - Additional opera‐ value not attained
tions
4.4 2 Left temperature ▪ Ignition switched off - 20...100ω - Use current flow di‐
+ flap positioning mo‐ agram to locate and
10 tor -V158 rectify short circuit,
open circuit or con‐
tact resistance
4.5 3 Right temperature - 20...100ω - Replace positioning
+ flap positioning mo‐ motor
13 tor -V159
4.6 5 Air recirculation flap - 20...100ω
+ positioning motor -
6 V113
4.7 11 Defrost flap posi‐ - 20...100ω
+ tioning motor -V107
12
4.8 4 Central flap posi‐ - 20...100ω
+ tioning motor -V70
16

Test step V.A.G 1598 A Testing of ▪ Test conditions Specified value Remedies if specified
Socket - Additional opera‐ value not attained
tions
4.9 24 Air-flow flap posi‐ ▪ Ignition switched off - 20...100ω - Use current flow di‐
+ tioning motor -V71 LHD vehicle agram to locate and
27 -∞ω rectify short circuit,
RHD vehicle open circuit or con‐
tact resistance
Replace positioning
motor

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
◆ The positioning motor -V71 is installed in vehicles with left-hand drive only; it operates the air flow flaps.
◆ The positioning motor -V71 is not installed in vehicles with right-hand drive. In these vehicles the fresh/
recirculated air flap is moved by positioning motor -V113.

tions tained
4.10 14 Wiring to the posi‐ ▪ Ignition switched off - ∞ ω - Use the current flow
+ tioning motors diagram to rectify
2/ -V158 short to earth
11/ -V107
4/ -V70
5/ -V113
3 -V159
for short to earth
4.11 Earth1) Wiring to the posi‐ ▪ Ignition switched off - ∞ ω - Use the current flow
24 -V713) short to earth
for short to earth
3) The air flow flap positioning motor -V71 is only installed in vehicles with left-hand drive. In vehicles with
right-hand drive no wiring is present for this socket.
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter,

Protected voltage
by copyright. measurement
Copying for private or commercial (20V =) in part or in whole, is not
purposes,
▪ Adapter cable V.A.G 1598/12 connectedpermitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
tions tained
4.12 14 Wiring to the posi‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - Less than 1 V - Use the current flow
2/ -V158 short to positive
11/ -V107
4/ -V70
5/ -V113
3 -V159
for short to positive
4.13 Earth1) Wiring to the posi‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - Less than 1 V - Use the current flow
24 -V713) short to positive
for short to positive
3) The air flow flap positioning motor -V71 is only installed in vehicles with left-hand drive. In vehicles with
right-hand drive no wiring is present for this socket.
14.2 - Test steps 1 to 4 123

Audi A6 1998 ➤
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9
Test step 5:
Pressure signal from high-pressure sender -G65
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: DSO (digital storage oscilloscope)

Setting 5V/Div =, 5ms/Div (5 V DC and 5 milliseconds per unit)
tions tained
5.1 21 Pressure-depend‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Square-wave sig‐ ▪ No detectable
+ ent square-wave on nal (dependent on signal
Earth1) signal from sender - ▪ Engine does not pressure in refriger‐ Use current flow di‐
G65 run ant circuit =>Page agram to locate
▪ Ambient temper‐ 125 and rectify open
ature over 20 °C Signal ratio above circuit, contact re‐
and under 35 °C 16.5% sistance or short
and below 50% circuit between the
-E87 and the -G65.
Check voltage sup‐
ply and earth con‐
nection to high-
pressure sender -
G65 => Page
126 .
Replace high-pres‐
sure sender -G65
Continued on next page

tions tained
5.1 21 Pressure-dependent ▪ Ignition switched ▪ Signal ratio under
(cont.) +
Protected square-wave
by copyright. Copying forsignal on
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not 5% and over 95%
Earth1) from
permitted unless sender
authorised -G65
by AUDI AG. AUDI▪AG Engine does not
does not guarantee or accept any liability Check voltage sup‐
with respect to the correctness of informationrun
in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG. ply and earth con‐
▪ Ambient tempera‐ nection to high-
ture over 20 °C and pressure sender -
under 35 °C G65 => Page 126 .
High-pressure
sender -G65 defec‐
tive, replace
▪ Signal ratio over
5% and under 16.5
%
Too little refrigerant
in circuit, vehicle
must be taken to a
specialist air condi‐
tioner workshop

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Continued on next page

tions tained
5.1 21 Pressure-dependent ▪ Ignition switched ▪ Signal ratio over
(cont.) + square-wave signal on 50% or under
Earth1) from sender -G65 ▪ Engine does not 16.5%
run High-pressure
▪ Ambient tempera‐ sender -G65 defec‐
ture over 20 °C and tive, replace
under 35 °C Fault in refrigerant
circuit, vehicle must
be taken to a spe‐
cialist air condition‐
er workshop
Notes:
◆ When the refrigerant circuit is filled with the correct quantity of refrigerant the pressure and therefore the
signal ratio changes with the ambient temperature.
◆ The signal ratio and the pressure calculated by the operating and display unit -E87 is displayed in the
measured value block => Page 69 (display group 001).
◆ The signal transmitted at a refrigerant circuit pressure of approx. 5 to 6 bar absolute is equivalent to a signal
ratio of approx. 22% (automatic adjustment with compressor at a standstill, at an ambient temperature of
20 °C, and with properly filled refrigerant circuit).
◆ The signal transmitted at a pressure in the refrigerant circuit of approx. 16 bar absolute is equivalent to a
signal ratio of approx. 50%. This is set automatically when the compressor is at a standstill only under
extreme conditions (e.g. very high ambient temperatures and a hot engine).
Checking pressure signal from high-pressure sender -G65
-> This display appears on the oscilloscope screen if the following conditions have been satisfied.
- Ignition switched on (positive and earth applied at sender -G65)

- Oscilloscope setting:
5 V/Div. = (5 V DC per unit)
5 ms/Div. (5 milliseconds per unit)
- Test lead (signal wire) connected to socket -21- of test box V.A.G 1598/11.
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 125

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Test lead (screening) connected to connector -D- contact -14- to the -E87 or to the vehicle earth.
Notes:
◆ The illustration shows the signal transmitted at a refrigerant circuit pressure of approx. 7 bar absolute, which
is equivalent to a signal ratio of approx. 25% (automatic adjustment with compressor at a standstill, at an
ambient temperature of 30 °C, and with filled refrigerant circuit).
◆ Pulse width -A- is governed by the refrigerant circuit pressure (if the pressure increases, the -A- range
widens).
◆ -> The signal gap -B- is always 20 milliseconds (equivalent to a frequency of 50 Hertz).
◆ The signal ratio is derived from the ratio between pulse width -A- and signal gap -B-.
-> Pin assignment for high-pressure sensor -G65
Contact 1, earth
Contact 2 signal output (square-wave signal to the -E87)

Contact 3, positive (terminal 75)
Notes:
◆ -> The compressor will not be switched on if connector -B- is disconnected.

◆ High-pressure sensor -A- is an electronic control unit that generates a square-wave signal whose signal
ratio changes with the pressure in the refrigerant circuit =>Page 127 .

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Pressure signal from high-pressure sender -G65
-> A- Pressure on high-pressure side of refrigerant circuit in bar (absolute)

B- Signal ratio of the square-wave signal
C- Curve
Notes:
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 switches the compressor on as soon as no compressor shut-off criterion
is present (by actuating the -N280 or the -J44):
- If the signal ratio is over 12 % (equivalent to approx. 1.8 bar absolute pressure) and below 87.5% (equiv‐
alent to approx. 32 bar absolute pressure).
- If the signal ratio is under 12 % or over 87.5% the compressor is not switched on (regulating valve -N280
is not actuated).
◆ The signal ratio and the pressure calculated by the operating and display unit -E87 is displayed in the
measured value block => Page 69 (display group 001)
In vehicles with a petrol engine and a compressor with regulating valve -N280 (-E87 encoding)
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 127

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The -E87 transmits the request to switch on the radiator fans via the drive data bus to the engine control
unit, which then switches the radiator fan on via the fan control unit:
- Irrespective of the pressure in the refrigerant circuit as soon as the compressor is switched on.
◆ -> The -E87 transmits the request for a higher speed for the radiator fan to the engine control unit via the
drive data bus:
- In vehicles with a petrol engine 100% is at present only requested at a pressure of approx. 26 bar in the
refrigerant circuit.
In vehicles with a diesel engine and a compressor with regulating valve -N280 (-E87 encoding)
◆ The -E87 switches the radiator fan on via dedicated wires to relays -J26 and -J101:
- The 1st speed irrespective of the pressure in the refrigerant circuit as soon as the compressor is switched
on.
- The 2nd speed is at present actuated 100% from a pressure in the refrigerant circuit of 16 bar.
In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 (-E87 encoding)
◆ The -E87 switches the radiator fan on via dedicated wires to relays -J26 and -J101 or to the radiator fan
control unit -J293:
- The 1st speed irrespective of the pressure in the refrigerant circuit as soon as the compressor is switched
on.
- The 2nd speed is at present actuated
Protected 100%
by copyright. from
Copying a pressure
for private inpurposes,
or commercial the refrigerant circuit
in part or in whole, of 16 bar.
is not
In vehicles with a petrol or diesel engine and a compressor with regulating valve -N280 (-E87 encoding)
◆ The signal generated by the high-pressure sender -G65 is also used to control the engine. The -E87 trans‐
mits the information to the engine control unit via the drive data bus (the torque required for the compressor
drive depends on the pressure in the refrigerant circuit). Depending on the engine control unit version, the
signal in the measured value block is displayed as signal ratio.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Injection and Ignition System; Repair group 01
Test step 6:
Actuation for the air conditioner compressor regulating valve -N280
Notes:
◆ Test step 6 must only be performed in vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280.
◆ In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 test step 7 must be performed.

tions tained
6.1 8 Wiring to regulat‐ ▪ Ignition switched - over 5 ωand under - Use current flow di‐
+ ing valve -N280 off 20 ω agram to locate and
14 rectify open circuit
or contact resist‐
ance in the wiring
between -N280 and
-E87.
Open circuit in reg‐
ulating valve -N280,
replace compressor
(vehicle must be
taken to a specialist
air conditioner work‐
shop)

Audi A6 1998 ➤

tions tained
6.2 8 Wiring to regulat‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Less than 1 V - Use current flow di‐
+ ing valve -N280 off agram to locate and
14 rectify short circuit
to positive in the
connection to the -
N280 or between
the -N280 and the -
E87.
6.3 8 Voltage supply to ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow di‐
+ regulating valve - on voltage agram to locate and
14 N280 eliminate open cir‐
to -N280.
agram to locate and
rectify short circuit
to earth in the con‐
nection between -
N280 and -E87.
VAS 5051, Measurement technique mode: Multimeter, current measurement (10 A =)

tions tained
6.4 8 Current measure‐ ▪ Ignition switched - over 0.5 A and un‐ - Use current flow
+ ment across regu‐ on Protected by copyright. Copying
der for
1.5 A or commercial purposes,
private diagram to or
in part locate
in whole, is not
14 lating valve -N280 permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not and rectifyor open
guarantee cir‐liability
accept any
cuit inCopyright
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. the wiringby AUDIbe‐
AG.
tween -N280 and -
E87.
Regulating valve -
N280 defective, re‐
place compressor
(vehicle must be
taken to a specialist
air conditioner
workshop)
Notes:
◆ During operation the compressor output is controlled via regulating valve -N280.
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 controls the current that flows across the regulating valve and conse‐
quently the output of the compressor => Reading measured value block Page 69 (display group 001)
◆ In vehicles with a magnetic clutch a current of approx. 0.2 A is measured (control current across the coil of
the relay -J44)
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 129

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Checking switch-on signal for regulating valve -N280

- Connect the operating and display unit to the vehicle wiring harness.
- -> Unplug the connector from the air conditioner compressor.
- Restore the connection between connector -A- and connector -B- at the regulating valve using the adapter
cable from adapter set V.A.G 1594 A.
Note: Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
-> An adapter cable may also be made for this test. To do so, use e.g. a connector -A- and a connector -B-
(with part nos. 1J0 973 702 and 1J0 973 802 and the relevant plug contacts), two commercially available sockets
for banana plug -C- and twowires with a cross section of 0.5 mm2.
- -> Connect the DSO measuring cable VAS 5051/8 to the adapter leads
- Test lead (signal wiring) to contact -2-.
- Test lead (screening, earth) to contact -1-.
- Set the VAS 5051 to measurement technique mode: DSO (digital storage oscilloscope) on
- Setting 5V/Div =, 0.5ms/Div (5 V DC and 0.5 milliseconds per unit)
- Start the engine
- Set the operating and display unit temperature selection to "Lo"

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Switch the actuation of regulating valve -N280 on and off on the -E87 by actuating the "Auto" and "Econ"
buttons.
Irrespective of the -E87 setting, the following is displayed on the oscilloscope screen:
- In "OFF" or "Econ" mode

no square-wave signal (the regulating valve is not actuated).
- -> In "Auto" mode, with temperature setting "Lo"
a square-wave signal with a pulse width -A- between 75% and 100% (the regulating valve is actuated).
Notes:
◆ The illustration shows a signal with a signal ratio of approx. 80%.

◆ The pulse width -A- depends on the required refrigeration capacity, the vehicle voltage etc. (the current
across regulating valve -N280 is regulated by the -E87 via the width of range -A-).
◆ The signal gap -B- is always 2 milliseconds (equivalent to a frequency of 500 Hertz).
◆ The duty cycle is derived from the ratio between pulse width -A- and signal gap -B-.
◆ A mirror image of the signal shown in illustration A87-0374 can be obtained by connecting the signal wire
to contact -1- and the wire with the earth connection to vehicle earth.
- -> The pulse width of the square-wave signal is changed according to the setting on the -E87 and the
measured environmental factors (signal ratio between 100% and over 30%, the regulating valve is actuated
so that the compressor output required to obtain the prescribed temperatures is achieved).
Notes:
◆ In "Auto" mode with temperature setting "Lo" the -N280 is actuated so that the maximum permitted current
of approx. 0.65 A flows across with

therespect
regulating valve of -N280 (maximum compressor output).
to the correctness information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ In control mode, the actuation time depends on the requested refrigeration capacity, the vehicle voltage etc.
However, the actuation time is at least long enough for a mean current of 0.3 A to flow.
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 131

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 7
Relay for magnetic clutch -J44 and actuation of magnetic clutch -N25
Notes:
◆ Test step 7 must only be performed in vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25.
◆ In vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280 test step 6 must be performed.

tions tained
7.1 8 Magnetic clutch re‐ ▪ Ignition switched off - Less than 1 V - Use current flow di‐
+ lay -J44 agram to locate and
14 rectify short circuit to
positive in the con‐
nection to the -J44 or
between the -J44
and the -E87.

tions tained in part or in whole, is not
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes,
7.2 8 Magnetic clutch re‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow
+ lay -J44 on voltage diagram to locate
14 and rectify open cir‐
cuit in voltage sup‐
ply to -J44.
agram to locate and
rectify short circuit
to earth in the con‐
nection between -
J44 and -E87.
Relay -J44 defec‐
tive, replace.

tions tained
7.3 8 Current measure‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Over 0.1 A and un‐ - Use current flow
+ ment via the mag‐ on der 0.5 A diagram to locate
14 netic clutch relay - and rectify open cir‐
J44 cuit in the wiring be‐
tween -J44 and -
E87.
Relay -J44 defec‐
tive, replace.

Audi A6 1998 ➤

tions tained
7.4 No connec‐ Actuation of mag‐ ▪ Engine running - The compressor is - Use current flow
tion plugged netic clutch -J44 not driven: diagram to locate
in and rectify short cir‐
cuit to positive in the
wiring between -J44
and magnetic clutch
-N25.
Check magnetic
clutch relay -J44;
replace if necessa‐
ry.
Check magnetic
clutch -N25; repair if
necessary.
VAS 5051, Measurement technique
permitted unless authorised mode:
by AUDI Multimeter,
AG. AUDI currentormeasurement
AG does not guarantee accept any liability (10 A =)
▪ Adapter cable with
V.A.G 1598/12
respect connected
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
tions tained
7.5 8 Actuation of mag‐ ▪ Engine running - Over 0.1 A and un‐ - Use current flow di‐
+ netic clutch -J44 der 0.5 A agram to locate and
14 - The compressor is rectify open circuit in
driven the wiring between -
J44 and the magnet‐
ic clutch -N25
agram to locate and
cuit in voltage supply
to -J44
Open circuit in the
earth connection to
the -N25
Check magnetic
clutch relay -J44; re‐
place if necessary.
Check magnetic
clutch -N25; repair if
necessary.

tions tained
7.6 23 Supply voltage for ▪ Ignition switched - 0 V - Use current flow
+ magnetic clutch - on diagram to locate
Earth1) J44 and rectify short cir‐
cuit to positive in the
connection to the -
J44 or between the
-J44 and the -E87.
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 133

Audi A6 1998 ➤
7.7 23 Supply voltage for ▪ Ignition switched - Approx. battery - Use current flow
+ magnetic clutch - on voltage diagram to locate
Earth1) J44 Jumper 2) at con‐ and rectify open cir‐
nector -D- (to the - cuit in the wiring be‐
E87) between con‐ tween -J44 and -
tacts -8- and 14 E87.
2) The jumper must be created using adapter wires from adapter set V.A.G 1594 A, relay -J44 is actuated
via this jumper
Test step 8:
Actuation of the radiator fan -V7 speeds 1 and 2
Notes:
◆ Test step 8 must only be performed in the
with respect following
to the correctness vehicles:
- Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25.
- Vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 and diesel engine.
◆ In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 and a petrol engine the radiator fan is actuated via
the drive data bus and the relevant engine control unit by the -E87
◆ Depending on the engine, the radiator fan -V7 is actuated via the radiator fan relays -J26 and -J101 or the
radiator fan control unit -J293.
◆ The radiator fan -V7 is switched to 1st speed by relay -J26/control unit -J293:
- as soon as a positive signal from the -E87 is present (is output as soon as the compressor is switched
on).
◆ The radiator fan -V7 is switched to 2nd speed by relay -J101/control unit -J293:
- as soon as a positive signal from the -E87 is present (is output as soon as the pressure in the refrigerant
circuit exceeds 16 bar).
◆ In vehicles with a radiator fan control unit -J293 the fan is only switched on when the engine is running,
depending on the version of the -J293 (positive at terminal "61").

tions tained

Audi A6 1998 ➤
8.1 6 Actuation of radia‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Over 0.1 A and un‐ - Use current flow
+ tor fan -V7 1st on der 0.5 A diagram to locate
32 speed via relay -J26 Radiator fan -V7 and rectify open cir‐
or control unit -J293 runs at speed 1 (in cuit in the wiring be‐
vehicles with control tween -J26/-J293
unit -J293 possibly and -E87.
only when the en‐ Use current flow di‐
gine is running). agram to locate and
rectify open circuit
in voltage supply or
earth connection to
-J26/-J293.
Check relay -J26/
control unit -J293,
ry.
Check radiator fan -
V7, replace if nec‐
essary.
=> Electrical Sys‐
tem; Repair group
01

tions tained
8.2 6 Actuation of radia‐ ▪ Ignition switched - Over 0.1 A and un‐ - Use current flow
+ tor fan -V7 2nd on der 0.5 A diagram to locate
33 speed via relay - Radiator fan -V7 and eliminate open
J101 or control unit runs at speed 2 (in circuit in the wiring
-J293 vehicles with control between -J101/-
unit -J293 possibly J293 and -E87.
only when the en‐ Use current flow di‐
gine is running). agram to locate and
cuit in voltage sup‐
ply or earth connec‐
tion to -J101/-J293.
Check relay -J101/
control unit -J293,
ry.
Check radiator fan -
V7, replace if nec‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not essary.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability => Electrical Sys‐
tem; Repair group
01
Test step 9:
Sunlight penetration photosensor -G107

tions tained
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 135

Audi A6 1998 ➤

9.1 25 Wiring to photosen‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - Less than 2 V - Use the current flow
+ sor -G107 diagram to locate
Earth1) and rectify short to
positive
9.2 26 Wiring to photosen‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - Less than 2 V - Use the current flow
positive
tions tained
9.3 25 Wiring to photosen‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - ∞ ω - Use the current flow
earth.
9.4 26 Wiring to photosen‐ ▪ Ignition switched on - ∞ ω - Use the current flow
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in earth.
whole, is not
Test step 10:
Input for switch-on signal for actuation of the -E87 (of an auxiliary heater, in vehicles with sunroof with solar
cells)

tions tained
10.1 1 Input for switch-on ▪ Ignition switched off - Less than 2 V - Use the current flow
+ signal to the -E87 ▪ Auxiliary heater/ diagram to locate
14 auxiliary ventilation and rectify short to
switched off positive

tions tained

Audi A6 1998 ➤

10.2 1 Signal from auxili‐ ▪ Ignition on. - Less than 2 V - Use the current
+ ary heater to the - Switch on auxiliary Shortly after auxiliary flow diagram to lo‐
14 E87 ventilation mode via ventilation is switch‐ cate and rectify short
the rotary/pressure ed on, voltage to positive
switch should change to ap‐ Use current flow dia‐
prox. operating volt‐ gram to locate and
age. rectify open circuit or
short to earth in the
wiring between aux‐
iliary heater and -
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not E87.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability Checking Auxiliary
heater actuation
=> Auxiliary heater;
Repair group 01
Notes:
◆ -E87 starts up if voltage is applied to this -E87 output with ignition switched off.
◆ In auxiliary ventilation mode, the -E87 is actuated after a short time by the auxiliary heater. In auxiliary heater
mode, the output of the auxiliary heater is only activated when the temperature of the coolant in the auxiliary
heater exceeds a certain level.
◆ The auxiliary heater/auxiliary ventilation is switched on and off by the control unit in the dash panel insert.
The control unit is actuated via the rotary actuator/pressure actuator installed in the dash panel centre
section.

tions tained
10.3 50 Maintenance of ▪ Ignition on. - Approx. battery - Use current flow
+ voltage (vehicles Switch off ignition. voltage diagram to locate
Earth1) with solar roof only) Voltage is retained and rectify open cir‐
for approx. 20 s and cuit in wiring or con‐
then drops to ap‐ tact resistance in
prox. 0 V power supply.
agram to locate and
to -J309.
Check control unit -
J309, replace if nec‐
essary.
Notes:
◆ For vehicles with a sunroof with solar cells and/or auxiliary heater note the relevant current flow diagram for
the voltage supply for the fresh air blower -V2 (voltage is supplied to the -V2 via an isolating relay).
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 137

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Test step 11
Actuation of additional heater
Notes:
◆ Test step 11 must only be performed in vehicles with diesel engine and a compressor with magnetic clutch
-N25
◆ In vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 and a diesel engine the request to switch on the
additional heater is transmitted by the -E87 to the relevant engine control unit via the drive data bus.
◆ At temperatures less than 5 °C, engine control uniton vehicles with diesel engine is informed ,by way of this
output that additional heater is to be switched on.
◆ In "Econ" mode, not only is the compressor shut off in these vehicles, the output for activation of the additional
heater is also no longer switched.
◆ Depending on the vehicle equipment, an electrical additional heater is provided or the additional heating
function is taken on by the auxiliary heater=> Page 42 and.
=> Relevant Workshop Manual

permitted unlessDiesel
authorisedDirect
by AUDI Injection
AG. AUDI AGand Glow
does not PlugorSystem;
guarantee Repair group 01

tions tained
11.1 13 Signal to engine ▪ Engine running ▪ LED in voltage - Use current flow di‐
+ control unit to switch tester lights up. agram to locate and
Earth1) on additional heater eliminate open cir‐
(diesel models only) cuit or short to earth
in the wiring be‐
tween engine con‐
trol unit and -E87.
Check engine con‐
trol unit.
=> Relevant Work‐
shop Manual Diesel
Direct Injection and
Glow Plug System;
Repair group 01

tions tained

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11.2 13 Signal to engine ▪ Engine running ▪ Less than 5 mA - Use current flow
+ control unit to ▪ Fault reader ▪ When the earth diagram to locate
Earth1) switch on additional V.A.G 1551 con‐ connection is made, and eliminate open
heater (diesel mod‐ nected the relevant display circuit or short to
els only) ▪ Measured value in the measured val‐ positive in the wir‐
block with the data ue block of the en‐ ing between engine
provided for the ad‐ gine control unit control unit and -
ditional heater se‐ should change from E87.
lected in the engine "0" to "1" Check engine con‐
control unit. trol unit.
=> Relevant Work‐ => Relevant Work‐
shop Manual Die‐ shop Manual Diesel
sel Direct Injection Direct Injection and
and Glow Plug Sys‐ Glow Plug System;
tem; Repair group Repair group 01
01
15 - Electrical check of rear window heating

15.1 - Electrical check of rear window heating
Required measuring
Protected by copyright. and testing
Copying equipment:
- Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 with 50A current probe VAS 5051/9 or multi‐
meter V.A.G 1715 (with current probe),

- Adapter set V.A.G 1594,
Test requirements
All fuses OK in accordance with current flow diagram.

- Remove operating and display unit -E87 (=> Page 243 ).
- -> Remove the two-pin connector ("F" on the -E87) from the operating and display unit -E87.
- Measure voltage between contacts 1 and 2 (Specification: approx. battery voltage
- Connect the two-pin connector ("F" on the -E87) to the -E87.
14.3 - Test steps 5 to 9 139

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Guide one of the two wires -A- to the two-pin connector "F" through the current probe VAS 5051/9 or the
current probe of V.A.G 1715.
Note:
All connectors are connected to -E87.
- Set the function "Current measurement via current probe" on the VAS 5051 or V.A.G 1715.
- Start engine.
- Switch on rear window heating at the -E87 (lamp in button lights up).
The display on the VAS 5051 or V.A.G 1715 changes from approx. 0 A to under 25 A.
After about 12 minutes, the display changes from less than 25 A to approx. 0 A (indicator lamp in button goes
out)
Notes:
◆ The current probe may be influenced by stray current which could cause the display to show a low current
reading when the rear window heating is switched off.
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 the actuation of the heated rear window is displayed in measured value
block 016 (=>Reading measured value block Page 93 ).
◆ On operating and display
withunits
respectwithout indexofor
to the correctness with index
information "A", asCopyright
in this document. well asbyoperating
and display units with
AUDI AG.
indexes "B", "C", "F" and "G" up to and including software version "D54", the cut-in time for the rear window
heating is limited to approx. 12 minutes by the -E87.
◆ On operating and display units with part numbers from indexes "B", "C", "F" and "G" and software version
"D55", the rear window heating remains switched on until the ignition is switched off if the ambient temper‐
ature is less than 0°C (it can be switched off manually at any time). If, during the journey, the temperature
rises above 0 °C, the rear window heating is switched off after the operating period that is stored in the -E87
has elapsed (approx. 12 minutes). The change-over was done gradually (series production use from 08.97
onwards).
16 - Electrical checking of solar roof

16.1 - Electrical checking of solar roof
Notes:

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ -> Solar operation is only possible with sunroof closed or tilted (the sun's energy converted by the solar roof
into electrical energy is transferred via the contacts -A- (at the front edge of the sunroof) and -B- (on the
sunroof frame) to the vehicle electrical system.
◆ Solar operation is not possible with ignition switched on and in auxiliary heating/ventilation mode (solar cell
separation relay -J309 switches power supply for fresh-air blower -V2 from solar cells -C20 to terminal "30").
◆ The energy supplied by the solar cells -C20 is converted (e.g. from 6.5 V and 2.5 A into 3.5 V and 4.6 A) in
the solar operation control unit -J355 (fitted between sunroof headliner and solar roof).
◆ The electrical energy supplied by the solar roof with irradiation of 500W/m2 is approx. 12 W:
500W/m2(irradiation) x 0.21m2(solar area of sunroof) x 0.13 (efficiency of solar cells -C20) x 0.9 (efficiency
of solar operation control unit -J355).
◆ -> Contacts -A- and -B- (on the sunroof and sunroof frame) for transferring the electrical energy generated
must be clean and free from normal grease.
◆ If necessary, apply light coating of contact grease (electrically conductive protective agent/lubricant available
from specialist electronics dealers) to contacts -A- and -B-.
◆ Up to model year 2000 sunroofs with 21 solar cells were fitted, a change-over to sunroofs with 28 solar cells
was introduced gradually in model year 2000 (better utilisation of irradiated solar power).
◆ -> If an acoustic signal is emitted by the solar cell control unit -J355 during the day (during solar irradiation),
this indicates a short circuit:
- Check wiring between -J355 and contacts -E- for short circuit.
- Check both contacts -E- for short circuit to sunroof -F-.
16.1 - Electrical checking of solar roof 141

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Check for short circuit in wiring between the contacts on the sunroof frame and the fresh-air blower -V2
(via solar cell separation relay -J309).
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations binder
◆ Insulators -C- and -D- must be fitted between bolts -A-, -B- and contact -E-.
◆ In the event of a short circuit between contact -E- and sunroof -F-, bond a fabric adhesive strip to contact
surfaces -G- and carefully pierce the adhesive strip at holes -H-.
Checking operation of solar roof

- Move vehicle into sun.
Note:
If weather is not suitable, solar roof can be illuminated, for example, with two standard 500 W halogen lamps.
They should be kept at a distance of 500 mm from solar roof.
- Set air-conditioner air distribution to dash panel vent position.
- Open "centre" dash panel vents (close other vents).
- Switch off ignition (operating and display unit -E87 is blank).
- Sunroof is closed.
- Air flow can be felt at the dash panel vents (if necessary check by moistening palm of hand).
Notes:
◆ If fresh-air blower -V2 does not operate:
- Open sunroof approx. 10 cm.
- -> Connect test lamp (12 V with max. 5 W) between the two contacts -A- of the sunroof.
- The test lamp must glow or light up fully, depending on the intensity of the irradiation.
- If the test lamp glows or lights up fully, the solar roof is functioning properly.
- In this case, check wiring to the fresh-air blower -V2 (by way of the solar cell separation relay -J309).
◆ Illuminating the solar roof with halogen lamps only produces approx. 1.5 W of electrical energy (fresh-air
blower operates, but air flow can scarcely be felt).
17 - Electrical checking of additional heater

17.1 - Electrical checking of additional heater
◆ Up to Model Year 1998, all vehicles with diesel engines were fitted with an additional electric heater (heat
energy is supplied to the air as soon as it exits from the air-conditioner heat exchanger).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ As of Model Year 1999, the additional electric heater will gradually be discontinued on vehicles with 6-cyl.
TDI engines featuring an auxiliary heater as optional extra. On these vehicles, the auxiliary heater assumes
this function, acting as fuel powered additional heater (the auxiliary heater feeds additional heat energy to
the coolant).
◆ Testing actuation of heating elements
◆ The additional electric heater is only switched in by the control unit for the diesel direct injection and glow
plug system if certain conditions exist simultaneously => Page 42 and
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 the actuation of the additional heater is displayed in measured value block
016 (=>Reading measured value block Page 93 ).
Checking Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- To test the heating elements of the additional heater, first remove the driver's storage compartment
=> General Body Assembly, Interior; Repair group 68
- -> Remove connectors -A-, -B- and -C- from the heater element.
- Check the individual heater elements. Depending on the temperature, the measured value should be be‐
tween 0.2 and 5 ω.
Notes:
◆ The heater element for the additional heater -Z35 consists of several layers of resistance elements, together
producing a heat output of 1000 W (when all three inputs are actuated). The resistance elements have a
positive temperature coefficient (the resistance increases and current input decreases as temperature rises).
◆ The resistance heating elements are individually actuated, but since they are all linked to each other in -
Z35, current discharges through the earth connection that provides the least resistance.
◆ The -Z35 is designed so that during switch on no current greater than 35 A can flow through the contacts
(immediately after switch on, the resistance increases and the current drops).
◆ To reach maximum heat output of 1000 W (3 x 333 W), the temperature of the resistance heating elements
must be low and sufficient current must be supplied from the alternator.
◆ Since workshop equipment is not capable of measuring resistances smaller than 10ωwith sufficient accu‐
racy, it is not possible to establish if there is a short circuit in the additional heater element.
17.1 - Electrical checking of additional heater 143

Audi A6 1998 ➤
18 - Mode of operation of air-quality sensor -G238

18.1 - Mode of operation of air-quality sensor -G238
◆ The air-quality sensor detects pollutants in the atmosphere (normally petrol and/or diesel fumes) and causes
the operating and display unit -E87 to switch the air conditioner to air recirculation mode.
◆ The operating and display unit recognises the nature and severity of the pollution from the sensor signal.
Depending on ambient temperature and pollution severity, the unit then implements the following action:
- At an ambient temperature above approx. +2 °C, switching to recirculated air mode is implemented as soon
as there is a slight increase in pollutant concentration
- At an ambient temperature between approx. +2 °C and approx. -8 °C the changeover to recirculated air
mode is only implemented if there is a considerable increase in pollutant concentration. The compressor
is switched on at the same time
- At an ambient temperature below approx. -8 °C the changeover is only implemented if there is a considerable
increase in pollutant concentration and then only for approx. 15 s (the compressor is not switched on).
- The air conditioner returns to fresh air modewith
if respect
the concentration
to the correctness ofdecreases.
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ The "automatic air recirculation" function can be deactivated at any time. If the function is active, the com‐
pressor is switched on in response to a request for "automatic air recirculation" even if the ambient
temperature is less than +2 °C. At temperatures below approx. -8 °C compressor operation is no longer
possible.
◆ In vehicles with "automatic air recirculation", the compressor can also be switched on with manually activated
recirculated air (by way of a "recirculated air button") at temperatures down to approx. -8 °C.
◆ The sensor is of the adaptive type (adapting its sensitivity to the level of environmental pollution) to stop the
air conditioner operating constantly in air recirculation mode in areas where the pollutant loads in the air
remain at a constant level.
◆ If the pollutant loading in the ambient air remains relatively high for a length period, the sensor starts to
implement an adaption program to adapt to the changes in ambient conditions with the result that an air
recirculation request generally lasts less than 12 minutes in uniformly polluted ambient air. The air condi‐
tioner can also operate for lengthy periods in air recirculation mode in the event of several consecutive load
peaks.
◆ A certain amount of time is required to move the flaps of the air conditioner. To prevent gaseous pollutants
entering the passenger compartment with the fresh air drawn in prior to closure of the fresh-air flaps in the
event of a sudden increase in pollutant level (e.g. on driving through a cloud of diesel exhaust fumes), use
is made of a dust and pollen filter with ACF layer. Once a filter becomes saturated with pollutant, it is no
longer capable of fulfilling its task and should be renewed=>Page 228 .
◆ To avoid excessive switching of the fresh/recirculated air flaps, switching does not take place immediately
in the event of a slight increase in the pollutant level of the ambient atmosphere (sensor does not transmit
request to -E87). In such cases, the filter action of the ACF layer in the dust and pollen filter is sufficient
=>Page 228 .
◆ To prevent excessive switching of the air recirculation/fresh-air flap, a sensor request for "automatic air
recirculation mode" is maintained for at least 25 s (minimum dwell time) even if the pollutant concentration
of the air has decreased in the meantime to such an extent that air recirculation mode is no longer necessary.
◆ If the compressor is switched off (e.g. in "Econ" mode), the maximum duration of the "automatic recirculated
air mode" is limited by -E87 to approx. 15 s to stop windows misting up.
◆ -E87 prevents air recirculation mode being implemented in "defrost" mode so as to clear misted windows
as quickly as possible.
◆ The air-quality sensor -G238 requires approx. 30 s after switching on of ignition before it becomes operative
(warm-up time). During this period, sensor down not request -E87 to implement "automatic air recirculation".
◆ The air-quality sensor -G238 is a highly sensitive electronic component which may be destroyed by direct
contact with solvents, fuels and certain chemical compounds. Sensors which have come into contact with
such substances are therefore not to be fitted.
18.2 - Checking air quality sensor -G238
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

◆ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 with the diagnostic cable VAS 5051/1

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Test gas D 007 855 A2
Test requirements:
• Vehicle standing in a clean environment (not in vicinity of running engines, extractor system outlets, etc.).
• Engine compartment and plenum chamber are clean (not fouled by oil or fuel).
• Engine compartment and plenum chamber not sprayed with cleaning agents or preservatives containing
solvents
Checking
- Connect the vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 to the vehicle's 16-pin diagnostic
connector using diagnostic cable VAS 5051/1, with the ignition switched off => Page 6 .
- Start the engine.

- Interrogate fault memory => Page 13 .
- Set the operating mode "Auto" on the operating and display unit -E87.
- -> Press button for "automatic recirculated air" -A- (LED in button -A- lights up).
- Wait 30 seconds (air-quality sensor warm-up time).
-> Display on V.A.S 5051:

- Select function "08 - Reading measured value block".
- Remove plenum chamber cover.
18.2 - Checking air quality sensor -G238 145

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The request to enter a display group is read out in display zone -1-.
◆ An input keyboard is displayed in display zone -2-.
- Enter the desired display group number "015" in display zone -2- using the input keyboard (=>Overview of
the display group numbers to be selected Page 69 ).
- Confirm entry with Q key.
- Read the displays in display zone "1" and "2".
Note:
The operating status of the fresh/recirculated air flap is displayed in display zone "1" and the status of the air
quality sensor signal in display zone "2". Explanatory notes on possible displays =>Page 91 .
- Specification in display zone "1":
00 or 0
("Recirculated air mode" not requested, air conditioner in fresh air mode)
or
- Specification in display zone "1":

60
("Partial recirculated air mode", the fresh/recirculated air flap is set so that about 1/3 of the air is drawn
from the passenger compartment)
- -> Position spray head -A- of test gas bottle over air inlet of air-quality sensor -B-.
- Press spray button -C- on test gas bottle for 1 sec.
Notes:
◆ The test gas bottle is filled with pure oxygen containing a specific percentage of nitrogen oxide.
◆ The sensor will also react to cigarette smoke or cigarette lighter fuel gas (gas is heavier than air, therefore
remove and rotate the sensor).
- Read display in display zone "1".
- Specification:
10
("automatic recirculated air mode" requested, request is met, air conditioner switches to recirculated air
mode)
Wait for a short while (approx. 1 minute, depending oncopyright.
Protected by the amount ofprivate
Copying for testorgas sprayed
commercial on inthe
purposes, partsensor).
or in whole, is not
Read display in display zone "1". permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
- Specification:
00 or 0
or
- Specification:
60

Audi A6 1998 ➤
(Partial recirculated air mode)
Note:
To prevent excessive switching of the air recirculation/fresh-air flap,a sensor request for "automatic air recir‐
culation mode" is maintained for at least 25 s (minimum dwell time) even if the pollutant concentration of the
air has decreased in the meantime to such an extent that air recirculation mode is no longer necessary.
- Actuate switch for windscreen wash/wipe system until windscreen washer pump -V5 has delivered fluid for
approx. 2 s.
- Specification:
30
("Recirculated air mode" requested because windscreen washer system has been operated, air condi‐
tioner switches to recirculated air mode for approx. 15 sec.).
- Wait a short while.
- Specification:
00 or 0
or
- Specification:
60
(Partial recirculated air mode)
Notes:
◆ Depending on composition of windscreen cleaning fluid, sensor may register air pollution and request "au‐
tomatic air recirculation".
◆ If there is no changeover to recirculated air mode on the windscreen wash/wipe system switch being actu‐
ated, check the function of the automatic intermittent wash/wipe system relay -J31 ("windscreen washing"
data are transmitted directly to the -E87 via a dedicated wire) => Page 96 (Reading measured value block
display group 017).
Note:
If the air-quality sensor functions properly in this test despite customer complaint having been received, proceed
as follows:
- Check for contamination of dust and pollen filter.

- Connect fault reader and select function "08 Read measured value block".
- A second operator is required to note readings with the vehicle moving.

- Note safety instructions => Page 6 .
- Enter display group number "015".
- First, drive the vehicle into an area with a relatively clean atmosphere (system operates in fresh air mode).
- Then drive into a polluted area (e.g. uphill road with lorry traffic).
- Read the displays in display zone "1" and "2". The display in zones "1" and "2" must change e.g. on driving
through a cloud of diesel exhaust fumes
Meaning:
=>Reading measured value block display group 015 (=>Overview of display group numbers to be selected
Page 69 ).
- Also note text on Pages 144 .
18.2 - Checking air quality sensor -G238 147

Audi A6 1998 ➤
19 - Checking drive data bus

19.1 - Checking drive data bus
Notes:
◆ The operating and display unit -E87 is only connected to the drive data bus in vehicles from model year
2002
but gradually in model year 2002
=> Parts List
19.2 - Function of bus systems
Bus:
"Bus" is used to describe a system that transports and distributes data.
In the Audi A6 data are transmitted between the various control units via the drive data bus.
CAN:
Controller Area Network refers to a bus system employing two lines known as bus lines. These bus lines are
used for serial transmission of data, i.e. data is sent to each of the connected control units in turn.
The control units communicate by means of the bus system, i.e. they exchange data via the drive data bus.
=> Self-study Programme no. 186
◆ Drive data bus
- Operates at a transmission speed of 500k baud (500000 data units per second).
- Only operates if data can be transmitted on both wires (safety circuit).
- The following control units are, for example, connected

- Control unit in dash panel insert -J285
- Air conditioner operating and display unit -E87.
- The relevant engine control unit (only if it is designed for data exchange using the drive data bus).
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Injection and Ignition System; Repair group 01
- Other control units connected to the drive data bus
Notes:
◆ "CAN bus" is used to describe a system that transports and distributes data.
◆ Various control units are connected to the drive data bus, depending on the vehicle equipment.
◆ Data are transmitted in the drive data bus simultaneously via the signal wires "CAN-Hi" and "CAN-Lo" (two-
wire bus system). Depending on the design of the bus system, these wires take the form of twisted pairs to
keep interference from other systems as low as possible, they may also be screened from the other wires.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The wires between the control units that are used to transfer the data are known as signal wires.
◆ The items of data are transferred serially, is in turn, via these signal wires to the connected control units.
The data cannot be checked with the means available to a workshop.
◆ Data is both transmitted at regular intervals by the various control units and expected in the form of mes‐
sages. The interval between two messages transmitted by a control unit is governed by the priority rating
of the data transmitted and amounts to between 0.01 and 0.2 seconds.
◆ If a connected control unit does not receive information within a specified period or if the data messages
received cannot be evaluated, a fault is stored in the fault memory.
◆ If a control unit cannot supply information requested (or only certain items of information) due to a component
fault, a fault message requesting fault memory readout in this control unit, is transmitted with the data mes‐
sage
Example:
The control unit in the dash panel insert -J285 is not able to output a coolant temperature, i.e. not transmit the
measured value in its data message, due to a fault in the coolant temperature sender.
The control unit in the dash panel insert stores this fault and inserts a fault message in its data message instead
of the measured value.
On evaluating the message, the operating and display unit -E87 detects the fault message and stores the
following information in the fault memory "control unit in dash panel insert; read out fault memory".
◆ The convenience functions data bus (not present in the Audi A6)
- Operates at a transmission speed of 100k baud (100000 data units per second)
- Operates even if one of the two wires has failed, but in emergency running mode (e.g. because of an open
circuit).
19.3 - Checking drive data bus
Notes:
◆ If the connector has been detached from a control unit connected to the convenience functions data bus
and the ignition is switched on, this may result in a fault entry in the other control units connected to the bus
system. The sameProtected
applies by if, for example,
copyright. the power
Copying for private supply
or commercial is interrupted
purposes, byispulling
in part or in whole, not a fuse.
◆ The control unit in the dash
permitted panel
unless insert
authorised -J285
by AUDI is the
AG. AUDI AG decisive control
does not guarantee unit any
or accept in the
liabilitydrive data bus. The control
units in this vehicle that are connected
with respect to ofthe
to the correctness drive data
information bus areCopyright
in this document. entered in itAG.
by AUDI by adaption (depending on the
equipment).
◆ The current flow diagrams can be used to establish the number of control units connected to the drive data
bus.
Locating the possible fault cause
Notes:
The following fault locations and fault types are present for the drive data bus:
◆ Drive data bus
- Defective:
No data can be transmitted via the bus system
No data can be transmitted on one or both of the bus data wires (CAN-Hi or CAN-Lo)
- Read out fault memory:
19.2 - Function of bus systems 149

Audi A6 1998 ➤
The control unit in the dash panel insert -J285 cannot transmit a datum due to a fault in a control unit which
transmits its data on the drive data bus (Interrogate the fault memory of the control unit in the dash panel
insert).
- Missing messages (time-out for several control units):
No data were received from one or more control units within the specified time interval.
◆ Control unit in dash panel insert -J285
- No communication
No data were received from control unit -J285
- Read out fault memory:
Control unit -J285 cannot transmit a datum due to a fault on an upstream component.
Locating fault in drive data bus
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 to the
vehicle's 16-pin diagnostic connector using diagnostic cable VAS 5051/1, with the ignition switched off =>
Page 6 .
- Switch the ignition on.

- Select function "00 - Interrogating fault memory - Total system"
-> Display on V.A.S 5051: Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
All address words stored in the VAS 5051withare now
respect transmitted
to the in succession
correctness of information via the
in this document. signal
Copyright wireAG.to the
by AUDI vehicle
◆ Display zone -1- reads out which address word is currently being transmitted by the VAS 5051.
◆ The control units that have replied are displayed in zone -2-. The number and type of the faults stored in
this control unit are also displayed.
- Wait until "Function completed" appears in display zone -1-.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ If a different or additional fault has been stored in a control unit with which the other control units cannot
exchange data, this must be rectified before checking the data bus wiring system.
◆ If there is a fault in a control unit, problems may be encountered with the exchange of data with other control
units even though this fault does not directly affect the data bus system.
◆ Check the part no. together with the corresponding index of the control unit with which communication is
not possible.
=> Parts List
The fault(s) on the drive data bus will only be displayed by the air conditioner operating and display unit -E87:
- Check the encoding of the -E87 => Page 52

- Check signal wires to -E87 for open circuit or line impedance
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 Ohm
Note:
Pay particular attention to possibility of loose contacts in wiring and connectors.
Fault is located in -E87 if no error can be found.
Fault(s) on the drive data bus is(are) also displayed in another control unit:
- Check signal wires and corresponding screening between the various control units connected to the drive
data bus for open circuit or line impedance.
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 Ohm
- Check signal wires and corresponding screening between the various control units connected to the drive
data bus for mutual short circuit or short to earth/positive.
Notes:
◆ Pay particular attention to possibility of loose contacts in wiring and connectors.

◆ If this error is not indicated for all control units connected, the problem may be an open circuit at a connection
point in the wiring.
If no fault is found, but this fault is displayed for all control units connected to drive data bus, there is a fault in
one of the connected control units.
- Check the version, the encoding and the entered adaption of the control unit in the dash panel insert -J285.
=> PartsProtected
List by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
=> Electrical System;
with respect to theRepair group
correctness 01 in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
of information
- Check the version and the encoding of the other control units connected to the drive data bus.
=> Parts List
19.3 - Checking drive data bus 151

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Unplug all control units except the control unit in the dash panel insert and e.g. the operating and display
unit -E87 from the drive data bus.
- Erase the fault memory of the control unit in the dash panel insert and the -E87.
- Interrogate the fault memory of the control unit in the dash panel insert and the -E87.
If this fault in the drive data bus is then no longer displayed, the fault is to be found in one of the disconnected
control units.
- Re-connect the various control units in turn.

- Interrogate fault memory following connection of each control unit
- Replace the control unit after the installation of which the error is displayed again.
If the fault in the drive data bus continues to be displayed, a fault is present in the control unit in the dash panel
insert or in the -E87.
- Disconnect the -E87 and connect a different control unit (e.g. the relevant engine control unit).
- Erase the fault memory of the control unit in the dash panel insert and in the engine control unit.
- Interrogate fault memory of the control unit in the dash panel insert again.
Note:
Disconnecting the operating and display unit -E87 and connecting a different control unit enables the defective
control unit to be located.
- Replace the defective control unit

Audi A6 1998 ➤
87 - Air conditioning
1 - Safety precautions when working on vehicles with air conditioners and when
handling refrigerant
1.1 - Safety precautions when working on vehicles with air conditioners and when handling
refrigerant
The assemblies and pipes in the air conditioner are filled with refrigerant
1.1.1.2 Tetrafluorethane (CF3-CH2F or CH2F-CF3)
This refrigerant is currently known in Germany by the trade names R134a, H-FKW 134a, SUVA 134a and KLEA
134a (other trade names may be used in other countries).
Safety precautions
The following precautions should be observed with this refrigerant in Germany (additional regulations may be
applicable in other countries).
If it is necessary to open the refrigerant circuit during repair work, first drain the refrigerant circuit (=> Page
153 ), making sure to avoid all contact with liquid refrigerant or refrigerant vapours. If, despite the observance
of the safety precautions, refrigerant should escape, the refrigerant/air mixture must not be inhaled.
For this reason, always switch on the extractor systems, and protect hands with gloves and eyes with safety
goggles.
Reason:
The intensive action of refrigerants will cause frostbite on unprotected parts of the body.
Important:
If, despite observance of all the security precautions, refrigerant should come into contact with other parts of
the body, they should also be thoroughly rinsed immediately for at least 15 minutes in cold water.
Although refrigerants do not represent a fire hazard, smoking, welding, soldering and brazing are not permitted
in areas exposed to refrigerant.
Reason:
The high temperature of awith
naked
respect flame or hot of
to the correctness objects causes
information refrigerant
in this document. gas
chemical decompo‐
Copyright to undergo
by AUDI AG.
sition. The inhalation of the toxic decomposition products results in dry coughing and nausea.
Draining the refrigerant circuit
Refrigerant must not be allowed to escape into the environment, it should be extracted from the refrigerant
circuit by means of a suction unit or service station. The extracted refrigerant is then reprocessed on site or
returned to the manufacturer for environmentally friendly disposal (in other countries, different or additional
regulations may apply). For this reason, the vehicle should be handed over to an air conditioning servicing
centre (these workshops have the relevant equipment and tools).
refrigerant 153
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Reason:
Escaped refrigerant R134a in the earth's atmosphere aggravates the greenhouse effect.
Notes:
◆ The greenhouse effect of refrigerant R134a is much less than that of refrigerant R12.
◆ The refrigerant R134a does not affect the ozone layer in the earth's atmosphere (R134a is an H-FC with no
chlorine atoms). The depletion of the ozone in the upper atmosphere is only caused by the splitting of carbon-
chlorine bonds (as is the case, for example, with the refrigerant R12).
After draining the air conditioner, disconnect the voltage supply to the magnetic clutch -N25 or the regulating
valve -N280. Depending on the vehicle version, remove the connector from the air conditioner pressure switch
-F129/high-pressure sender -G65 or unplug the connector at the compressor (to the -N25/-N280).
Reason:
Disconnecting the voltage supply ensures that the compressor cannot be switched on by mistake via the mag‐
netic clutch -N25 while the refrigerant circuit is empty.
The regulating valve -N280 is no longer actuated and the compressor is idling. This compressor is designed
so that during idling the compressor's components are lubricated via an internal oil circuit (until there is sufficient
refrigerant in the compressor).
Working on the refrigerantwith
circuit
Work on the refrigerant circuit must only be performed in well ventilated rooms. Care should be taken to ensure
that there are no inspection pits, shafts or cellar entrances within a radius of 5 metres. Switch on the extraction
systems.
Reason:
Escaping refrigerant is not only colourless and odourless, but also heavier than air and therefore displaces
oxygen. If, despite the observance of all the safety precautions, refrigerant gas is emitted, there may be a
negligible risk of asphyxiation in poorly ventilated rooms and workshop pits.
Note:
The mixture of gas and air which forms when refrigerant gas escapes must not be inhaled; it must be extracted
using suitable extraction systems (workshop extractor).
Welding, brazing and soldering must not be performed on parts of the filled air conditioner. The same applies
to welding and soldering work on the vehicle if there is a risk that parts of the air conditioner could become
warm.
Reason:
The application of heat creates a severe build-up of pressure in the system which could cause it to burst.
Remedy:
Drain the refrigerant circuit (=>Page 153 ).
Note:
Damaged or leaking parts of the air conditioner may not be repaired by welding or soldering; they should be
renewed instead.
During repair work on the air conditioner, all open components and pipe connections in the air conditioner
should be re-sealed immediately.
154 87 - Air conditioning

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Reason:
Air conditioner components left open for a lengthy period present a risk of moisture penetration. Air conditioners
which have been left open for a lengthy period cannot, therefore, be re-filled without replacing parts of the
system.
Painting work on vehicles with air conditioner
When carrying out paintwork repairs, ensure that the vehicle is not exposed to temperatures of more than 80
°C in the drying ovens or their preheating zones.
Reason:
The application of heat creates a severe build-up of pressure in the system which could cause it to burst.
2 - Notes on general repairs

2.1 - Notes on general repairs
Only if required by the relevant safety precautions

(=> Page 153 ).
The air conditioner refrigerant circuit must remain closed during all other normal repair operations.
Repair work which can be performed on the heater and air conditioner without opening the refrigerant circuit
are described in this workshop manual from page 155 onwards.
Note:
The connections for the switches and senders described in this workshop manual are fitted with a valve which
closes automatically when the switches/senders are unscrewed. These switches/senders may therefore be
replaced with a full refrigerant circuit in any VW and Audi workshop.
Repair work on the air conditioner that requires the refrigerant circuit to be drained and hence cannot be per‐
formed in every VW/Audi workshop, is described from page 286 onwards (vehicles should be sent to a
specialist air conditioner workshop for the refrigerant circuit to be drained).
Repair work on the air conditioner involving the refrigerant circuit can only be performed in a specialist air
conditioner workshop.
Note:
Specialist air conditioner workshops have the requisite equipment, tools and information material for performing
repair work on the refrigerant circuit.
3 - Repairing refrigerant circuit

3.1 - Repairing refrigerant circuit
◆ All parts/operations marked 1) may be repaired, renewed or performed in any workshop (work which does
not affect the refrigerant circuit).
◆ All parts of the refrigerant circuit not marked with 1) and all refrigerant hoses and pipes may only be repaired
or renewed in a specialist air conditioner workshop.
◆ When installing the refrigerant pipes and the associated bracket, ensure that there is sufficient clearance
between the belt, bracket and pulley.
refrigerant 155
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Only compressors with magnetic clutch -N25 were installed until model year 2001. Depending on the engine
version, from model year 2002 a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 or regulating valve -N280 will be
installed=>Pages 12 and
=> Parts List
◆ Repairing refrigerant circuit => Page 286 .
3.2 - Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
HD = High-pressure side
ND = Low-pressure side
1 Compressor
◆ Removing and installing compressor bracket 1)
- 4 cyl. engine =>Page 170 .
- 6 cyl. petrol engine =>Page 175 .
- 6 cyl. diesel engine

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Engine, Mechanical Components; Repair group 13
◆ Detaching/attaching "Zexel" compressor from/to bracket1)

◆ Detaching/attaching "Denso" compressor from/to bracket1)

- 6 cyl. diesel engine =>Page 177 .
- 6 cyl. petrol engine =>Page 175 .
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt 1)
- 6 cyl. diesel engine =>Page 177 .
- 6 cyl. petrol engine
- 8 cyl. engine
3.2 - Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 157

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Up to the end of Model Year 1998, vehicles with 4-cyl. engines were only fitted with "Zexel" compressors;
as of Model Year 1999, either "Zexel" or "Denso" compressors are fitted, depending on the engine version.
=> Parts List
◆ Vehicles with 6 or 8-cyl. engines feature "Denso" compressors.

◆ Mark direction of ribbed belt before removing - reversing the direction of rotation can destroy the belt.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
2 Air conditioner magnetic clutch -N25

◆ Repairing magnetic clutch. 1)
- "Zexel" compressor => Page 181 .
- "Denso" compressor =>Page 186 .
◆ Checking and adjusting gap width between pulley and clutch plate of magnetic clutch 1).
3 Oil drain plug
4 Pressure relief valve
5 Connection with valve

Audi A6 1998 ➤
6 Air conditioner pressure switch -F129/high-pressure sender -G65

◆ Function, removing and installing pressure switch -F129 => Page 167 1).
◆ Removing and installing high-pressure sender -G65 => Page 167 1)
◆ High-pressure sender -G65, checking signal => Page 124 1)
Notes:
◆ Pressure switch -F129 was installed in vehicles up to model year 2001.

◆ A high-pressure sender -G65 is installed in vehicles from model year 2002.
7 Condenser
8 Union in the refrigerant pipe

Audi A6 1998 ➤
9 Sealing cap 1)
◆ With seal, must always be fitted.
10 Service connection
◆ High-pressure side.
11 Restrictor
◆ Fitted in union, -8-
12 Evaporator
◆ Low-pressure side
14 Sealing cap 1)
15 Reservoir

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3.3 - Vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
1 Regulating valve for air conditioner compressor -N280

◆ Check actuation and function => Page 128 1)
2 Compressor
◆ Detaching/re-attaching compressor from/to bracket => Page 191 1)
◆ When installing the refrigerant pipes and the associated bracket, ensure that there is sufficient spacing
between the belt, bracket and belt pulley.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The design of the compressor differs depending on the engine (attached on the right or left of the engine,
6 cyl. diesel or petrol engine)
=> Parts List
3 Compressor drive unit pulley

◆ Replace pulley =>Page 195 .
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt 1)
◆ Ribbed belt assignment
=> Parts List
◆ Checking, replacing compressor drive unit => Page 201
Notes:
◆ A rubber section is fitted between the pulley and the drive shaft of the compressor to protect the belt if the
compressor becomes jammed or stiff. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
3.3 - Vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 163

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ A rubber section is fitted between the motor and the compressor to protect the gearwheel drive if the com‐
pressor becomes jammed or stiff.
◆ The rubber section interrupts power transmission to the compressor if the compressor is sticking.
◆ Vibrations occurring during operation of the compressor are dissipated by the rubber section (damper func‐
tion in the event of torque fluctuations).
4 Oil drain plug


Audi A6 1998 ➤
7 Air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65 1)

◆ Removing and installing
=>Page 167
◆ Checking signal
=>Page 124
8 Condenser
9 Cap
◆ With seal
◆ Must be fitted
◆ High-pressure
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. side
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
◆ toFor
with respect specialist
the correctness air conditioner
of information workshop
in this document. forAUDI
Copyright by measuring,
AG. draining and filling
3.3 - Vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 165

Audi A6 1998 ➤
12 Restrictor
◆ Fitted in union, -11-
13 Evaporator
◆ For specialist air conditioner workshops, for measuring and draining
15 Cap
◆ With seal
◆ Must be fitted
16 Reservoir

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3.4 - Removing and installing air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65
- Remove the front bumper:

=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair
permitted group
unless 50;byBody
authorised front;
AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
- -> Detach connector -B-.

- Remove high-pressure sender -G65 -C-
Tightening torque: 5 Nm.
- Replace O-ring seal -A- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm) =>Page 169 .
Notes:
◆ The illustration shows the high-pressure sender -G65 on a condenser for vehicles with a 2.0l or 3.0l petrol
engine, with other condensers the high-pressure sender is attached on the right -G65 =>Page 167 .
◆ The refrigeration capacity cannot be checked if sender -G65 is removed. The operating and display unit -
E87 does not switch on the compressor.
◆ The refrigerant circuit remains closed - connection with valve.
◆ Checking function of high-pressure sender -G65 and the signal emitted =>Page 127 .
3.5 - Air conditioner pressure switch -F129
Functions
◆ -> The low/high pressure switch (switch between contacts 1 and 2) deactivates the compressor in the event
of a vacuum or overpressure in the refrigerant circuit (via the operating and display unit -E87).
- Switching pressures (positivepressure in bar):

- Switch open (compressor off):
Low pressure switch (opens at 1.2 bar and closes at 1.8 bar).
High pressure switch (opens at 30 bar and closes at 14.5 bar).
- Switch closed (compressor on):
3.4 - Removing and installing air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65 167
Audi A6 1998 ➤
between 1.2 (1.8) bar and 30 (14.5) bar.
◆ The high pressure switch (between contacts 3 and 4) switches radiator fan -V7 to speed 2.
- Switching pressures (positivepressure in bar):

- Fan (speed 2) on (switch closes) at 16 bar.
- Fan (speed 2) off (switch opens) at 12.5 bar.
Removing and installing
- Remove the front bumper
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front
- -> Detach connector.

- Remove pressure switch -B-.
Tightening torque: 5 Nm.
- Replace O-ring seal -A- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm) =>Page 169 .
Notes:
- -> Jumper contacts 1 and 2 of connector -B- in order to check refrigeration capacity with switch removed.
- The refrigerant circuit remains closed - connection with valve.
Checking function:
- Start engine
- Compressor switched on (set "Auto" mode on the operating and display unit).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Compressor is driven:
- -> Detach
Protected connector
by copyright. -B-private
Copying for from switch. purposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
- Compressor
permitted stops by
unless authorised (low
AUDIpressure
AG. AUDI AGswitch open). or accept any liability
does not guarantee
- Remove switch -A- and connect connector -B-.
- Compressor is not switched on (low pressure switch open).

- Compressor is not driven:
- Detach connector -B- from switch -A- and jumper contacts 1 and 2 at connector -B- => compressor is
switched on.
Notes:
◆ If the compressor is switched on when jumpered, either the refrigerant circuit pressure is too low (refrigerant
circuit empty) or the switch is defective.
◆ To check the pressures in the refrigerant circuit, vehicle must be taken to a specialist air conditioner work‐
shop.
◆ If the compressor is not switched on and the switch -F129 is displayed as a compressor shutoff criterion in
the measured value block, locate and rectify the open circuit in the wiring between the switch -F129 and the
-E87 =>Page 100 .
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 the high-pressure sender -G65 is installed instead of the pressure switch
-F129 =>Page 167 .
3.6 - O-ring seals for refrigerant circuit

◆ Only use once and then replace.
◆ Coat with refrigerant oil before use.
◆ Ensure that they are positioned correctly on the pipe or in the groove.
◆ Take care to avoid dirt.
Notes:
◆ -> Only install O-ring seals which are resistant to refrigerant R134a and the associated refrigerant oil. These
O-ring seals are colour-coded to prevent confusion (currently "red", "lilac" or "violet"):
3.5 - Air conditioner pressure switch -F129 169

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List
◆ In addition to the coloured O-ring seals, black O-rings are also used in production for certain connections.
◆ Dimensions -a- and -b- vary depending on the fitting location of the O-ring seal.
=> Parts List
4 - Removing and installing compressor bracket (4 cyl. engine, compressor with

magnetic clutch -N25)
4.1 - Removing and installing compressor bracket (4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic
clutch -N25)
Notes:
◆ "Zexel" compressors were only fitted up to the Model Year 1998

◆ From model year 1999, either "Zexel" or "Denso" compressors were fitted, depending on the engine version.
=> Parts List
◆ Depending on the engine version, from model year 2002 either "Zexel" or "Denso" compressors with mag‐
netic clutch -N25 or compressor regulating valve -N280 will be fitted.
=> Parts List

Audi A6 1998 ➤
4.2 - Detaching/attaching "Zexel" compressor from/to bracket
- Remove noise insulation and move front end to service position .
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50
- Remove ribbed belt

=>Page 173 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ After removing compressor, secure to chassis longitudinal member with wire or similar - do not leave com‐
pressor hanging from the refrigerant pipes.
◆ Do not drain the refrigerant circuit - do not remove refrigerant hoses from compressor.
4.2 - Detaching/attaching "Zexel" compressor from/to bracket 171

Audi A6 1998 ➤
1 Hexagon bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ Tightening torque 25 Nm
2 Washer
3 Bracket for refrigerant hoses.
◆ First attach to the clip of the refrigerant hoses
4 Combi bolt
5 Combi bolt

Audi A6 1998 ➤
6 Compressor bracket
◆ Check that the locating sleeve for the compressor is seated correctly
7 Tensioning roller
◆ For ribbed belt
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt=>Page 173
8 Hexagon socket-head bolt
9 Compressor with air-conditioner magnetic clutch
◆ The illustration shows the version with a "Zexel" compressor; for detaching/attaching a "Denso" com‐
pressor from/to bracket, =>Page 178
4.3 - Removing and installing air conditioner compressor ribbed belt (4 cyl. engine,
compressor with magnetic clutch -N25)
Removing
- Move lock carrier to service position.
4.2 - Detaching/attaching "Zexel" compressor from/to bracket 173

Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front; Lock carrier service position
- Mark running direction of ribbed belt.
Note:
Reversing the running direction of the belt could destroy it.
- -> Slacken off bolts -A-
Installing
- Fit ribbed belt and check correct positioning.

- Apply torque wrench as shown and tension ribbed belt to 25 Nm by turning torque wrench in direction of
arrow.
- With ribbed belt tensioned, tighten bolts -A- to 20 Nm.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 - Removing and installing compressor bracket (6 cyl. engine, compressor with

clutch -N25)
- Remove ribbed belt and oil filter.
=> Relevant Engine Workshop Manual, Mechanical Components; Repair group 13
Notes:
◆ Before detaching, mark direction of ribbed belt as reversing the direction of rotation can destroy the belt.
clutch -N25) 175

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Do not drain the refrigerant circuit - do not remove refrigerant hoses from compressor.
◆ To prevent damage, cover sealing surface between engine and oil cooler before detaching compressor.
=> Parts List
1 Compressor bracket
2 Hexagon socket-head bolt with washer Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ Tightening torque 25 Nm. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
3 Compressor with air-conditioner magnetic clutch ("Denso")
4 Washer
5 Hexagon bolt
◆ Tightening torque 25 Nm.
6 Locating sleeve

Audi A6 1998 ➤
6 - Detaching/attaching compressor from/to bracket (6 cyl. diesel engine,

compressor with magnetic clutch -N25)
6.1 - Detaching/attaching compressor from/to bracket (6 cyl. diesel engine, compressor with
6.2 - Removing and installing ribbed belt for compressor

- Remove viscous fan
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Engine, Mechanical Components; Repair group 19
- Remove "engine " noise encapsulation
- -> Slacken off bolts -A-
Notes:
◆ Before detaching, mark direction of ribbed belt -B- as reversing the direction of rotation can destroy the belt.
◆ When fitting belt, ensure maximum possible clearance between belt and bracket for refrigerant pipes at
torque reaction support. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- -> Apply torque wrench -C- as shown and pre-tension ribbed belt to 7 Nm by turning in direction of arrow
(use 8 mm Allen key).
- Tighten bolt -A- (tightening torque
6.1 - Detaching/attaching compressor from/to bracket (6 cyl. diesel engine, compressor
with magnetic clutch -N25) 177

Audi A6 1998 ➤
25 Nm).
6.3 - Detaching/ attaching compressor.

- Remove ribbed belt for compressor=>Page 177 .
- -> Remove bolts -A- (tightening torque

25 Nm).
Notes:
◆ When installing compressor, ensure the two locating sleeves -B- are properly positioned.
7 - Removing and attaching Denso compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 from/
to bracket
7.1 - Removing and attaching Denso compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 from/to bracket
7.2 - 4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Notes:
◆ Detaching/attaching compressor bracket from/to engine =>Page 170 .

◆ "Zexel" compressors were only fitted up to the Model Year 1998
◆ Do not drain refrigerant circuit, compressor can be detached without opening refrigerant pipes.
◆ As of Model Year 1999, either "Zexel" or "Denso" compressors are fitted, depending on the engine version.
=> Parts List
- Slacken off the ribbed belt:

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Screw out the bolts -A- (25 Nm).
Notes:
◆ Do not loosen refrigerant pipes and bracket -C-

◆ Fit a washer -B- where no bracket -C- is attached.
◆ Fit ribbed belt=>Page 173
7.3 - 8 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
Notes:
◆ Detaching/attaching compressor bracket from engine in a vehicle with an engine without turbocharger.
=> Relevant Workshop ManualEngine, Mechanical Components; Repair group 13
◆ For vehicles with an 8 cyl turbo-engine, the refrigerant circuit must be drained to remove the compressor
and then the two refrigerant pipes have to be removed from the compressor =>Page 311
◆ Only drain the refrigerant circuit in a vehicle with a turbo-engine, in a vehicle with an engine without turbo‐
charger the compressor can be removed without opening the refrigerant pipes.
Removing
- Slacken off the ribbed belt:
7.2 - 4 cyl. engine, compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 179

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Screw out the bolts - A- and -B-.
Notes:
◆ On this vehicle, the high pressure line is connected to the left side of the condenser and attention is therefore
to be paid to the following in a vehicle with an engine without turbocharger:
- After detaching compressor, secure it to the left longitudinal member, do not leave compressor hanging
from the refrigerant pipes.
- To remove engine, attach compressor, together with condenser to the right longitudinal member after
removing lock carrier.
◆ In vehicles with a turbo-engine, ensure that the removed refrigerant pipes are sealed to prevent the ingress
of dirt and moisture.
Installing
- -> When installing compressor, observe correct positioning of locating sleeves -C-.
- Tighten the bolts Protected
-A- and by -B- to 25
copyright. Nm.for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Copying

Audi A6 1998 ➤
8 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Zexel" compressor)

8.1 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Zexel" compressor)
Notes:
◆ To repair air-conditioner magnetic clutch, remove compressor from bracket (refrigerant circuit not open).
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt=>Page 173
1 Bolt
◆ Unfastening and tightening =>Fig. 1
2 Detach clutch plate
◆ Pulling off =>Fig. 2
8.1 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Zexel" compressor) 181

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Spacers
◆ To adjust gap between clutch disc and pulley.
◆ Gap dimension:
0.3 to 0.6 mm
◆ Checking gap width =>Fig. 6
4 Circlip
◆ Renew
◆ Install on correct side (flat side facing compressor).
◆ Ensure correct seating in groove.
5 Belt pulley
◆ Pulling off =>Fig. 3
◆ Installing =>Fig. 4
6 Circlip
◆ Renew

Audi A6 1998 ➤
7 Solenoid
◆ Installing =>Fig. 5
8 Felt ring
◆ Renew
9 Bolt
10 Compressor (Zexel)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
-> Fig.:1 Loosening and tightening hexagon bolt

- Tightening torque 15 Nm.
Note:
Use commercially available two-hole pin wrench -A- with 4 mm pin diameter.
-> Fig.:2 Detaching clutch plate

- Counterhold with commercially available two-hole pin wrench -A-.
-> Fig.:3 Detaching pulley

- Remove felt ring.
- Fit V.A.G 1719/1.
- Insert two-arm puller -B- at shoulder -A- and detach the belt pulley.
Note:
Ensure proper seating of puller at shoulder -A- to prevent damage to belt pulley when detaching it.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
-> Fig.:4 Installing pulley
- Clean the contact surface.

- Fit belt pulley using punch and plastic-headed hammer.
-> Fig.:5 Installing solenoid
- Install lug -A- in recess.
-> Fig.:6 Checking the gap width Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- Gap dimension:
0.3 to 0.6 mm.
Note:
The gap width must be within the tolerance over the entire periphery.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
9 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Denso" compressor)

9.1 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Denso" compressor)
◆ Do not open refrigerant circuit to repair air-conditioner magnetic clutch (detach compressor from bracket).
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt.

- 6 and 8-cyl. petrol engine
- 6 cyl. diesel engine =>Page 177
◆ Mark the direction of rotation before removing the ribbed belt.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
1 Bolt
◆ Tightening torque 15 Nm.
◆ Unfastening and tightening =>Fig. 1 .
2 Detach clutch plate
◆ Detaching =>Fig. 2 .
3 Spacers
◆ To adjust gap between clutch disc and pulley.
◆ Gap dimension:
0.4 to 0.6 mm.
◆ Checking and adjusting gap width => Fig. 4
4 Circlip
◆ Renew
9.1 - Repairing air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 ("Denso" compressor) 187

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Belt pulley
Note:
If belt pulley has seized up, detach it using, for example, a two or three-arm puller while taking care not to
damage the pulley.
6 Circlip
◆ Renew
7 Solenoid
◆ Installing => Fig. 3

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ An overheating fuse is installed in the solenoid. The overheating fuse interrupts the solenoid as soon as the
air conditioner magnetic clutch becomes too hot (e.g. due to a stiff compressor).
◆ The familiar protective diode -J201 has already been integrated in this solenoid (reduces the voltage peaks
which may occur when the air conditioner magnetic clutch is disengaged).
8 Bolt
9 Compressor ("Denso")

Audi A6 1998 ➤
-> Fig.:1 Loosening and tightening hexagon bolt.

- Tightening torque 15 Nm.
Note:
Use commercially available strap wrench -A- (with fabric strap) to provide support at the clutch plate.
-> Fig.:2 Detaching clutch plate.

- Lever off carefully with screwdrivers.
Note:
Use a two-arm or three-arm puller if the clutch plate is seized.
-> Fig.:3 Installing solenoid.

- Install lug -A- in recess -B-.
-> Fig.:4 Checking and adjusting gap width

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Use depth gauge -C- to measure dimension "1" between belt pulley and clutch plate at three locations.
- Apply 12 V to the solenoid (positive at one-way connector -A-, earth at compressor housing -B-).
- Use depth gauge -C- to measure dimension "2" between belt pulley and clutch plate.
- -> Gap width (difference between dimension "1" and "2"):

0.4 to 0.6 mm.
Notes:
◆ The gap width must be within the tolerance over the entire periphery.
◆ The gap width can also be measured with the compressor installed.
◆ If the gap width is not within the permissible range, remove the clutch disc and set the gap width by removing
or inserting spacers.
10 - Detaching/attaching compressor with regulating valve -N280 to/from

bracket
10.1 - Detaching/attaching compressor with regulating valve -N280 to/from bracket
10.2 - Vehicles with 4 or 6 cyl engine (compressor drive via a belt)
Notes:
◆ The compressor can be removed/re-attached from/to the bracket without opening the refrigerant circuit.
◆ Do not drain the refrigerant circuit, do not detach the refrigerant hoses and lines at the compressor.
◆ After removal, secure the compressor with a wire, for example, to the side member. Do not leave compressor
hanging from the refrigerant pipes.
◆ Mark the direction of rotation with chalk or felt pen before removing the ribbed belt. If the belt runs in the
opposite direction when it is refitted, this can cause breakage.
◆ Different compressors are installed depending on the engine and the country version (right or left of engine,
6 cyl. petrol or diesel engine, hot or cold country).
=> Parts List

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Detaching/re-attaching a compressor installed on the right of the engine from/to the bracket
Notes:
◆ On a 1.9l diesel engine, for example, the compressor is installed on the right of the engine.
◆ -> Do not slacken the refrigerant pipes or clip -D-.
- Remove the noise insulation.
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front; Noise insulation -assembly overview Body
front Noise insulation -assembly overview
- Move lock carrier to the service position.
- Ease the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it.

- Unscrew the bolts -A- (25 Nm).
◆ Fit washers -B- on bolts -A-.

◆ Before attaching the compressor check the fit of the two sockets -C- in the bracket or in the compressor.
◆ -> After attaching the compressor, check the routing of the refrigerant pipes -A-, they must be inserted in
the brackets -B- provided for this purpose.
◆ After attaching the compressor, also check that there is adequate clearance between the refrigerant pipes
and associated brackets, and other components.
Detaching/re-attaching a compressor installed on the left of the engine from/to the bracket
Notes:
◆ On a 2.0 l petrol engine, for example, the compressor is installed on the left of the engine.
◆ Do not slacken the refrigerant pipes and the associated clip.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The illustration shows the compressor for a 4 cyl. petrol engine. The lay-out for other engine versions differs
only slightly from the illustration (e.g. different refrigerant pipes).
◆ In vehicles with a 6 cyl. diesel engine the compressor is driven by the engine via a dedicated belt => Page
177 . To remove this belt the torque reaction support must be removed (otherwise the belt will be damaged
during removal from the engine pulley).
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front; Lock carrier service position Body front Lock
carrier service position
- Remove oil filter. Protect the sealing surfaces from damage (only in vehicles with 6 cyl. petrol engine):
- Ease the tension on the ribbed belt/the air conditioner compressor ribbed belt (for 6 cyl. diesel engine=>Page
177 ) and remove it.
- -> Screw out the bolts -A- (25 Nm).
Notes:
◆ Fit washers -B- on bolts -A-.
◆ Before attaching the compressor check the fit of the two sockets -C- in the bracket or in the compressor.
◆ -> After attaching the compressor, check the routing of the refrigerant pipes -A-, they must be inserted in
the brackets -B- provided for this purpose.
10.2 - Vehicles with 4 or 6 cyl engine (compressor drive via a belt) 193
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ After attaching the compressor also check that there is adequate clearance between the refrigerant pipes
and associated brackets, and other components. For vehicles with 6 cyl. engine also check that there is
adequate clearance between belt, brackets and pulley.
10.3 - Audi allroad with an 8 cyl engine (compressor drive via a drive shaft)
Notes:
◆ -> The compressor is driven via a gear and a drive shaft -B-.
◆ Detaching/attaching compressor bracket from/to engine
◆ For vehicles with an 8 cyl engine, the refrigerant circuit must be drained to remove the compressor and then
the two refrigerant pipes have to be removed from the compressor =>Page 311 and
◆ Detaching/re-attaching compressor from/to bracket =>Page 313

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11 - Replacing compressor pulley/drive unit (compressor without magnetic

clutch)
11.1 - Replacing compressor pulley/drive unit (compressor without magnetic clutch)
11.2 - Replacing pulley
Notes:
◆ Different pulley versions are installed depending on the compressor design and the engine version
=> Parts List
◆ Detaching/re-attaching pulley from/to compressor=> Page 198
11.1 - Replacing compressor pulley/drive unit (compressor without magnetic clutch)
195
Audi A6 1998 ➤
1 Bolt
◆ Replace
◆ Loosening and tightening => Page 198
2 Drive plate
◆ Different versions
=> Parts List
◆ Removing and installing => Page 198

◆ Separates if encountering a torque that is too high (if the compressor is difficult to rotate).
3 Circlip
◆ Replace

Audi A6 1998 ➤
4 Belt pulley
◆ The rubber section separates if encountering a torque that is too high (e.g. if the compressor is difficult
to rotate) and the pulley runs free without driving the compressor.
◆ Different versions
=>Protected
Parts by List
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note:
Under certain conditions (e.g. engine running unevenly) the rubber section on the pulley may release without
a fault being present in the compressor or refrigerant circuit.
11.2 - Replacing pulley 197

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Compressor
◆ Different versions are installed depending on the engine version and the country version of the vehicle.
=> Parts List
◆ Clean the compressor flange before sliding the pulley into place.
11.3 - Detaching and re-attaching pulley from/to compressor
Notes:
◆ If the pulley overload protection has been triggered, check the compressor for ease of movement before
replacing the pulley. If the compressor is difficult to rotate, replace it as a complete unit.
◆ The pulley overload protection function is described e.g. in the self-study programme Audi A2 Technology
Number 240.
◆ Depending on the engine version it may be necessary to loosen the compressor from the engine in order
to remove the pulley bolt => from Page 191 .
◆ The compressor can be removed/re-attached from/to the bracket without opening the refrigerant circuit.
◆ Mark the direction of rotation with chalk or felt pen before removing the ribbed belt. If the belt runs in the
opposite direction when it is refitted, this can cause breakage.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Different compressors are installed depending on the engine and the country version (right or left of engine,
6 cyl. petrol or diesel engine, hot or cold country).
=> Parts List
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front; Noise insulation -assembly overview
- Ease the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it.
=> Engine, Mechanical Components; Repair group 13
- -> Unscrew the bolts -A- (tightening torque 20 Nm).
Notes:
◆ Should it be impossible to remove the pulley with the compressor installed, loosen the compressor from the
engine => from Page 191
◆ To loosen or tighten the bolt -A- counterhold using a commercially available 2 hole pin wrench -C- (pin
diameter 5.0 mm) on the drive plate -B-.
◆ The bolt -A- must be removed (due to thread-locking compound).
- -> Use 2 screwdrivers -B- to carefully and evenly lever off the drive plate -A-.
Notes:
◆ When levering off the drive plate -A- ensure that the pulley collar -C- is not damaged.
◆ Pulley -C- and drive plate -A- is available in different versions, therefore ensure the precise allocation.
=> Parts List
11.3 - Detaching and re-attaching pulley from/to compressor 199

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Remove the circlip -A-.

- Detach the pulley -B-.
Notes:
◆ Replace the circlip -A-.

◆ When installing the circlip -A- ensure that this is not bent open further than necessary to install it.
◆ Insert circlip -A- with the correct side, the side with the insertion bevel faces away from the compressor
(install flush side towards compressor).
◆ -> Ensure that circlip is properly seated in the compressor flange groove.
◆ Clean the compressor flange before installing the pulley bolt, the pulley must attach easily. (Attachment
must be possible without excessive force).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11.4 - Checking, replacing compressor drive unit
Notes:
If the drive plate overload protection has been triggered, check the compressor for ease of movement before
replacing the drive unit. If the compressor is difficult to rotate, replace it as a complete unit.
1 Compressor drive shaft

◆ Check; the drive shaft must sit in the engine input gear splines without play with the bolted connection
tightened => Page 206
◆ Loosening and tightening => Page 204
11.4 - Checking, replacing compressor drive unit 201

Audi A6 1998 ➤

◆ Grease splines for the engine input gear with clutch spline grease G 000 100
=> Parts List
2 Hexagon socket-head bolt

3 Drive plate
◆ With overload protection, releases if encountering a torque that is too high (e.g. if the compressor is
difficult to rotate) and the drive shaft runs free without driving the compressor.
◆ Checking and adjusting concentricity => Page 207

Audi A6 1998 ➤
4 Drive plate
◆ Bolted to the compressor drive shaft
5 Rubber element
◆ Uncouples theauthorised
permitted unless drive unit, dampens
by AUDI AG. AUDI AG vibrations and ornoises.
does not guarantee accept any liability
◆ Lightly
with coat
respectthe
to therubber sections
correctness forininstallation,
of information e.g. with
this document. Copyright tyre
by AUDI AG.fitting paste (as lubricant).

6 Spacer
◆ Dim. 17.5 x 10 x 3 mm
11.4 - Checking, replacing compressor drive unit 203

Audi A6 1998 ➤
7 Circlip with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ Replace
8 Drive plate
◆ With roller bearing.
◆ Clean the compressor flange before sliding the drive plate into place.
9 Compressor
◆ Different versions can be installed depending on the engine version and the country version of the vehicle.
=> Parts List
11.5 - Loosening and tightening compressor drive shaft

- Detach the engine with the support bar 10-222A (so that the left engine mount can be removed)
- Remove the engine dipstick

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Completely remove the left engine mount (engine console, engine mount and engine support).
carrier service position Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Release drive shaft with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
- -> Securely hold the compressor drive shaft -A- with an open-end spanner and turn the compressor drive
unit -B- in direction of arrow -C-
Notes:
◆ -> The drive shaft -A- must not be rotated.

◆ The drive shaft -A- can be pushed through the grommet -E- in the input gear after releasing the bolted
connection.
◆ After assembly of the drive shaft -A-, check installation position of grommet -E-
Tightening drive shaft
- Securely hold the compressor drive shaft -A- with an open-end spanner and turn the compressor drive unit
-B- in direction of arrow -D- (tightening torque 60 Nm).
- After tightening the compressor drive shaft, check installation position of grommet -E-
11.5 - Loosening and tightening compressor drive shaft 205

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11.6 - Removing and installing compressor drive shaft
Removing
- Remove compressor => Page 313
- -> Remove the grommet -A-
- Pull the drive shaft -B- out of the splines of the drive gear -C-
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order; note the following:
- Check the drive shaft -B-, the splines must not display any signs of wear and they must be seated without
play in the splines of the input gear -C-.
- Coat the splines of the drive shaft -B- with clutch spline grease G 000 100 before inserting.
- -> Insert the drive shaft -B- before installing the compressor and push this into the input gear -C- to the stop.
- After assembly of the compressor, check installation position of grommet -A-
11.7 - Detaching/attaching drive plate with overload protection

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Detaching
- -> Remove the bolts -A-
Note:
Use commercially available strap wrench (with fabric strap) to provide support at the drive plate -C-.
Attaching
- Place the drive plate with overload protection -B- onto the drive plate -C-.
- Insert the bolts -A- and tighten by hand.
- Check the concentricity of the drive plate -B- => Page 207 .
- Tighten bolts -A- (tightening torque 8 Nm).
- Check the concentricity of the drive plate -B- again => Page 207 .
11.8 - Checking and adjusting concentricity of drive plate with overload protection

- -> Clean the flange at the drive plate -A-
- Attach a dial gauge -B- with a dial gauge bracket -C- (e.g. bracket special tool 387) to the compressor.
- Place the probe of the dial gauge -D- on the flange of the drive plate -A- at a pretension of approx. 1.0 mm.
- Turn the drive unit -E- of the compressor a number of revolutions.
Specification:
The out-of-round is less than 0.21 mm (deflection of dial gauge, difference between the smallest and the largest
measured value is maximum 0.2 mm)
- If the out-of-round is larger than 0.2 mm, release the bolts at the drive plate => Page 206 and adjust the
drive plate again.
11.9 - Detaching and reattaching drive plate from/to compressor
- Remove the drive plate with overload protection => Page 206 .
11.7 - Detaching/attaching drive plate with overload protection 207

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Detaching
- -> Release the drive plate -C- by turning with a commercially available strap wrench (with fabric strap) in
direction of arrow -D-, counterhold the compressor shaft -A- with a counterhold -B- (e.g. socket T10001/10
from the key set or special tool 3079) at the compressor shaft -A-.
Attaching
- -> Lightly coat the rubber sections -B- for installation, e.g. with tyre fitting paste (as lubricant).
- Insert the rubber sections -B- into the drive plate -A- as shown in the illustration.
- Insert the drive plate -A- with the rubber sections -B- into the drive plate -C-, as shown in the illustration,
until they touch the compressor shaft.
- -> Bolt the drive plate -C- onto the compressor shaft -A- by turning in direction of arrow -E-.
- Tighten the drive plate -C- 20 Nm by turning with a commercially available strap wrench (with fabric strap)
in direction of arrow -E-, counterhold the compressor shaft -A- with a counterhold -B- (e.g. socket T10001/10
from the key set) at the compressor shaft -A-.
11.10 - Removing and installing drive plate with roller bearings

- Remove the drive plate from the compressor => Page 207
- -> Remove the circlip -A-.

- Detach the drive plate -B-.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Replace the circlip -A-.
◆ Clean the compressor flange before sliding the drive plate into place.
◆ When installing the circlip -A- ensure that this is not bent open further than necessary to install it.
◆ Insert circlip -A- with the correct side, the side with the insertion bevel faces away from the compressor
(install flush side towards compressor).
12 - Components for the control and regulation of the air conditioner (in the
engine compartment)
12.1 - Components for the control and regulation of the air conditioner (in the engine
compartment)
Notes:
◆ After completing repair work, always interrogate and erase fault memory, perform basic setting, and check
the encoding of -E87.
◆ To drain the refrigerant circuit, vehicle must be taken to a specialist air conditioner workshop.
◆ Check refrigeration capacity =>Page 276 .
◆ Servicing the refrigerant circuit =>Page 155 .
11.10 - Removing and installing drive plate with roller bearings 209
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ All components marked with * are actuated during the final control diagnosis => Page 35 .
◆ Note the different codes for operating and display unit -E87 => Page 52 .
◆ An electrical check can be performed on all components marked with ** =>Page 100 .
1 Vent frame for forced air extraction

◆ The sealing lips on the vent frame must be able to move freely and close by themselves (Checking
=>Page 227 ).
Note:
In order for the vehicle interior ventilation to work properly, the air ducts which run through the luggage com‐
partment trim and lead to the two vent frames (under the bumper on the left and right) must be unobstructed.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
2 Compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25)
Important:
The compressor may be removed only if the refrigerant circuit is empty.
Notes:
◆ The procedure for work on the compressor, removing and installing ribbed belt, detaching and re-attaching
compressor from/to bracket, removing and installing compressor bracket, differs according to the type of
engine and the design of the compressor. See servicing refrigerant circuit Page 170 onwards and
◆ The compressor is installed on the right or left of the engine depending on the engine type
compartment) 211
Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List
3 Air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 *
Note:
Only compressors with magnetic clutch -N25 were installed until model year 2001. Depending on the engine
=> Parts List

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Servicing magnetic clutch -N25.

◆ Checking and adjusting gap width between pulley and clutch plate of magnetic clutch.
compartment) 213
Audi A6 1998 ➤
4 Condenser
Important:
The Protected
condenser mayCopying
by copyright. be removed only
for private or if thepurposes,
commercial refrigerant circuit
in part or in whole,isis empty.
not
5 Ambient temperature sensor -G17**
◆ Removing and installing:
- Unclip sensor from mount in bumper.
- Remove bumper (only for a -G17 in which the connector is not directly on the -G17).
- Detach connector.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
6 Air conditioner pressure switch -F129**/high-pressure sender -G65 **

◆ Function, removing and installing pressure switch -F129 => Page 167
◆ Function, removing and installing high-pressure sender -G65
=>Page 167
◆ The measured value of high-pressure sender -G65 is displayed in the function "Reading measured value
block" of operating and display unit -E87 => Page 127
◆ Fitting location in all vehicles except 2.0l and 3.0l petrol engine
Notes:
◆ Up to model year 2001 pressure switch -F129 was installed, in vehicles from model year 2002 the high-
pressure
Protected bysender -G65 is
copyright. Copying for installed instead
private or commercial of pressure
purposes, in part or inswitch -F129 (different version of the -E87).
whole, is not
compartment) 215
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Pressure switch -F129/high-pressure sender -G65 may also be attached on the left of the condenser, de‐
pending on the condenser version.
7 Reservoir
Important:
The reservoir may be removed only if the refrigerant circuit is empty.
8 Condensation drainage valve

◆ Checking, removing and installing =>Page 226 .
9 Restrictor
◆ Installed in the refrigerant pipe
Important:
The union is only to be opened if the refrigerant circuit is empty.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ High-pressure side
◆ For specialist air conditioner workshops, for measuring, draining and filling.
Note:
Always screw on cap with seal.
◆ For specialist air conditioner workshops, for measuring and draining.
Note:
Always screw on cap with seal.
12 Dust and pollen filter:

◆ Removing and installing => Page 228 .
compartment) 217
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Observe change intervals
=> Maintenance Manual
◆ Different versions (with or without activated charcoal filter layer => Page 228 )
13 Air flow flap

◆ Removing and installing positioning motor -V71* (with potentiometer -G113) =>Page 252 .
◆ In vehicles up to model year 2001 positioning motor -V71 not only moves the air flow flap, but also the
fresh/recirculated air flap (air flow flap is closed in recirculated air mode).
◆ For vehicles with right-hand drive note the information on the relevant display groups in the function
"Reading measured value block" =>Page 57

Audi A6 1998 ➤
14 Fresh/recirculated air flap

◆ In vehicles up to model year 2001 moved together with the air flow flap by positioning motor -V71.
◆ From model year 2002 the fresh/recirculated air flap is moved by positioning motor -V113 =>Page 82
display groups "008" and "009" in the function "Reading measured value block"
compartment) 219
Audi A6 1998 ➤
15 Sunroof with solar cells

◆ Testing operation => Page 140
16 Air quality sensor -G238

◆ Function => Page 144
◆ Checking => Page 144
=>Page 229
Note:
The air quality sensor -G238 is installed in vehicles from model year 2002 (change in design of the -E87)
17 Radiator fan control unit -J293*

◆ Only installed in vehicles from model year 2002 with a 2.0l or 3.0l petrol engine

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ The type of actuation of the radiator fan depends on the model year of the vehicle and the engine version
◆ The type of actuation of the radiator fan in vehicles from model year 2002 => Page 89 (Reading measured
value block, display group 014)
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Ignition and Injection System; Repair group 01
=> Parts List
compartment) 221
Audi A6 1998 ➤
18 Air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65

◆ Function, removing and installing
=>Page 167
◆ The measured value of the sender is displayed in the function "Reading measured value block" of op‐
erating and display unit -E87 => Page 127
◆ Fitting location in vehicles with 2.0l and 3.0l petrol engine
Note:
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 the high-pressure sender -G65 is installed instead of the pressure switch
-F129 (change in design of the -E87).
◆ High-pressure sender -G65 may also be attached on the right of the condenser, depending on the condenser
version.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
19 Compressor (with regulating valve -N280)

Important:
The compressor may be removed only if the refrigerant circuit is empty.
Notes:
◆ The procedure for work on the compressor, removing and installing ribbed belt, detaching and re-attaching
compressor from/to bracket, removing and
Protected by installing
copyright. Copyingcompressor bracket,
for private or commercial differs
purposes, in partaccording to the type of
or in whole, is not
engine and the design of the compressor. See servicing refrigerant circuit Page 170 onwards
and
compartment) 223
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The compressor is installed on the right or left of the engine depending on the engine type
installed=>Page 12 and
=> Parts List

Audi A6 1998 ➤
20 Regulating valve for air conditioner compressor -N280 *

◆ Check actuation and function => Page 128
Note:
Only compressors with magnetic clutch -N25 were installed until model year 2001. Depending on the engine
version, from model year 2002 a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 or regulating valve -N280 will be in‐
stalled=> Page 12 and
=> Parts List
compartment) 225
Audi A6 1998 ➤
12.2 - Checking condensation drain, removing and installing valve
- -> Condensation drain valve -A- must not be gummed up and must close; the drainage aperture must be
positioned at bottom.
Notes:
◆ Remove condensation drain downwards out of floor panel -B-.

◆ When fitted, condensation drain valve must not make contact with heat shield.
◆ The condensation drain valve must not be gummed up with wax or underseal.
◆ When installing, ensure correct position in floor panel -B-.
◆ -> Drain funnel -A- is screwed to the floor panel with bolts -B-; it must not impair the function of the drain
valve.
◆ In the event of complaints about moisture in passenger compartment, check and, if necessary, clean con‐
densation drain valve. Also check the function of the two vent frames for forced air extraction in the boot
=>Page 227 .
◆ -> Foam seal -A- must make snug contact with drain funnel.
◆ The drain funnel and the foam seal can only be replaced with the air-conditioner removed (removing and
installing air-conditioner =>Page 324 ). Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The condensation drain is provided with a spout -B- to prevent the condensation at the drain running back
into the foam seal.
◆ -> If spout has broken off, fit grommet -A- (part no. 8D0 860 155) as shown and seal off from drain pipe
using silicone adhesive sealant.
◆ In the event of moisture in passenger compartment:
- Check passenger compartment forced air extraction (via luggage compartment) => Page 227 .
- In vehicles as of model year 2002, check the signal for detecting windscreen wiper operation at the -E87
=>Reading measured value block, display group "017" Page 96
- Check the dust and pollen filter for dirt and the corresponding cover for correct installation => Page 228
- Check the various positioning motors and the appropriate levers, pay particular attention to the position of
positioning motors -V71 and -V113 and the associated flaps.
- In vehicles as of model year 2002 and a compressor with a regulating valve for compressor -N280, check
the measured value of the evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 => Page 276 .
- In vehicles without evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 check the vent temperature of the air from
the evaporator e.g. using the footwell vent temperature sender -G192 with the setting:
"Temperature Lo" for driver and passenger side, 4 or 5 bars for the fresh air blower speed, air outlet in the
footwell and fresh air mode under the operating conditions described by the customer. If the measured value
of the sender is too low (at an ambient temperature of 0 °C,colder than 0 °C for a longer period of time)
observe the instructions on checking the refrigeration capacity => Page 276
12.3 - Checking vent frame
- -> The sealing lips -B- in the vent frame Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
-A- must move freely and be able to close independently.
Notes:
◆ The illustrations show the vent frame after removal of the rear bumper.
◆ The vehicle is fitted with two vent frames (left and right) for forced air extraction.
12.2 - Checking condensation drain, removing and installing valve 227

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ In order for the vehicle interior ventilation to work properly, the air ducts which run through the luggage
compartment trim must be unobstructed.
◆ -> Objects placed in the left and right luggage compartment storage compartments may interfere with the
forced air extraction function. This should be checked if problems are reported.
◆ Obstructions in the vent frame -A- may cause the windows to mist up.
12.4 - Removing and installing dust and pollen filter

- -> Release catches on tab -A- and fold back the tab.
- Remove the dust and pollen filterbyelement
Protected from its
copyright. Copying housing.
◆ To prevent water from entering the dust and pollen filter or the intake duct, ensure that the plenum chamber
cover and cowl panel trim are fitted correctly.
◆ The dust and pollen filter element should be renewed at regular intervals.
=> Maintenance Manual

◆ The dust and pollen filter element must be fitted the right way round in frame -C-. Arrows -B- indicate the
direction of air flow.
◆ With additional activated charcoal insert (combined filter).
◆ Different versions of the dust and pollen filter (with or without activated charcoal filter layer) and associated
housing in vehicles up to and from October 1998 (different dimensions).
=> Parts List
12.5 - Dust and pollen filter with activated charcoal filter layer
With the introduction of the air quality sensor -G238 (=> Page 144 ) only a dust and pollen filter with an
additional activated charcoal filter layer is installed in vehicles fitted with this sensor.
The filter with ACF layer continues to function as a dust and pollen filter, but it is also designed to filter out
gaseous pollutants such as ozone, benzene and nitrogen dioxide from the air through-flow.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
The purpose of the charcoal is to absorb the gaseous pollutants in the air flow until the fresh-air flap is closed
and the air conditioner operates in air recirculation mode. Switching from fresh-air to air recirculation mode
is effected by the operating and display unit as soon as the air-quality sensor detects gaseous pollutants in
the ambient air ("automatic air recirculation" function must have been selected).
The charcoal layer in the dust and pollen filter has a different effect on the various pollutants in the air:
- Certain pollutants are bonded in the charcoal layer
- Others are converted into harmless compounds in the manner of a catalytic converter
- In all other ways, the activated charcoal acts like a condenser. As the loading increases, pollutants are ab‐
sorbed until a certain saturation level is reached. If the pollutant proportion decreases, the activated charcoal
layer continuously emits the absorbed particles again.
As the charcoal layer permanently bonds some of the pollutant particles, it is appropriate to renew the dust
and pollen filter sooner than prescribed under the following usage conditions:
- If vehicle is driven in areas with high level of air pollution
- If vehicle is mainly driven with "automatic air recirculation" function deactivated
- In the case of vehicles with no air-quality sensor and thus no "automatic air recirculation" function.
On vehicles with air-quality sensor, the air conditioner should be operated as far as is possible in "automatic
air recirculation" mode. Observe the following should it nevertheless become necessary to deactivate the
function or if deactivation is desired:
- The activated charcoal layer in the dust and pollen filter becomes saturated after a certain length of time.
- A saturated filter can no longer absorb pollutants, which then pass through unhindered
The main purpose of a dust and pollen filter and the air-quality sensor is to prevent peak loads entering the
passenger compartment. The following must, however, be heeded:
- If a vehicle is driven in an area with a relatively clean environment (with few gaseous pollutants in the air),
the point at which switching from fresh to recirculated air mode takes place is different to that in areas with
a high basic loading level (e.g. industrial estates).
- Irrespective of the basic loading level, switching from fresh to recirculated air mode always takes place if
there is an increase in pollutant loading (e.g. on driving through a cloud of exhaust fumes emitted by
a truck with diesel engine).
The charcoal filter can be fitted on any vehicle (including those with no air-quality sensor). Such vehicles
are however subject to the same restrictions as those encountered when operating the air conditioner with
the "automatic air recirculation" function deactivated.
12.6 - Removing and installing air-quality sensor -G238
12.5 - Dust and pollen filter with activated charcoal filter layer 229
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ -> The air quality sensor -G238 is a highly sensitive electronic component which may be destroyed by direct
contact with solvents, fuels and certain chemical compounds (contamination may, for example, enter around
area -A-).
◆ Never install sensors which have been stored in tool boxes or the like.
◆ If a sensor is removed, never leave it in an area where it could come into contact with solvents, fuels or
certain chemical compounds (liquids or vapours).
Removing and installing.
- -> Detach connector -A- from sensor.

- Release the catch -B- and push the sensor -C- downwards.
Contact assignment in connector -A-

1- Positive (terminal "15")

2- Negative (terminal "31")
3- Signal line to operating and display unit -E87 (square-wave signal cannot be measured)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13 - Components for air conditioner control and regulation (in the passenger
compartment)
13.1 - Components for air conditioner control and regulation (in the passenger compartment)
Notes:
◆ After completing repair work, always interrogate and erase fault memory, perform basic setting, and check
the -E87 encoding.
◆ Check refrigeration capacity =>Page 276 .
◆ Servicing the refrigerant circuit => Page 155 .
◆ All components marked with * are actuated during the final control diagnosis =>Page 35 .
◆ An electrical check can be performed on all components marked with ** =>Page 100 .
13.1 - Components for air conditioner control and regulation (in the passenger
compartment) 231
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Rear "centre " vent and air ducts in air-conditioner and vehicle interior =>Page 269 .
◆ Removing and installing dash panel fascia.
1 Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158 *

◆ With potentiometer -G220
◆ Removing and installing =>Page 250 .
2 Footwell vent temperature sender -G192 **

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Heater element for additional heater -Z35 *

heater is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater => Page 42 and.

◆ Checking function of additional electric heater =>Page 142 .
4 Heat exchanger
compartment) 233
Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Kickdown switch
◆ Depending on the vehicle speed at the time and desired acceleration, air-conditioner magnetic clutch
can be activated by engine control unit =>Page 57 (Reading measured value block).
6 Connector for fault reader V.A.G 1551
◆ Connect V.A.G 1551 and check air conditioner =>Page 6 .
7 Vent temperature sender, left -G150 **
8 Dash panel vent, left

Audi A6 1998 ➤
9 Defroster vent for left side window

10 Ambient temperature indicator
-G106*
◆ The ambient temperature determined can be displayed ontothe
with respect -E87 in of
the correctness °Cinformation
or °F according to the
in this document. respective
Copyright by AUDI AG.
setting.
Note:
In the event of a faulty display, check values measured by temperature sensor => Page 57 (Reading measured
value block).
11 Windscreen defroster vent

12 Sunlight penetration photo sensor -G107**
compartment) 235
Audi A6 1998 ➤
13 Operating and display unit -E87.

◆ Different versions depending on whether vehicle has seat heating
◆ Different versions depending on whether vehicle has radio navigation system
◆ Different versions in vehicles with air conditioner version "1", "2" and "3" => Page 243 .
◆ Different versions in vehicles up to model year 2001 and from model year 2002.
Note:
The display zone and operating controls are illuminated via LED's.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
14 Dash panel temperature sensor -G56/temperature sensor blower -V42

◆ Installed in operating and display unit -E87, cannot be renewed separately.
15 Air conditioner with evaporator
◆ Different types => Page 265
◆ Dismantling and assembling =>Page 327 .
Important:
The air conditioner may be removed only if the refrigerant circuit is empty.
16 Footwell vent
◆ Can only be renewed if the air-conditioner has been removed.
compartment) 237
Audi A6 1998 ➤
17 Positioning motor for central flap -V70*

18 Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159 *
19 Defrost flap positioning motor
-V107*
◆ Different versions for air conditioner version "1" and from version "2" onwards.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
20 Fresh air blower -V2**

◆ Different versions for air conditioner version "1" and from version "2" onwards.
21 Vent temperature sender, right, -G151 **
◆ Removing and installing =>Page 248authorised
permitted unless . by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
22 Dash panel vent, right with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

23 Defroster vent for right side window
compartment) 239
Audi A6 1998 ➤
24 Fresh air intake temperature sensor -G89**

25 Air flow flap positioning motor -V71* (in vehicles up to model year 2001)/recirculated air flap positioning
motor -V113 (in vehicles from model year 2002 with right-hand drive)
◆ Actuates the air flow flap and fresh/recirculated air flap (vehicles with left-hand drive)
◆ Actuates the fresh/recirculated air flap (vehicles with right-hand drive)
◆ From model year 2002 the fresh/recirculated air flap is no longer actuated by positioning motor -V71 but
by positioning motor -V113 (only applies for vehicles with right-hand drive)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ With potentiometer -G113 (-G143)

26 Blower control unit -J126**

27 Condensation drain
◆ Checking =>Page 226 .
28 Centre dash panel vent
compartment) 241
Audi A6 1998 ➤
29 Sealing plug* (vehicles from model year 2002)

◆ Only installed in vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 (no sender -G263 installed, the
opening in the air conditioner is sealed with a sealing plug)
30 Evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 * (vehicles from model year 2002)
◆ Only installed in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280

Audi A6 1998 ➤
31 Recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 * (vehicles from model year 2002)
◆ Via recirculated air flap positioning motor potentiometer -G143
◆ Removing and installing in vehicles with left-hand drive => Page 254
◆ Removing and installing in vehicles with right-hand drive => Page 252 .
32 Air flow flap positioning motor -V71 * (vehicles from model year 2002)
◆ Only installed in vehicles with left-hand drive.
◆ No air flow regulation is provided in vehicles with right-hand drive.
◆ Via air-flow flap positioning motor potentiometer -G113
=>Page 253
13.2 - Removing and installing operating and display unit -E87
The set-up for the operating and display unit differs. When renewing, therefore, ensure that it is assigned
correctly => Page 1 and follow the instructions in the associated parts list.
=> Parts List
compartment) 243
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
- Vehicles with air-conditioner design "1" may only be fitted with operating and display units with part no. up
to and including index "G".
- Vehicles with air-conditioner design "2" may only be fitted with operating and display units with part no. from
index "H" onwards.
- Vehicles with the 8 cyl. engine are fitted exclusively with air conditioners from version "2" onwards.
◆ From model year 2002 operating and display units -E87 are installed that exchange data with other control
units installed in the vehicle via the drive data bus=> Page 1
◆ Prior to removal, interrogate -E87 fault memory.
◆ After replacing -E87, always:
- Check code and enter new code if necessary.
- Perform basic setting.
- Interrogate fault memory.
◆ The display on -E87 may be switched from °Cto °F and vice versa by pressing the "temperature + driver's
side" button with the "air-recirculation" button pressed.
◆ If the -E87 continues to functionwithafter the
respect ignition
to the has
correctness been switched
of information off, use
in this document. thebycurrent
Copyright AUDI AG. flow diagram to
check for a short circuit to positive in the wiring to connector -D- contact -1- (connection for auxiliary heater).
◆ If the two display zones are not illuminated when the ignition is switched on, repair the power supply, terminal
58d (dimmer) to -E87 using the current flow diagram =>Page 100 (Electrical check).
Removing and installing

◆ Vehicles with no radio navigation system
- Remove radio.

- Remove panel for dash panel centre section.

- -> Remove bolts -A-.
Note:
After removing the two lower bolts -A-, use screwdriver to tilt forward and remove the clips in front of the
operating and display unit fasteners.
- Remove operating and display unit -B-.
◆ Vehicles with radio navigation system

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Remove radio navigation system.
- -> Remove bolts -A-.

- Lift operating and display unit -B- slightly and remove in direction of arrow.
Note:
On these vehicles, operating and display unit is held in position on underside by retainer tabs -C- and clips -
D-.
◆ All vehicles:
- -> Press back connector catches -F- and unplug connectors -A- to -D-.
- Press back connector catches -G- and unplug connector -E- (for rear window heating).
Notes:
◆ The display zone and operating controls are illuminated via LED's (not replaceable).
◆ -> Various -E87 versions are available as replacement parts (depending on the vehicle equipment, e.g. with
and without opening for heated seat switches).
13.2 - Removing and installing operating and display unit -E87 245
Audi A6 1998 ➤
=> Parts List
◆ To remove heated seat switches, press back retainer tabs -A- and pull switches -B- to rear out of operating
and display unit -E87.
◆ If the dash panel temperature sensor -G56 produces a faulty measurement, check the intake grille on the
trim panel -must not be closed.
13.3 - Removing and installing blower control unit -J126
- Removing glove compartment.
- -> Detach connector -A-.

- Remove bolt -B-.
- Remove control unit -C- in direction of arrow.
13.4 - Removing and installing fresh air blower -V2
- -> Unplug connector -A-.

- RemoveProtected
bolts by-B-
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
- Removepermitted
fresh-air blower
unless -C-
authorised fromAG.air-conditioner
by AUDI in direction
AUDI AG does not guarantee or acceptof arrow.
any liability
Note:
The fan wheel of the fresh air blower installed in the air conditioner from version "2" onwards is approx. 10 mm
shorter than that in version "1".

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.5 - Removing and installing footwell vent temperature sender -G192
- Remove driver's storage compartment.

- Rotate sender -B- 90° and remove from distribution box.
13.6 - Removing and installing vent temperature sender, left -G150


- Turn sender -B- through 90° and pull out of air duct.
13.5 - Removing and installing footwell vent temperature sender -G192 247
Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.7 - Removing and installing vent temperature sender, right -G151

13.8 - Removing and installing evaporator vent temperature sender -G263
Notes:
◆ Sender -G263 is only installed in vehicles from model year 2002 with a compressor with regulating valve -
N280.
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 with a compressor with magnet clutch -N25 the opening in the air condi‐
tioner is sealed with a sealing plug.
- Remove the glove box

- Turn the sender -B- 90° and remove it from the air conditioner.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.9 - Removing and installing fresh air intake temperature sensor -G89

13.10 - Removing and installing sunlight penetration photo sensor -G107
- -> Carefully lever off cover -A-.

- Remove bolt -B-.
- Remove photosensor.
13.11 - Removing and installing defrost flap positioning motor -V107
13.9 - Removing and installing fresh air intake temperature sensor -G89 249
Audi A6 1998 ➤

- Remove bolts -B- (3x)
- Disengage actuating arm and take out positioning motor
Note:
The lever arm on the positioning motor fitted to the air conditioner from version "2" onwards is different from
that fitted on version "1".
- Remove bolts -C- (3x) and detach positioning motor -B- from bracket -D-.
Installation notes:
◆ Always perform self-diagnosis of air conditioner following installation (=> Page 6 ).

◆ When installing the positioning motor, ensure that the actuating arm is properly engaged.
◆ Fit the wiring harness so that it cannot come into contact with moving parts (e.g. the positioning motor lever)
13.12 - Removing and installing left temperature flap positioning motor -V158
- Remove the whole centre section of the dash panel and also the reinforcement bracket.
- -> Remove left dash panel support (unscrew bolt -A-, 2 bolts -B- and 2 bolts -C-).
- Detach wiring harness -D- from left dash panel support.

Audi A6 1998 ➤

- Carefully disengage coupling rod -C- with screwdriver -D- and take out positioning motor.
Installation notes:

◆ -> When installing the positioning motor,coupling rod -C- is correctly seated.
13.13 - Removing and installing right temperature flap positioning motor -V159

13.12 - Removing and installing left temperature flap positioning motor -V158 251
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Installation notes:

◆ Wen installing the positioning motor, ensure thatcoupling rod -C- is correctly seated.
13.14 - Removing and installing central flap positioning motor -V70


Installation notes:

◆ When installing the positioning motor, ensure thatcoupling rod -C- is correctly seated.
◆ When fitting the positioning motor, ensure that the locating pin on the actuating arm engages properly in the
cam plate.
13.15 - Removing and installing air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (vehicles up to model
year 2001) / recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from model year 2002
with right-hand drive)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ -> This positioning motor actuates the air flow flap and via the actuating arms -A- also the fresh/recirculated
air flap in vehicles with left-hand drive.
◆ No air flow flap is installed in vehicles with right-hand drive, in these vehicles up to model year 2001 the -
V71 actuates the fresh/recirculated air flap only.
◆ From model year 2002 the fresh/recirculated air flap is no longer actuated by positioning motor -V71 but by
positioning motor -V113. With the change to the operating and display unit -E87 and the introduction of a
second positioning motor on the intake housing (for vehicles with left-hand drive) the designation has been
changed.
- Disengage actuating arm and take out positioning motor
- Remove bolts -C- (3x) and detach positioning motor -B- from bracket.
Installation notes:

◆ When installing positioning motor, check guide pins -D- and -E- for correct positioning in actuating arms -F-
and -G-.
13.16 - Removing and installing air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (vehicles from model
year 2002)
Notes:
◆ -> This positioning motor is only installed in vehicles with left-hand drive.
13.15 - Removing and installing air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (vehicles up to model
year 2001) / recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from model year 2002
with right-hand drive) 253

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Vehicles with right-hand drive are not fitted with an air flow flap.

- Unplug connector -A-.
- Disengage connecting rod -C- from actuating arm -D- and remove positioning motor.
Installation notes:
◆ When fitting the positioning motor, check that the connecting rod -C- is seated properly in the actuating arm
-D-.
13.17 - Removing and installing recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from
model year 2002)
Note:
-> This positioning motor actuates the fresh/recirculated air flap. In vehicles with right-hand drive => Page
252 .

- Removing air flow flap positioning motor => Page 253 (only in vehicles with left-hand drive).
- Unplug connector -A-.
- Remove bolt -B-.
Note:
To remove the bolt -B- if necessary grip the bolt from underneath over the area of the recirculated air intake.
- Remove bolts -C-
- Take out positioning motor

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Installation notes:

◆ -> When installing the positioning motor check that the guide pins -D- are seated correctly in the lever -E.
13.18 - Making an auxiliary tool for dismantling the dash panel vents
- -> Bend wire (diameter 3 mm) as shown in illustration.

- Dimension x = 12 mm
- Use a hammer to flatten the angled piece to a width of y = 2 mm.
13.19 - Removing and installing centre dash-panel vents
- Remove trim strip for dash panel
Note:
-> The dash panel vent -1- is secured in the dash panel with spring clips -4-.
- Open the vents -2-.
13.17 - Removing and installing recirculated air flap positioning motor -V113 (vehicles from
model year 2002) 255

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Insert auxiliary tool -A- in dash panel vent and turn to disengage the catches.
- Use screwdriver -B- to prevent the retainers from engaging again.
Note:
If it is not possible to disengage the lower retainers from the front:
- -> Disengage lower catch with screwdriver -C-.
- -> Take vent out of dash panel from the front. If necessary, use a screwdriver -3-.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.20 - Removing and installing left dash panel vent
- -> Insert auxiliary tool -A- in dash panel vent and turn to disengage the upper catches.
- Use screwdriver -B- to prevent the upper retainers from engaging again.
- Disengage lower retainer -C- with screwdriver.
- Take vent out of dash panel from the front.
13.21 - Removing and installing windscreen defroster vent
- Remove dash panel
with respect to thefascia.
correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
- -> Remove self-tapping nuts -A- and detach defroster vent -B- from dash panel fascia.
13.20 - Removing and installing left dash panel vent 257

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.22 - Removing and installing right dash panel vent
- Remove trim strip for dash panel
- -> Insert auxiliary tool -A- in dash panel vent and turn to disengage the upper catches.
- Use screwdriver -B- to prevent the upper retainers from engaging again.
- Disengage lower retainer -C- with screwdriver.
- Take vent out of dash panel from the front.
13.23 - Removing and installing left and right side window defroster vents
- -> Carefully lever out of dash panel with screwdriver -A-.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13.24 - Removing and installing heater element for additional heater -Z35
Note:
Only envisaged for vehicles with diesel engines; depending on vehicle equipment, an electric additional heater
is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater => Page 42 and.
- -> Remove left dash panel support (unscrew bolt -A-, 2 bolts -B- and 2 bolts -C-).
- Detach wiring harness -D- from left dash panel support.
- -> Unplug connectors -A-, -B- and -C-.
Notes:
◆ All air distributor
with respect housings
to the correctness supplied
of information asdocument.
in this replacement parts
Copyright by AUDI have
AG. an opening to accommodate the heater
element for the additional heater. On vehicles with no additional heater, this opening must be closed off with
a cover.
13.24 - Removing and installing heater element for additional heater -Z35 259
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Checking function of additional electric heater =>Page 142 .
- -> Remove bolts -A- and pull additional heater element -B- out of air conditioner.
Notes:
◆ The illustration shows the additional heater element after the heat exchanger has been removed.
◆ Insert additional heater element -B- in recesses -C- (only with rubber mountings -D- fitted onto pins -E-).
13.25 - Removing and installing heat exchanger

- Disconnect and remove battery.
Notes:
◆ If necessary, obtain radio code before disconnecting battery.

◆ In vehicles with electrically adjustable seats,permitted
moveunless
the seats
authorisedback asAG.
by AUDI farAUDI
as AG possible beforeordisconnecting
does not guarantee accept any liability
the battery. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ Vehicles built up to October 1998
- Remove the windscreen wiper complete.
- Remove grommet (in the opening of the plenum chamber cross panel).
- -> Loosen bolt -A- and unscrew it by 10mm or remove it completely.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ On vehicles built between October 1998 and December 1998
- -> Check whether grommet -A- is present in the opening of the plenum chamber cross panel.
- If grommet -A- is present, remove windscreen wiper complete.
- If grommet -A- is not present, remove dash panel fascia.
Notes:
◆ Up until October 1998, the central tube in the dash panel was secured to the body by means of a bolt (to
remove the bolt, the windscreen wiper must be removed).
◆ From October 1998, the fixture for attaching the central tube to the body was gradually changed; it is now
secured by means of a bracket and a bolt on the cross member under the dash panel fascia (to remove it,
the dash panel fascia must be removed).
◆ Vehicles built from January 1999
Notes:
◆ As of June 1999 differently produced mounting brackets were installed for brake and clutch pedal (introduced
gradually, firstly in vehicles with accelerator mechanism sender). In vehicles with these mounting brackets
the dash panel cross member no longer has to be unfastened to remove the heat exchanger.
◆ This modification was introduced at a later date for vehicles with right-hand drive.
Removing heat exchanger
- Reduce pressure in cooling system by opening the lock on the coolant expansion tank
- -> Releasewithand disconnect
respect both
to the correctness coolantinhoses
of information to heat
this document. exchanger
Copyright by AUDI AG. of air conditioner (e.g. using V.A.G 3094).
Notes:
◆ The coolant hoses must be refitted in the correct positions:

- Coolant hose -A-: supply hose from cylinder head
13.25 - Removing and installing heat exchanger 261

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Coolant hose -B-: return hose to water pump
◆ Bleeding coolant circuit with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
- -> Place a container under connection -B- and carefully blow out the coolant from the heat exchanger (using
compressed air) via connection -A-.
- Remove grommet -C-
- -> Remove bolt -A- and take off bracket -B-.

- Release clamps -C-.
- Pull heat exchanger -D- out of air-conditioner slightly.
- Pull the two coolant pipes -E- out of the heat exchanger.
- Removing heat exchanger
Notes:
◆ If the heat exchanger cannot be removed from the air conditioner (it is on the brake and clutch pedal mounting
bracket) the dash panel cross member must be detached from the vehicle.
◆ Always renew clamps -C- and O-rings -F-.
◆ Fit both clamps -C- as shown in the illustration, making sure that they are not in contact with the air-condi‐
tioner.
◆ Before installing the driver's storage compartment, check the cooling system for leaks
◆ Before installing the driver's storage compartment, ensure that the full throttle stop of the accelerator pedal
is fitted in the correct position.
◆ Bracket -B- is only present on version "1"; from version "2" onwards the cover holds the coolant pipes in
position.
◆ Detach dash panel cross member from vehicle

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
◆ The dash panel cross member only has to be detached in vehicles in which the heat exchanger cannot be
removed from the air conditioner (it is on the brake and clutch pedal mounting bracket).
- Remove dash panel fascia (not necessary for all vehicles, see notes).

- -> Remove bolt -A-.
- Remove dash panel centre section completely (not necessary for all vehicles, see notes)
=> Generalwith
Body
respectAssembly, Interior;
to the correctness Repair
of information in this group 70
document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
- -> Detach right dash panel brace from vehicle (by unscrewing 2 bolts -2-).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Unscrew bolts -A- (detach left dash panel brace from vehicle).
- Remove screws -B- and take off cover -C-
- -> Unscrew bolt -1- (detach pedal bracket from dash panel cross member).
- Push adjustable steering column in as far as it will go.
- Removing left dash panel cover.
- -> Unscrew bolts -2- far enough to allow the left side of the dash panel module to be pulled back about 10
mm.
- Detach the left side of the dash panel cross member from the body.
- Pull back the left side of the dash panel module far enough to allow the heat exchanger to be taken out of
the air-conditioner (past the pedal bracket) and secure the dash panel module in position to prevent it from
sliding back.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Installing heat exchanger

Installing the heat exchanger is carried out in reverse order of removal.
- Before fitting the driver's storage compartment, check the connection of the two coolant pipes to the heat
exchanger for leaks (fill coolant circuit, bleed and carry out hydraulic pressure test).
14 - Modifications to the air conditioner

14.1 - Modifications to the air conditioner
14.2 - Modifications introduced as of 06.1998
In the period from week 36 to week 44 of 1998, production was gradually switched from air-conditioner design
"1" to air-conditioner design "2". These designs have specific features that differ => Page 266
Notes:
◆ Vehicles with the 8 cyl. engine are fitted exclusively with air conditioners from version "2" onwards.
◆ If air-conditioner components or the operating and display unit are renewed, the instructions in the associ‐
ated Parts List must also be followed.
=> Parts List

The presence of the following vehicle components in the vehicle depends on which type of air-conditioner is
fitted.
◆ Operating and display unit -E87.
- Vehicles with air-conditioner design "1" may only be fitted with operating and display units with part no. up
to and including index "G".
- Only operating
with respectand
to thedisplay
correctnessunits with part
in this no. fromCopyright
indexby"H" onwards must be installed in version "2" air
of information document. AUDI AG.
conditioners.
◆ Intermediate piece for defrost duct
- An intermediate piece with two openings to the air-conditioner is installed on type "1" air-conditioners.
- An intermediate piece with one opening to the air conditioner is installed in air conditioners from version "2"
onwards.
◆ Defrost flap positioning motor -V107
- The lever arm on positioning motor -V107 is different for air conditioner version "1" and air conditioner
versions from "2" onwards.
◆ Fresh air blower -V2

- The fan wheel of the fresh air blower installed in the air conditioner from version "2" onwards is approx.
10 mm shorter than that in version "1".
Air conditioner types "1" and "2" have different designs for the following components
◆ Air distributor housing
- Housing
- Air is ducted to the intermediate piece for the defrost duct by means of two openings on version "1", from
version "2" onwards these are combined into one opening.
- Air distribution flaps in the air distributor housing
- Position of the three air distribution flaps with respect to the dash panel vents.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- From version "2" onwards, both outer flaps remain open slightly at the top when the centre flap is closed
(angle between the flaps is approx. 40 degrees), so that there is always air flowing to the left and right
dash panel vents.
- On design "1", all three flaps close completely.
- Evaporator
- From version "2" onwards, the evaporator is 32 mm narrower than on version "1" (58 instead of 90 mm).
- From version "2" onwards, the evaporator can no longer be removed from the air distributor housing (the
housing would have to be dismantled due to the modified attachment of the refrigerant pipes).
- Refrigerant pipes are adapted to the evaporator.
◆ Air duct with intake housing
- The air duct has been adapted to the modified fresh-air blower.
- The fan wheel of the fresh air blower installed in the air conditioner from version "2" onwards is approx.
- From version "2" onwards the air duct is narrower in the area downstream of the fresh air blower, than
it is in version "1".
14.3 - Distinguishing features of air-conditioner types "1" and "2"
Features that are visible when the air-conditioner is installed:
- Remove dust and pollen filter => Page 228
◆ -> Intake housing and fresh air blower in version "1"

- The air duct -A- is visible through the fresh-air intake opening
◆ -> Intake housing and fresh air blower in version "2"

- There is no air duct fitted:

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ -> Air duct in version "1" with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ -> Air duct in version "2"

- The air duct is narrower in area -A-, than it is in type "1".
- Bracket -B- stands out more than it does on type "1".
Additional features that are visible when the dash panel fascia is removed:
◆ -> Air distributor housing in version "1"

- Air is ducted to the intermediate piece for the defrost duct by means of two openings -A-.
- Air guide flaps -B- close simultaneously and completely.
- Flaps -A-, -B- and -C- are made from sheet steel.
14.3 - Distinguishing features of air-conditioner types "1" and "2" 267

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ -> Air distributor housing in version "2"

- Air is ducted to the intermediate piece for the defrost duct by means of one opening -A-.
- Flaps -C- remain open slightly at the top when flap -B- is closed (angle between the flaps is approx. 40
degrees).
- Flaps -A-, -B- and -C- are made from plastic.
14.4 - Modifications introduced as of model year 2002
Notes:
◆ If air-conditioner components or the operating and display unit are renewed, the instructions in the associ‐
ated Parts List must also be followed.
=> Parts List
From model year 2002 onwards:
- Version "3" air conditioners are installed.

- Operating and display units -E87 are installed that exchange data with other control units installed in the
vehicle via the drive data bus => Page 1
- A compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 or compressor regulating valve -N280 will be installed depending
on the engine design => Page 12
- An air quality sensor -G238 is installed => Page 229

- An additional positioning motor for the fresh/recirculated air flap is installed (in vehicles with left-hand drive
only) => Page 254 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Air-conditioner types "2" and "3" have different designs for the following components:
◆ Air distributor housing
- An additional opening is available in the air distributor housing, in which the evaporator vent temperature
sender -G263 will be installed => Page 248 .
◆ Air duct housing with intake housing
- An intake housing is fitted (in version "3") in which the fresh/recirculated air flap is actuated via an additional
positioning motor (in vehicles with left-hand drive only) => Page 254 .

Audi A6 1998 ➤
15 - Air routing in air-conditioner and vehicle

15.1 - Air routing in air-conditioner and vehicle
15.2 - Air routing in air-conditioner
Notes:
◆ From September 1998, production was gradually switched from type "1" air-conditioner design to type "2"
=> Page 265 .
◆ The air routing via the air flaps in the air distributor housing for versions "1" and "2" is not identical => Page
265 .
A- Plenum chamber/dust and pollen filter

B- Front passenger's footwell
C- Fresh-air blower -V2
15.1 - Air routing in air-conditioner and vehicle 269

Audi A6 1998 ➤
D - Evaporator
E - Heat exchanger
F - Heater element for additional heater -Z35
heater is provided or the additional heating function is assumed by the auxiliary heater => Page 42 and.
G - Division between driver's side and passenger's side

H - To the dash panel vents
◆ Position of the central flaps with respect to each other has changed (see central flap)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
J - To the windscreen vents

◆ Air is ducted to the intermediate piece for the defrost duct by means of two openings on version "1", from
K - To the rear footwell vents
L - To footwell vent
M - Wire mesh
1 Air flow flaps

◆ In vehicles with left-hand drive only
2 Fresh/recirculated air flap
15.2 - Air routing in air-conditioner 271

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Temperature flap 1
◆ One flap for driver's side and one for passenger's side
4 Temperature flap 2
◆ One flap for driver's side and one for passenger's side
5 Central flap
◆ From version "2" onwards, both outer flaps remain open slightly at the top when the centre flap is closed
(angle between the flaps is approx. 40 degrees); on version "1", all flaps are closed evenly.
6 Defrost flap
7 Footwell flap

Audi A6 1998 ➤
15.3 - Air ducts in vehicle interior
1 Intermediate piece for defrost duct
◆ Can only be renewed if the dash panel cross member has been removed.
◆ Different designs; the air is ducted from the air conditioner by means of two openings on version "1",
while from version "2" onwards these have been combined into one opening.
2 Air-conditioner
3 Air duct to right dash panel vent
4 Air duct to left dash panel vent
15.3 - Air ducts in vehicle interior 273

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Central air duct

◆ The position of the central flaps is different; from version "2" onwards, both outer flaps remain open
slightly at the top when the centre flap is closed (angle between the flaps is approx. 40 degrees), on
version "1", all flaps are closed evenly.
6 Right connecting duct
◆ Fixed to the centre section of dash panel

Audi A6 1998 ➤
7 Left connecting duct Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ Fixed to the centre section of dash panel
◆ Fixed to the dash panel centre section trim.
9 Left connecting duct
◆ Fixed to the dash panel centre section trim.
10 Rear centre air duct
◆ Fitted in centre console
11 Intermediate piece for rear centre vent
12 Rear centre vent
◆ Pull out of centre console using special tool
15.3 - Air ducts in vehicle interior 275

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13 Footwell vent
◆ Can only be renewed if the air-conditioner has been removed.
15 Left connecting duct
16 Rear footwell vent, passenger's side
17 Rear footwell vent, driver's side
16 - Checking air conditioner refrigeration capacity

16.1 - Checking
unless authorisedair conditioner refrigeration capacity
permitted by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Note:
Under certain operating conditions moisture remnants in the coolant circuit may lead to the formation of ice on
the compressor regulator valve. This ice impairs compressor control, the evaporator is cooled down too low
and covered with ice. Evaporator icing may be the cause for the following complaints:
- After a longer period of driving there is repeated or intermittent loss of air conditioner output (no more cooling/
heating), after leaving the vehicle parked and a brief waiting period, the air conditioner function is restored.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- After a longer period of driving, the windows mist from the inside, even operating the "Defrost" button does
not result in demisting of windows at first, after leaving the vehicle parked and a brief waiting period, the air
conditioner function is restored
Remedy:
- In vehicles as of model year 2002 and a compressor with a regulating valve for compressor -N280, check
the measured value of the evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 => Page 83 "Reading measured
value block" display group "010". If the measured value of the sender is too low under the operating condi‐
tions described by the customer (at an ambient temperature of 0 °C, colder than 0 °C for a longer period of
time although the -N280 regulating valve is currently not actuated), take the vehicle to a specialist air con‐
ditioner workshop.
- In vehicles without evaporator vent temperature sender -G263 check e.g. using the footwell vent temperature
sender -G192 with the setting:
"Temperature Lo" for driver and passenger side, 4 or 5 bars for the fresh air blower speed, air outlet in the
footwell and fresh air mode under the operating conditions described by the customer. If the measured value
of the sender is too low (at an ambient temperature of 0 °C,colder than 0 °C for a longer period of time),
take the vehicle to a specialist air conditioner workshop
- Check the refrigerant line from the evaporator to the reservoir (thick pipe, low pressure side) with the engine
running. If this pipe is heavily affected by icing when the complaint occurs (a thin layer of ice is permissible)
then this also indicates that the evaporator temperature is too low take the vehicle to a specialist air condi‐
tioner workshop.
- Advise the specialist air conditioner workshop on the fault detected, the necessary work procedures can
only be performed there (draining refrigerant circuit, replacing reservoir and afterwards evacuation of the
refrigerant circuit for at least 3 hours).
16.2 - Test requirements

◆ Radiator and condenser are both clean (clean if necessary).
◆ Ribbed belt OK and correctly tensioned and belt pulley actually drives the compressor (6 and 8 cyl. petrol
engine).
◆ The compressor drive unit (connection between compressor and engine) is fitted correctly (Audi allroad with
4.2l-engine only => Page 194 ).
◆ Ribbed belts OK and correctly tensioned (4-cyl. engine and 6-cyl. diesel engine).
◆ All air ducts, covers and seals are OK and correctly fitted.
◆ Air flow through dust and pollen filter is not impeded by dirt.
◆ The air conditioner is free of leaks (no secondary air drawn in at high fresh air blower speeds - air escapes
through vents only).
◆ Vehicle is not exposed to sunlight.
◆ The engine is at operating temperature.
◆ All dash panel vents are open.
◆ With the engine running and operating and display unit -E87 set at:
- "Auto" mode
- Compressor is on (LED in "ECON" is not on).
- Temperature preselection "LO" for driver's and passenger's side.
- The compressor
Protected is driven Copying
by copyright. (in vehicles
for privatewith compressor
or commercial purposes,with
in partmagnetic
or in whole, is clutch
not -N25 the latter is switched on).
- The compressor
permitted regulating valve
unless authorised is AG.
by AUDI actuated (in vehicles
AUDI AG does with
not guarantee a compressor
or accept any liability with regulating valve -N280 =>
Page 69 Reading measured
with respect value
to the correctness block display
of information groupCopyright
in this document. 001 and 002).
by AUDI AG.
- The radiator fan -V7 is running (the speed depends on the pressure in the refrigerant circuit and the engine
temperature).
- Fresh air blower -V2 is running at maximum speed.
- The fresh/recirculated air flap switches to "recirculated-air" position (within 1 min. after vehicle start-up).
- Air blows out of the dash panel vents.

- Both temperature flaps are in the "cooling" position.
Note:
If one of the test requirements is not fulfilled, interrogate fault memory (=>Page 35 ).
16.1 - Checking air conditioner refrigeration capacity 277

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Preparatory work:
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551, enter address word 08 "Electronic climate/heating control" and advance
the program until "Select function XX" appears on display=> Page 6 onwards.
- Perform basic setting and check coding (=> Page 6 ).
- Close bonnet and sliding roof.
- Measure ambient temperature.
- Close doors and windows.
16.3 - Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles up to model year 2001

- Set operating and display unit -E87 for "Auto" mode and "LO" temperature selection (for driver's and pas‐
senger's side).
- Start engine (compressor is driven).
- Press button for air-recirculation flap (LED in air-recirculation button lights up).
- Increase the engine speed to 2000 rpm (start of time measurement).
- Measure air temperature from the "centre" dash panel vents.
-> Compare measured values with chart.
- A - Air temperature from the "centre" dash panel vents.

- B - Measured ambient temperature.
- C - Permissible temperature range for the vent temperature.
- -> The temperature of the
with respect aircorrectness
to the emanating from inthe
of information this centre
document.dash panel
Copyright by AUDIvents
AG. must be within tolerance -C- in
the chart after 5 minutes (will vary according to the ambient temperature).
Notes:
◆ If the required values are not attained =>Page 279 (determine fault if specified value not attained).
◆ Temperature of air emerging from vents can also be measured via the vent temperature senders =>Page
57 (Reading measured value block in vehicles up to model year 2001, display group 07 and 08).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Fault determination in the event of deviation from specified value
Was the compressor switched off during the refrigeration capacity test?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
Continued Page 279 (The Detach both coolant hoses from engine to heat exchanger
compressor was switched off of the heater.
during the refrigeration ca‐ ↓
pacity test). Repeat refrigeration capacity test => Page 278
↓
The required refrigeration capacity is attained.
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
Detach clamp (VW 3093) from coolant hoses. Take vehicle to aspecialist
↓ air conditioner workshop,
Check actuation of temperature flap positioning (fault in refrigerant circuit).
motors -V158 and -V159 (=> Page 35 , Final con‐
trol diagnosis).
Continuation from Page 279 (compressor was deactivated during the refrigeration capacity test).
Read out fault memory (using V.A.G 1551) and locate and rectify all faults displayed =>Page 13 .
Erase fault memory, terminate output =>Page 51 .
Start engine.
Initiate self-diagnosis (enter address word "08", select function 08 "Read measured value block" and display
group 01) and confirm entry with Q key =>Page 6 .
Repeat refrigeration capacity test => Page 278 .
The requisite refrigeration capacity is attained (compressor was not switched off).
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
End As soon as the compressor is switched off (with compressor switched off), read off the compressor
shutoff criterion code from display zone 01.
↓
The
Protected by copyright. following
Copying code
for private is displayed
or commercial purposes, in display
in part zone
or in whole, is not01 as a compressor shutoff criterion:
with respect to the correctness↓of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI
↓ AG. ↓
No compressor shutoff criteri‐ Code 1 =>Page 279 (pressure other code =>Page 57 .
on was identified switch -F129 open).
↓
- Check function of relay -J44 and air-conditioner magnetic clutch -N25 (=> Page 35 , Final control diagnosis).
Use current flow diagram to check for loose contact in wiring to relay -J44 and air-conditioner magnetic clutch
-N25.
=> Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations binder
Continued from Page 279 (compressor shutoff criterion code 1).
Was the radiator fan -V7 switched to speed 2 during the test?
↓ ↓
yes no
16.3 - Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles up to model year 2001 279

Audi A6 1998 ➤
↓ ↓
Replace air conditioner pressure Detach connector to air conditioner pressure switch -F129 and jumper
switch -F129. contacts 3 and 4 at connector
↓ =>Page 167 .
Repeat refrigeration capacity test => ↓
Page 278 Fan -V7 is running at speed 2
↓
Is the requisite refrigeration capacity ↓ ↓
attained (compressor was not switch‐ yes no
ed off)?
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
yes no Replace pressureswitch -F129. Use current flow diagram to repair ac‐
↓ ↓ ↓ tuation of radiator fan -V7.
End Replace pressure switch -F129 Repeat refrigeration capacity => Current Flow Diagrams, Fault Find‐
and take vehicle to a specialist test => Page 278 . ing and Fitting Locations binder
air conditioner workshop (fault in ↓
refrigerant circuit). Repeat refrigeration capacity
test=>Page 278 .
16.4 - Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles from model year 2002

- Measure the ambient temperature (it must be over 15 °C).
- Close the doors, bonnet, windows and sunroof.
- Open all dash-panel vents.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Set the -E87 to "Econ" mode (the indicator lamp in the "Econ" button lights up).
- Start the engine.
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551, enter address word 08 "Electronic climate/heating control" and advance
the Protected
program until "Select function XX" appears on display => Page 6 onwards.
- Initiate theunless
function "Reading measured value blockor=> Page 69
permitted authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee accept any liability
- Check the display in the display zones:
- 0% is displayed in zone "2" (the compressor is shut off)
- Zone "4" displays that the pressure in the refrigerant circuit at the measured ambient temperature is equal
to or over the value in the table.
Ambient temperature in ° Displayed pressure (in bar

C absolute)
15 4.7
20 5.6
25 6.6
30 7.6
35 8.8
Notes:
◆ The pressure in the refrigerant circuit depends on the ambient temperature. Due to heat irradiated by com‐
ponents (e.g. the radiator fan) a rather higher pressure is indicated for a warm engine than that displayed
for the relevant ambient temperature.
◆ If the displayed pressure is lower than that given in the table:
- Check the measured value of the air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65 => Page 124 "Electrical test,
test step 5"
- If no fault can be found on the high-pressure sender, there is too little refrigerant in the circuit and the vehicle
must be taken to a specialist air conditioner workshop.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
If the pressure in the refrigerant circuit is OK
- Switch the compressor on by selecting "Auto" mode on the -E87 (the indicator lamp in the "Econ" button
does not light up).
- Select "Lo" temperature (for driver and passenger side) on the -E87.
- Set the vent direction of the air to "dash panel vent" on the -E87
- In the function "Reading measured value block" => Page 69

- Check the display in the display zones:
- In display zone "2" a signal ratio over 30% is displayed (the compressor is switched on, regulating valve
-N280 is actuated or the compressor is driven via the magnetic clutch -N25).
- In display zone "1" for vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve -N280 a current over 0.3 A is
displayed (the current flows across the regulating valve -N280, the compressor is switched on)
- In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25, depending on the -E87 version, a current over
0.1 A is displayed in zone "1" (the current flows via relay -J44, the compressor is driven via the magnetic
clutch -N25).
- The pressure displayed in zone "4" rises above the value for shut-off compressor.
Notes:
◆ The regulating valve -N280 is actuated by the -E87 so that the air temperature exiting the evaporator reaches
the specified value (approx. 2 to 5 °C). Following vehicle start a value above 75 % (0.55 A) is displayed,
dependent on the measured temperature, the engine speed, and the vehicle voltage. As soon as the tem‐
perature measured by the -G263 evaporator vent temperature sensor approaches the required value, the
actuation is rescinded and therefore the compressor output is reduced.
◆ If in display zone "1" no or too low current is displayed for vehicles with a compressor with regulating valve
-N280, permitted
check:unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
- The actuation of regulating valve -N280=> Page 124 "Electrical test, test step 6"
◆ In vehicles with a compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 if the compressor is not driven, check:
- The actuation of magnetic clutch relay -J44=> Page 124 "Electrical test, test step 7"
◆ If the pressure displayed in zone "4" does not change and the compressor actuation is OK (display zone "1"
and "2") there is a fault in the refrigerant circuit and the vehicle must be taken to a specialist air conditioner
workshop.
- Press the button for the recirculated air flap (symbol for "recirculated air mode" in the button lights up).
- Increase the engine speed to 2000 rpm (start of time measurement).
Continuation of check:
- in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280 => Page 281
- in vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25 => Page 284
Continuation of check for vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
- Initiate the function "Reading measured value block => Page 69 .
16.4 - Check refrigeration capacity in vehicles from model year 2002 281
Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Compare the measured value displayed in zone "1" (of sender -G263) with the values in the diagram.
A- Air temperature measured by the evaporator vent temperature sender -G263

B- Ambient temperature
C- Permissible tolerance range
Depending upon the ambient temperature, the measured air temperature must be within the stated tolerance
range within 5 minutes.
Notes:
◆ If the required values are not obtained, check the measured
Protectedvalue of sender
by copyright. -G263,
Copying for private or compare the values
commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
displayed in the display groups "010", display zone "1" permitted
and "009", display by
unless authorised zone "3" AUDI
AUDI AG. andAG "4":
- If the measured value in both display zones "3" or "4" differs only slightly from the measured value of display
group "010". Perform fault location for the deviation from the specification => Page 282 .
- If the measured value of sender -G263 is above the measured value of sender -G150 and -G151, check
that sender -G263 has been properly installed and perform the electrical test for this sender => Page 118
"Electrical test, test step 2".
◆ The air conditioner function can be detected, for example, from the fact that the refrigerant pipe at the low
pressure side (thick pipe) cools down.
If the measured value of sender -G263 (and consequently the system's refrigeration capacity) is OK.
- Compare the measured value displayed in display zone "1" of display group "010" (sender -G263) with the
measured values in display group "009" display zones "3" and "4" (sender -G150 and -G151).
The measured values in display group "009" display zone "3" and "4" (sender -G150 and -G151) may after 5
minutes be a maximum of 3°C above the value in display zone "1" of display group "010" (sender -G263).
Notes:
◆ If the required values are not obtained, compare the measured values displayed in display group "009"
display zones "3" and "4":
- If the measured value in one of the two display zones "3" or "4" is OK. Check the temperature flap positioning
motor for the side where the measured value is not OK (-V158 or -V159) and perform the electrical test for
sender -G150 and -G151 => Page 118 "Electrical test, test step 2".
- If the measured value in display zones "3"or "4" of display group "009" is lower than that in display zone "1"
of display group "010". Check that senders -G263, -G150 and -G151 have been installed correctly and check
their electrical connection to contact resistors; replace the defective sender as necessary.
- If no fault can be found on the senders -G150 and -G151 and on the positioning motors -V158 and -V159,
perform fault location for temperature increase downstream of the evaporator => Page 284 .
◆ The temperature of the air coming from the dash panel "centre" vents can also be measured using e.g. the
minitester V.A.G 1362.
◆ The measured value of the footwell vent temperature sender -G192 is displayed in display group "009"
display zone "1". Since in "Auto" mode the air flow is mainly directed to the dash panel vents, this sender
displays an inaccurate value for this setting. This sender can be included in the test by actuating the "air
downwards" button.
- Initiate the function "Reading measured value block" => Page 280 .
While testing the refrigeration capacity note the display in display zone "1" and "4", was the actuation of reg‐
ulating valve -N280 switched off during the refrigeration capacity test (control current below 0.55 A)?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Interrogate fault memory => Page 51 . ▪ Is the pressure in the refrigerant circuit (display zone
"4") rising during the refrigeration capacity test?

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Read the measured value block, display group ↓ ↓

"002" (compressor shut-off criteria) and eliminate the yes no
cause of the shut-off => Page 77 . ↓ ↓
- Repeat the refrigeration capacity test. ↓ - Vehicle must be taken to
(Cont.) a specialist air conditioner
Next page workshop (fault in refriger‐
t ant circuit)
Test contd.- The pressure in the refrigerant circuit rises
- Open the bonnet.

Repeat the refrigeration capacity test =>Page 280 .
▪ Is the radiator fan -V7 running during the refrigeration capacity test (the speed depends on the coolant
temperature and the pressure in the refrigerant circuit)?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Read measured value block, display group "001" dis‐ - Check the actuation of the radiator fan -V7, perform
play zone "4" (pressure in refrigerant circuit) => Page final control diagnosis=> Page 280 .
89
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Vehicle must be taken to a - Check the actuation of the radiator fan -V7, perform final control diagnosis=>
specialist air conditioner Page 35 .
workshop (fault in refrigerant Service the radiator fan -V7 actuation.
circuit).
◆ The pressure in the refrigerant circuit depends on various factors. In general, however, at an ambient tem‐
perature of 20 to 25 °C the pressure should not exceed 20 bar. Under extreme conditions of use (e.g. in
southern countries with high ambient temperature, "stop-and go-traffic" and high relative humidity) with the
resultant extremely high refrigeration capacity, pressures of up to 31 bar may also occur.
◆ At ambient temperatures below 25 °C the pressure in the refrigerant circuit does not usually rise above 16
bar (the radiator fan runs and cools the condenser).
◆ The -E87 calculates the pressure in the refrigerant circuit using the signal ratio (Reading measured value
block => Page 69 , display group "001", display zone "3").
◆ If the signal ratio is under 12.5% (equivalent to approx. 1.8 bar absolute) and over 87.5% (equivalent to
approx. 32 bar absolute) the -E87 does not switch the compressor on (regulating valve -N280 is not actu‐
ated). The compressor is not switched on again until the signal ratio has reached over 12.5% (equivalent to
1.8 bar absolute) and under 48% (equivalent to 16 bar absolute).
◆ To avoid sudden shut-down of the compressor due to too high pressure in the refrigerant circuit or too high
coolant temperature, its output is regulated by the -E87:
- As soon as the pressure in the refrigerant circuit exceeds 30 bar (absolute) (Full compressor output is not
re-enabled until the pressure has fallen to below 27 bar.)
- As soon as the coolant temperature exceeds 115 °C (it is shut down completely at 118 °C).
◆ Further information on the pressure in the refrigerant circuit can be found on => Page 69 "Reading measured
value block", display group "001"
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Fault location for temperature rise downstream of evaporator
- Use hose clamps 3093 or 3094 to pinch off the two coolant hoses from the engine to the heater's heat
exchanger.
▪ Do the two measured values in display zones "3" and "4" of display group "009" deviate by less than 3 °C
from the measured value of sender -G263 (display zone "1" of display group "010")?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Detach the hose clamps 3093 or 3094 on both coolant - Check that the sender with diverging measured value
hoses. has been installed correctly and check its electrical
↓ connections for contact resistance.
- Check the actuation of the temperature flap position‐ - Eliminate the cause of the defective measured value.
ing motors -V158 and -V159, perform final control di‐ Replace the defective sender.
agnosis=> Page 251 .
Continuation of check for vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
- Close the dash panel "centre" vent (the dash panel "left" and "right" vents remain open).
- -> Compare the measured values displayed in display zones "3" and "4" (of senders -G150 and -G151) with
the values in the diagram.
A- The air temperature measured by the Copying

Protected by copyright. vent temperature senders
for private or commercial -G150
purposes, in part and -G151
or in whole, is not
B- Ambient temperature permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
C- Permissible tolerance range
Depending upon the ambient temperature, the measured air temperature must be within the stated tolerance
range within 5 minutes.
Notes:
◆ If the required values are not obtained, compare the measured values displayed in display group "009"
display zones "3" and "4":
- If the measured values in both display zones "3" or "4" differ only slightly from each other. Perform fault
location for the deviation from the specification => Page 285 .
- If the measured value of a sender is considerably above the measured value of the other sender:
- Check the proper installation of senders -G150 and -G151 and perform the electrical test for this sender
=> Page 115 "Electrical test, test step 2".
- Test the function of the temperature flap positioning motors -V158 and -V159 and the associated levers.
- If no fault can be found on the senders -G150 and -G151 and on the positioning motors -V158 and -V159,
perform fault location for temperature increase downstream of the evaporator => Page 286 .
◆ The air conditioner function can be detected, for example, from the fact that the refrigerant pipe at the low
pressure side (thick pipe) cools down.
◆ The temperature of the air coming from the dash panel "centre" vents can also be measured using e.g. the
minitester V.A.G 1362.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The measured value of the footwell vent temperature sender -G192 is displayed in display group "009"
display zone "1". Since in "Auto" mode the air flow is mainly directed to the dash panel vents, this sender
displays an inaccurate value for this setting. This sender can be included in the test by actuating the "air
downwards" button.
During the refrigeration capacity test note the display in display zone "1" (and "2"), was the actuation of the
magnetic clutch relay -J44 shut down during the refrigeration capacity test (a compressor shut-off criterion is
displayed)?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Interrogate fault memory => Page 51 . ▪ Is the pressure in the refrigerant circuit (display zone
"4") rising during the refrigeration capacity test?
- Read the measured value block, display group ↓ ↓
"002" (compressor shut-off criteria) and eliminate the yes no
cause of theProtected
shut-off => Page
by copyright. 77 for
Copying . private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole,
↓ is not ↓
- Repeat the permitted
refrigeration capacity
unless authorised testAG.=>Page
by AUDI AUDI AG does 280not .guarantee or accept any
↓ liability - Vehicle must be taken to
(Cont.)
a specialist air conditioner
Next page workshop (fault in refriger‐
t ant circuit).
Test contd.- The pressure in the refrigerant circuit rises
- Open the bonnet.

▪ Is the radiator fan -V7 running during the refrigeration capacity test (the speed depends on the coolant
temperature and the pressure in the refrigerant circuit)?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Read measured value block, display group "001" dis‐ - Check the actuation of the radiator fan -V7, perform
play zone "4" (pressure in refrigerant circuit) => Page final control diagnosis=> Page 280 .
89
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Vehicle must be taken to a - Check the actuation of the radiator fan -V7, perform final control diagnosis=>
specialist air conditioner Page 35 .
workshop (fault in refrigerant Service the radiator fan -V7 actuation.
circuit)
Notes:
◆ The pressure in the refrigerant circuit depends on various factors. In general, however, at an ambient tem‐
perature of 20 to 25 °C the pressure should not exceed 20 bar. Under extreme conditions of use (e.g. in
southern countries with high ambient temperature, "stop-and go-traffic" and high relative humidity) with the
resultant extremely high refrigeration capacity, pressures of up to 31 bar may also occur.
◆ At ambient temperatures below 25 °C the pressure in the refrigerant circuit does not usually rise above 16
bar (the radiator fan runs and cools the condenser).
◆ The -E87 calculates the pressure in the refrigerant circuit using the signal ratio (Reading measured value
block => Page 69 , display group "001", display zone "3").
◆ If the signal ratio is under 12.5% (equivalent to approx. 1.8 bar absolute) and over 87.5% (equivalent to
approx. 32 bar absolute) the -E87 does not switch the compressor on (regulating valve -N280 is not actu‐
ated). The compressor is not switched on again until the signal ratio has reached over 12.5% (equivalent to
1.8 bar absolute) and under 48% (equivalent to 16 bar absolute).
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Further information on the pressure in the refrigerant circuit can be found on => Page 69 "Reading measured
value block", display group "001"
Fault location for temperature rise downstream of evaporator
- Use hose clamps 3093 or 3094 to pinch off the two coolant hoses from the engine to the heater's heat
exchanger.
▪ Do the two measured values in display zones "3" and "4" of display group "009" correspond to the required
temperature values?
↓ ↓
yes no
↓ ↓
- Detach the hose clamps 3093 or 3094 on both coolant - Check that the sender with diverging measured value
hoses. has been installed correctly and check its electrical
↓ connections for contact resistance.
- Check the actuation of the temperature flap position‐ - Eliminate the cause of the defective measured value.
ing motors -V158 and -V159, perform final control di‐ Replace the defective sender.
agnosis=> Page 251 .
17 - Repairing refrigerant circuit

17.1 - Repairing refrigerant circuit
Notes:
◆ Never top up refrigerant in refrigerant circuit (empty circuit, evacuate and re-fill).
◆ The replacement compressor contains all the refrigerant oil to be used to fill the refrigerant circuit.
◆ Servicing the refrigerant circuit => Page 155

◆ Check refrigeration capacity => Page 276 .
◆ Checking pressures in the refrigerant circuit :
=> Page 265 .
installed=>Page 12 and
=> Parts List Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ When installing the refrigerant pipes and the associated bracket, ensure that there is sufficient clearance
between the belt, bracket and pulley.

◆ Different types of refrigerant are specified for Zexel, Sanden and Denso compressors:
◆ Different filling quantities of refrigerant depending on the design and version of the compressor
◆ The specified diameter for the O-ring seals and the tightening torque also apply to the threaded connections
in the refrigerant pipes or hoses between the individual components.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Only install O-ring seals approved for refrigerant R134a (present colour coding: "red", "lilac" or "violet").
=> Parts List
◆ Adapter to connect the service station to the refrigerant circuit.
◆ All other repairs and tests not described in this workshop manual
17.2 - Vehicles with compressor with magnetic clutch -N25
17.1 - Repairing refrigerant circuit 287

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Replacement compressors contain all the refrigerant oil to be used to fill the refrigerant circuit (250 cm3).
1 Compressor ("Zexel" or "Denso")

◆ O-ring seals (for refrigerant pipes at "Zexel" compressor):
LP connection: 17.2 mm; 1.8 mm
HP connection: 14.0 mm; 1.8 mm
◆ Tightening torques (for refrigerant pipes at "Zexel" compressor):

LP connection: 40 Nm
HP connection: 30 Nm
◆ Detaching refrigerant pipes from "Denso" compressor (associated O-ring seal and tightening torques of
securing bolts) => Page 296 .
◆ Removing and installing compressor => Page 296 .
Notes:
◆ Assignment of different compressors => Page 155

◆ The piston stroke of the compressor is variable and automatically adjusts to the requisite refrigeration ca‐
pacity.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ After the installation of a new compressor or filling with fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after blowing out the re‐
frigerant circuit), turn the compressor 10 revolutions by hand before the first start to avoid damage to the
compressor.
2 Air conditioner magnetic clutch -N25

◆ Repairing => Page 155 .
Notes:
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt => Page 155 .

◆ Mark direction of ribbed belt before removing - reversing the direction of rotation can destroy the belt.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Oil drain plug

◆ O-ring seal ("Zexel" compressor):
7.8 mm; 1.9 mm.
◆ Tightening torque:
10 Nm ("Zexel" compressor)
30 Nm ("Denso" compressor)
Notes:
◆ Instead of an O-ring seal, "Denso" compressors feature a sealing ring which must always be renewed.
◆ Remove only to drain off refrigerant oil.
◆ "Zexel" and "Denso" compressors use different refrigerant oils

Audi A6 1998 ➤

◆ O-ring seal:
8.8 mm; 1.9 mm.
◆ Tightening torque: 10 Nm
Important:
The connection is not fitted with a valve; only remove pressure relief valve when refrigerant circuit is empty.

6 Air conditioner pressure switch -F129/high-pressure sender -G65
◆ Function, removing and installing pressure switch -F129 => Page 167 .
◆ Removing and installing high-pressure sender -G65 => Page 167
◆ High-pressure sender -G65, checking signal => Page 124

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ Pressure switch -F129 was installed in vehicles up to model year 2001.

◆ A high-pressure sender -G65 is installed in vehicles from model year 2002.
7 Condenser
◆ Detaching and re-attaching refrigerant pipes => Page 317
◆ Removing and installing condenser =>Page 320 .
◆ Quantity of refrigerant R134a varies depending on type of condenser => Page 322

Audi A6 1998 ➤

◆ O-ring seal:
10.8 mm; 1.8 mm.
9 Cap
◆ High-pressure side.
◆ For measuring, draining and filling at service station.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11 Restrictor
◆ O-ring seal:
7.5 mm; 1.5 mm.
◆ Fitted in union, - 8 -
◆ Always renew restrictor with O-ring seal
12 Evaporator
◆ Disconnecting and connecting refrigerant lines => Page 309
◆ Removing and installing air conditioner => Page 324 .
◆ Dismantling and assembling air-conditioner => Page 327 .
◆ Different versions; on air conditioners from version "2" onwards the evaporator is 32 mm narrower than
on version "1".

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ From version "2" onwards,permitted
the evaporator can
unless authorised onlyAG.
by AUDI beAUDI
replaced together
AG does not guaranteewith theany
or accept airliability
distributor housing.
◆ For measuring and draining with service station.
14 Cap
15 Reservoir

Audi A6 1998 ➤
17.3 - Detaching/re-attaching refrigerant pipes from/to "Denso" compressor (with magnetic

clutch -N25)
- Drain the refrigerant circuit.
- -> In a vehicle with an 8 cyl turbo-engine, disconnect the ATF lines (arrows), when doing so note the clean‐
liness regulations for working on automatic gearboxes
=> Relevant Workshop Manual, Automatic Gearbox
- -> Remove bolts -A- and -B- (tightening torque 25 Nm).

- Renew O-ring seals -C- (23.8 mm; 2.4 mm) and -D- (11.1 mm; 1.8 mm).
Notes:
◆ Attachment of refrigerant pipes to connection flanges differs.

◆ Do not use the O-ring seals from caps of connections of replacement compressor.
◆ Seal off open refrigerant pipes and connections at the compressor.
17.4 - Removing and installing compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25)

- Detaching refrigerant pipes from compressor => Page 296 .

- Detach compressor from bracket => Page 155 .
Notes:
◆ Renewwithcompressor.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Following installation, turn the compressor approx. 10 revolutions by hand before the first start.
◆ When first starting the compressor:
- Start engine with compressor switched off ("OFF" mode)
- Wait until the idle speed has stabilised.
- Following the above steps, switch on the compressor and allow to run at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt (6 and 8-cyl. petrol engines).
=> Relevant Workshop Manual Engine, Mechanical Components; Repair group 13; Crank assembly Crank
assembly
◆ Removing and installing ribbed belt (4-cyl. engines and 6-cyl. diesel engine => Page 155 ).
17.5 - Servicing refrigerant circuit in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -N280
Notes:
◆ The compressor is always driven with the engine running, it does not have a magnetic clutch. Therefore the
engine must be only started with a correctly assembled refrigerant circuit. If, for example, the refrigerant
pipes are not connected to the compressor, the compressor may become so hot when the engine is running
that it is destroyed (by internal heating). The internal heating is caused by the compressor operating even
at almost 0% delivery rate against a fixed resistance (sealed circuit).
◆ To prevent the compressor being destroyed when the refrigerant circuit is empty, it is designed so that it
resets to approx. 0% delivery rate and continues to be lubricated via an internal oil circuit with the oil re‐
maining in the compressor.
◆ Replacement compressors contain all the refrigerant oil required to fill the refrigerant circuit (at present 220
cm3or 245 cm3). Note the data relating to this on label attached to the compressor.
=> Parts List
17.4 - Removing and installing compressor (with magnetic clutch -N25) 297
Audi A6 1998 ➤
1 Regulating valve for air conditioner compressor -N280

◆ Do not remove
◆ Check actuation and function => Page 128
Note:
The -N280 is actuated by the -E87, it controls the pressure on the low pressure side of the refrigerant circuit

Audi A6 1998 ➤
2 Compressor
◆ O-ring seal for compressor:
for low-pressure connection:
23.8 mm; 2.4 mm.
for high-pressure connection:
11.1 mm; 1.8 mm.
◆ Disconnecting and connecting refrigerant pipe to compressor =>Page 311
◆ unless
To protect
authorised the compressor thenot
engine must only
anybe started when the refrigerant circuit is completely
permitted by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does guarantee or accept liability
assembled.
◆ Removing ribbed belt.
◆ Removing and installing compressor => Page 313
17.5 - Servicing refrigerant circuit in vehicles with compressor with regulating valve -
N280 299
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The design of the compressor differs depending on the engine (attached on the right or left of the engine,
6 cyl. diesel or petrol engine)
=> PartsProtected
List by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ For the Audi allroad with 4.2l engine, the compressor is driven via a drive shaft and not via a belt => Page
201
◆ After the installation of a new compressor or filling with fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after blowing out the
refrigerant circuit), turn the compressor 10 revolutions by hand before the first start to avoid damage to
the compressor

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Oil drain plug

◆ A sealing ring is installed on the Denso compressor, always replace it
◆ May only be unscrewed to drain refrigerant oil if compressor is removed.
Crank compressor with the magnetic clutch plate to accelerate extraction of refrigerant oil.
4 Compressor pulley/drive unit
N280 301
Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Pressure relief valve, 10 Nm

◆ Do not remove
7 Air conditioner high-pressure sender -G65
=>Page 167
◆ Checking signal
=>Page 124
8 Condenser
◆ Renew O- ring seal
=>Page 317
◆ Detaching and re-attaching refrigerant pipes => Page 317
◆ Removing and installing condenser =>Page 320 .
◆ Quantity of refrigerant R134a varies depending on type of condenser => Page 322

Audi A6 1998 ➤
9 Cap
◆ With seal with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ Must be fitted
◆ High-pressure side
◆ For measuring, draining and filling with service station
◆ O- ring seal
10.8 mm; 1.8 mm.
12 Restrictor
◆ Installed in the threaded connection -Item 11 -
◆ O- ring seal
7.5 mm/1.5 mm
◆ Replace restrictor with O- ring seal
N280 303
Audi A6 1998 ➤

◆ Apply a small amount of refrigerant oil to the O- ring seal before installing the restrictor.
13 Evaporator
◆ Disconnecting and connecting refrigerant lines => Page 309
◆ Removing and installing air conditioner => Page 324 .
◆ Dismantling and assembling air-conditioner => Page 327 .
◆ Different versions; on air conditioners from version "2" onwards the evaporator is 32 mm narrower than
on version "1".

Audi A6 1998 ➤
15 Cap
◆ With seal
◆ Must be fitted
16 Reservoir
17.6 - Removing and installing reservoir
Notes:
◆ The refrigerant pipe attachment differs according to the engine version.
=> Parts List
◆ The design of the drip tray is different depending on the engine version and model year.
=> Parts List
N280 305
Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Keep the reservoir closed for as long as possible, only remove the caps immediately before installation (the
reservoir contains a desiccant bag which soon becomes saturated with moisture and hence unusable when
the reservoir is open)

Removing
- Drain the refrigerant circuit

- Completely remove the front bumper (not necessary for vehicles with 8 cyl turbo-engine)

- Put the lock carrier into the service position if necessary (not necessary for vehicles with 8 cyl turbo-engine)

- Remove the charge air cooler or the secondary air pump motor if necessary
Removing version "1" (with threaded connections and bracket)

- -> Screw out the bolts - A-.
- Remove the refrigerant pipe -B- (tightening torque: 40 Nm).
Notes:
◆ Replace both O-ring seals (17.2 mm; 1.8 mm).
=> Parts List

◆ Close the open pipe connections.
◆ Install the spring -C- with which the refrigerant hose that runs past the drip tray is secured so that it is on
the refrigerant hose marker and locked in place on the bracket.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> Remove the nuts -D-.

- Remove the drip tray with bracket.
- Remove the refrigerant pipe -E- (tightening torque: 40 Nm).
Notes:
◆ Install the refrigerant pipes with no tension and ensure that there is adequate clearance to other components.
◆ Install reservoir with insulation -F- only in bracket.
Removing version "2" (with a block and a threaded connection)
- -> Remove the nuts -A- (tightening torque: 8 Nm).

- Remove the bolts -B- (tightening torque: 25 Nm).
- Remove the refrigerant pipe -C- (tightening torque: 40 Nm).
- Remove the refrigerant pipe -D-.
Notes:
◆ Replace the two O-ring seals -E- and -F- (17.2 mm; 1.8 mm and 16.7mm; 1.8 mm).
=> Parts List
- -> Remove the nuts -A-.

- Detach the clamp -B-
- Remove
Protected by copyright. the bracket
Copying -C-
- Remove
permitted the by
unless authorised nutsAUDI-D-
AG. (tightening
AUDI AG does nottorque:
guarantee8orNm).
17.6 - Removing and installing reservoir 307

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
◆ -> Install only the drip tray with insulation -E-.
◆ Install the spring -F- so that it is in contact with the mark on the refrigerant hose and is locked on the bracket.
Removing version "3" (with two block connections)

- -> Unfasten the bolts -A- (tightening torque 25 Nm) and remove refrigerant pipes -B- and -C-.
Notes:
◆ Replace both O-ring seals (16.7 mm; 1.8 mm).
=> Parts List

◆ The connections on the drip tray may be marked with "IN" (from the evaporator) and "OUT" (to the com‐
pressor).

- Detach the lug on the bracket for the drip tray -B- from the body
- Remove the drip tray with bracket.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Unscrew the bolt -C- (tightening torque 8 Nm) and remove the drip tray from the bracket -D-
Installing (all versions)
Before installing the reservoir:
Notes:
◆ When tightening the bolts (e.g. on the refrigerant pipes) hold the drip tray secure e.g. with an oil filter belt
(so that it is not moved out of place).
◆ Keep the reservoir closed for as long as possible, only remove the caps immediately before installation (the
reservoir contains a desiccant bag which soon becomes saturated with moisture and hence unusable when
the reservoir is open)
◆ The removed reservoir contains refrigerant oil which has to be returned to the refrigerant circuit (with a new
reservoir)
◆ The correction of the oil quantity depends upon the type of complaint:
- If, for example, the reservoir has been damaged in an accident (no refrigerant has escaped, no moisture
or dirt has penetrated the refrigerant circuit), the air conditioner may be repaired without extensive repair
work by weighing the old and new reservoirs:ProtectedFill the new
by copyright. container
Copying for privatewith refrigerant
or commercial oilin until
purposes, part or it reaches
in whole, is not
the weight of the removed reservoir. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
- If an indeterminate quantity of refrigerant oilwithhas escaped
respect or dirtof and
to the correctness moisture
information has penetrated
in this document. Copyright by AUDItheAG.
refrig‐
erant circuit, clean the refrigerant circuit with compressed air and nitrogen.
Installation is performed in reverse order, note the instructions and the tightening torque for the relevant version
(see description of removal).
- Reinstall the remainder of the components that have been removed.

- Evacuating and charging the refrigerant circuit.
17.7 - Detaching/attaching refrigerant pipes from/to evaporator
Detaching

- -> Remove the bolt -A- (tightening torque: 15 Nm).
17.6 - Removing and installing reservoir 309

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the evaporator and seal the open connections.
Note:
Open connections on the evaporator can be suitably sealed with the cap of a replacement evaporator, for
example, and the pipes (protection from dirt and damp).
Attaching
Installation is performed in reverse order, note the instructions and the tightening torque (see description of
removal).
Notes:
◆ -> Replace both O-ring seals -A- (16.7 mm; 1.8 mm) and -B- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm).
=> Parts List
◆ Install the refrigerant lines with no tension.

◆ After attaching the refrigerant pipes check that the installation of the grommet -D- and the pipe penetration
are correct.
◆ Check the location of the refrigerant pipes to the evaporator, they must not be in contact with other compo‐
nents.

17.8 - Removing and installing restrictor
Removing

Audi A6 1998 ➤

- -> Separate the refrigerant pipe at the threaded connection -A- (tightening torque 15 Nm).
- Pull restrictor -B- out of refrigerant pipe using, for example, pointed pliers.
Installing
Installation is performed in reverse order, note the instructions and the tightening torque (see description of
removal).
◆ When replacing a restrictor
with respect tonote its colour
the correctness and fit inonly
of information one of Copyright
this document. the same colour
by AUDI AG. (e.g. white or yellow), the
different-coloured restrictors have different bore diameters => Page 322 and
=> Parts List
◆ -> Ensure that restrictor -B- is inserted on the correct side (arrow on restrictor points towards evaporator).
◆ Check to see if O-ring seal -C- (7.5 mm; 1.5 mm) is correctly positioned in groove.
◆ Renew O-ring seal -D- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm).
=> Parts List

◆ Restrictor must be positioned in refrigerant pipe without play
◆ Before fitting restrictor, apply a small amount of refrigerant oil to the O-ring seal in the restrictor.
◆ Install the refrigerant lines with no tension.
◆ Check the location of the refrigerant pipes to the evaporator, they must not be in contact with other compo‐
nents.

17.9 - Detaching and attaching refrigerant pipes to/from the compressor (compressor with
regulating valve -N280)
Notes:
◆ The compressor is always driven with the engine running, it does not have a magnetic clutch. Therefore the
engine must be only started with a correctly assembled refrigerant circuit. If, for example, the refrigerant
that it is destroyed (by internal heating).
17.8 - Removing and installing restrictor 311

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ The following illustrations show a compressor attached on the right of the engine, the refrigerant pipes of
compressors attached on the left of the engine are removed in the same way. No bracket for the refrigerant
pipes is fitted at present for these engines.
◆ Seal open pipes and connections on the compressor with suitable caps (protection from dirt and damp).
◆ Detach refrigerant pipes in the Audi allroad with 8 cyl engine =>Page 313
Removing
- -> Remove the bolt -A- (currently only present on compressor attached on the right of the engine).
- Remove screws -B-.
Installing
- Replace the O-ring seals -D- (23.8 mm; 2.4 mm) and -E- (11.1 mm; 1.8 mm).
- Tighten the bolts -B- to 25 Nm.
- Tighten bolt -A- to 25 Nm.
Notes:
◆ Firstly tighten the bolts -B-, then secure the clip -C- with the bolt -A-.
◆ The O- ring seals from the caps for the spare part compressor may not be used.
◆ -> After the refrigerant pipes -A- have been attached check that they are correctly installed, they must be
inserted in the brackets -B- provided for them and must not be in contact with any other components.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
17.10 - Removing and installing compressor (with regulating valve -N280) (in a vehicle with
a 4 or 6 cyl engine)
Removing (compressor drive via belt)
- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the compressor

Protected=> Page 311
by copyright. . for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Copying
- Detach compressor from bracket => Page 170 onwards.
Installing
Before installing the compressor:
- Tightening torques and O-ring seals =>Pages 311 onwards.
- After installing the compressor, start air conditioner => Page 316
17.11 - Removing and installing compressor in the Audi allroad with 8 cyl engine
Removing (compressor drive via a drive shaft)
- Detach the engine with the support bar 10-222A (so that the left engine mount can be removed).
17.10 - Removing and installing compressor (with regulating valve -N280) (in a vehicle with
a 4 or 6 cyl engine) 313

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the condenser => Page 317
- Remove lock carrier completely:
=> General Body Assembly, Exterior; Repair group 50; Body front Body front
- -> Detach retaining clamp -arrow- for refrigerant line from bracket.
- Remove the engine dipstick

- Completely remove the left engine mount (engine console, engine mount and engine support).
- -> Securely hold the compressor drive shaft -A- with an open-end spanner and turn the compressor drive
unit -B- in direction of arrow -C-
Notes:
◆ The drive shaft -A- must not be rotated.

◆ The drive shaft -A- can be pushed through the grommet -E- in the input gear after releasing the bolted
connection.

- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the AC compressor and seal the open connections => Page 311 .
- Unplug the 2-way connector from the compressor regulating valve -N280.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
To prevent damage to the condenser and refrigerant pipes/hoses, ensure that the pipes and hoses are not
stretched, kinked or bent.
- -> Unscrew the bolts -D- (tightening torque 25 Nm).
- Remove the compressor toward the front.
- Remove the sockets -F- out of the compressor if necessary.
Installing
Before installing the compressor:
- Install the compressor drive shaft (into the engine input gear) and check the seating as well as the associated
grommet => Page 206
- -> Remove the sockets -C- out of the compressor holder if necessary.
- Thoroughly clean the contact surfaces -A- and -B- on the holder (and the contact surfaces on the compres‐
sor).
- -> Install the sockets -C- in the compressor holder.
17.11 - Removing and installing compressor in the Audi allroad with 8 cyl engine 315
Audi A6 1998 ➤
Note:
Ensure the sockets -C- are correctly seated and the contact surfaces are clean. Incorrectly fitted sockets, dirty
or damaged contact faces can result in deviations in alignment between compressor and engine. Deviations in
alignment over the operating period result in damage to the drive shaft or the compressor.
- -> Attach the compressor with bolts -D- (and washers -E-) to the holder (tightening torque 25 Nm).
- Attach the refrigerant pipes to the compressor (tightening torque of bolts -A- 20 Nm), dimensions of O-ring
seals -B- and -C- as well as further instructions => Page 311 .
- -> After the installation of a new compressor or filling with fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after blowing out the
refrigerant circuit to prevent damage to the compressor), turn the compressor 10 revolutions by hand in
direction of arrow -C- via the compressor drive unit -B- before tightening the drive shaft.
- Tighten the drive shaft, hold the compressor drive shaft -A- with an open-end spanner and turn the com‐
pressor drive unit -B- in direction of arrow -D- (tightening torque 60 Nm).
Notes:
◆ The drive shaft -A- must not be rotated.
◆ After assembly of the drive shaft -A-, check installation position of grommet -E-

- After installing the compressor, start air conditioner => Page 316
17.12 - Starting air conditioner after installing compressor

- After the installation of a new compressor or filling with fresh refrigerant oil (e.g. after blowing out the re‐
frigerant circuit), turn the compressor 10 revolutions by hand before the first engine start (before positioning
the belt or tightening the drive shaft) to avoid damage to the compressor.
- Do not start the engine until the refrigerant circuit has been assembled

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- If possible only start the engine with a full refrigerant circuit
Notes:
◆ Different compressors, depending on the engine
=> Parts List
◆ The compressor is always driven (by the pulley or by the engine via the drive shaft, it does not have a
magnetic clutch):
- To avoid damage to the compressor when the refrigerant circuit is empty, it is equipped with an "internal oil
circuit". A precondition for this internal lubrication is that there is still a residual quantity of refrigerant in the
compressor.
- The engine must be only started with a correctly assembled refrigerant circuit. If, for example, the refrigerant
that it is destroyed (by internal heating).
◆ Regulating valve -N280 is not actuated when the refrigerant circuit is empty and the compressor idles with
the engine.
- Since there is no refrigerant available, the refrigerant required to lubricate the compressors is not transpor‐
ted.
- To avoid damage to the compressor, its lubrication is maintained by an "internal oil circuit"
◆ If it is necessary to start the engine with an empty refrigerant circuit:
- The refrigerant circuit must be completely assembled.
- There must be at least a quarter of the quantity of refrigerant specified for this refrigerant circuit in the
compressor.
- The engine speed must not exceed 2500 rpm.
- The engine should only run as long as is absolutely necessary
- The following must be noted when starting the engine for the first time after charging the refrigerant circuit:
- Start the engine with the compressor switched off ("Econ" mode) and wait until the idling speed has
stabilised.
- Open dash panel vents.
- Select "Lo" temperature on the -E87.
- Then switch the compressor on ("Auto" mode) and let it run for a minimum of 5 min. with the engine at
idling speed.
17.13 - Detaching/re-attaching refrigerant pipes from/to condenser
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ The design of the condenser is different depending on the engine version and model year.
=> Parts List Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Detaching
- Remove the front bumper completely:
17.12 - Starting air conditioner after installing compressor 317

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Detaching refrigerant pipes for version "1" (two threaded connections)
- -> Release the threaded connection on refrigerant pipes -A- and -B- (tightening torque refrigerant pipe -A-
30 Nm and refrigerant pipe -B- 15 Nm)
- Remove refrigerant pipes -A- and -B-.
Notes:
◆ Replace both O-ring seals -C- (14.0 mm; 1.8 mm) and -D- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm).
◆ Seal open pipes and connections on the condenser with suitable caps (protection from dirt and damp).
◆ Notes on replacing the condenser.
Detaching the refrigerant pipes for version "2" (two blockbyconnections

Protected copyright. Copyingon the left
for private side) purposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial

- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the condenser.
Notes:
◆ Replace both O-ring seals -C- (14.0 mm; 1.8 mm) and -D- (10.8 mm; 1.8 mm).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Detaching the refrigerant pipes for version "3" (a block connection on the right and on the left side)

- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the condenser.
Notes:
◆ Replace both O-ring seals -C- (14.0 mm; 1.8 mm) and -B- (11.1 mm; 1.8 mm).
Attaching
- Replace the O-ring seals.
Notes:
◆ When tightening the bolts/nuts (on the refrigerant pipes) on the condenser apply counter pressure to prevent
the connections being distorted.
- -> After the refrigerant pipes -A- have been attached check that they are correctly installed, they must be
inserted in the brackets -B- provided for them and must not be in contact with any other components (different
versions).
17.13 - Detaching/re-attaching refrigerant pipes from/to condenser 319

Audi A6 1998 ➤
17.14 - Removing and installing condenser
Notes:
=> Parts List
◆ The design of the condenser is different depending on the engine version and model year.
=> Parts List
◆ For vehicles with 6 cyl. diesel engine production was changed over gradually as of calendar week 45 in
1998 to a condenser with smaller flat pipes. Changeover occurred as of calendar week 5 in 1999 for the 8
cyl. engine. Condensers with small flat pipes are also installed in vehicles with 2.0l or 3.0l petrol engine.
=> Parts List
- -> Condensers -A- with flat pipe dimensions -B- = 20 mm and -C- = 3.0 mm (manufacturer "Showa") require
more refrigerant than condensers -D- with flat pipe dimensions E =18 mm or 16mm and F = 1.7 mm (man‐
ufacturer "Denso")
=> Parts List

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- -> If condenser is replaced, note flat pipe dimensions; should a condenser with different dimensions be
installed, label -A- indicating the quantity of refrigerant R134a is also to be replaced or the old filling quantity
deleted and the new quantity entered in permanent ink.
=> Parts List
Removing
- Remove the refrigerant pipes from the condenser => Page 317
- Remove bumper completely.
=> General Body Assembly; Repair group 63; Front bumper Front bumper
- Remove the air ducts between the bumper and the condenser.
Removing versions "1" and "2"
- -> Unscrew the air ducts -4-.

- Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
- Remove the connector -3- from pressure switch -F129/high-pressure sender -G65.
- Remove the condenser.
Notes:
17.14 - Removing and installing condenser 321

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Removing version "3"
- Remove the air ducts between the bumper and the condenser.
- Remove connector -B- of high-pressure sender -G65-.
Notes:
Installing (all versions)
17.15 - Filling quantities
Filling quantities for refrigerant R134a and refrigerant oil:
◆ Always fill the refrigerant circuit
with respect to the to the
correctness upper tolerance
of information limit (some refrigerant
remains in the filling hoses).
◆ A sticker indicating the quantity and type of refrigerant is located in the engine compartment.
◆ The quantity of refrigerant R134a is governed by the design of the following components:
- Condenser
- Evaporator (installed in air-conditioner)
- Restrictor

Audi A6 1998 ➤
-> Condenser version
◆ For vehicles with 6 cyl. diesel engine production was changed over gradually as of calendar week 45 in
1998 to a condenser with smaller flat pipes. Changeover occurred as of calendar week 5 in 1999 for the 8
cyl. engine. Condensers with small flat pipes are also installed in vehicles with 2.0l or 3.0l petrol engine.
=> Parts List
- -> Condensers -A- with flat pipe dimensions -B- = 20 mm and -C- = 3.0 mm (manufacturer "Showa") require
more refrigerant than condensers -D- with flat pipe dimensions E =18 mm or 16mm and F = 1.7 mm (man‐
ufacturer "Denso")
=> Parts List
- -> If condenser is replaced, note flat pipe dimensions; should a condenser with different dimensions be
installed, label -A- indicating the quantity of refrigerant R134a is also to be replaced or the old filling quantity
deleted and the new quantity entered in permanent ink.
=> Parts List
Design of air-conditioner
◆ Vehicles fitted with a version "2" air conditioner require slightly less refrigerant than those with version "1"
conditioners.
-> Restrictor version
◆ Restrictors with a smaller bore have been fitted since 11.97. To distinguish between restrictors, those with
a smaller bore are coloured (initially yellow).
17.15 - Filling quantities 323

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Vehicles fitted with a coloured restrictor require slightly more refrigerant.
Refrigerant oil
Notes:
◆ The refrigerant circuit may only be filled with approved refrigerant oils.
=> Parts List
◆ Different types of refrigerant are specified for Zexel, Sanden and Denso compressors:
◆ Different refrigerant capacities depending on the design and version of the compressor (compressor with
magnetic clutch -N25 or regulating valve -N280, compressor with regulating valve -N280 for diesel or petrol
engine).
◆ Refrigerant oil from containers which have been open for a long time is unusable (PAG oil absorbs moisture)
and may not be used again.
◆ Further notes:
18 - Removing and installing air conditioner (complete)

18.1 - Removing and installing air conditioner (complete)
- Remove dust and pollen filter and its holder =>Page 228 .
- Disconnect and remove battery.
Notes:
◆ If necessary, obtainpermitted
radio unless
codeauthorised
beforebydisconnecting
AUDI AG. AUDI AGbattery.
◆ In vehicles with electrically adjustable seats, move the seats back as far as possible before disconnecting
the battery.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Reduce pressure in cooling system by opening the lock on the coolant expansion tank
- -> Release and disconnect both coolant hoses to heat exchanger of air conditioner (e.g. using V.A.G 3094).
Notes:
◆ -> The coolant hoses must be refitted in the correct positions:
- Coolant hose -A-: supply hose from cylinder head
- Coolant hose -B-: return hose to water pump
◆ Bleeding coolant circuit
- -> Place a container under connection -A- and carefully blow out the coolant from the heat exchanger (using
compressed air) via connection -B-.
- Detach refrigerant pipes => Page 309 .

- Detach refrigerant pipes and secure (e.g. with a cable tie) so that they do not impede installation.
- -> Seal refrigerant pipes -B- and open connections -A- and on the evaporator.
18.1 - Removing and installing air conditioner (complete) 325

Audi A6 1998 ➤
- Remove driver's storage compartment, centre console and dash panel fascia.
- -> Remove dash panel cross member -A-.
Note:
The dash panel cross member is secured to the windscreen cross member by means of an additional bolt =>
Page 260 .
- Disconnect all the electrical connections between body and air-conditioner -B- at the connectors.
Note:
Before unplugging, mark the connectors to the various positioning motors so that they do not get mixed up
when reconnecting.
- -> Remove air conditioner -B-.

◆ From September 1998, production was gradually switched from type "1" air-conditioner design to type "2"=>
Page 265 .
◆ As of model year 2002 version "3" air conditioners will be installed => Page 265
Installation notes:
◆ Check all seals on the air conditioner for damage before installation and replace any damaged seals.
◆ After assembling, all cable ties that were removed in order to take out the heater must be refitted in their
original positions.
◆ Replace both O-ring seals for the refrigerant pipes.
◆ Install refrigerant pipes so that they are tension-free.
◆ Ensure that condensation drain and condensation drain valve are properly positioned.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
19 - Dismantling and assembling air conditioner

19.1 - Dismantling and assembling air conditioner
- Remove air conditioner =>Page 324 .
Notes:
=> Page 265 .
1 Footwell vent temperature sender -G192

2 Bolt
19.1 - Dismantling and assembling air conditioner 327

Audi A6 1998 ➤
3 Footwell vent
4 Air distributor housing
◆ With evaporator and heat exchanger
◆ Disassembling and assembling => Page 332 .
◆ Versions "1" and "2" have different designs for the housing, air flaps, drip pan, evaporator and various
other components.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ From version "2" onwards, the evaporator can no longer be removed from the air distributor housing (the
◆ Version "3" differs from version "2" in that it has an additional opening for installation of the evaporator
vent temperature sender -G263 => Page 248 (in vehicles without sender -G263 the opening is sealed
with a plug).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Combi bolt
6 Air duct with intake housing
◆ Disassembling and assembling => Page 341 .
◆ The fan wheel of the fresh air blower installed in the air conditioner from version "2" onwards is approx.
10 mm shorter than that in the version "1".
◆ The air duct from version "2" onwards has been adapted to the modified fresh air blower.
◆ From version "2" onwards the air duct is narrower in the area downstream of the fresh air blower, than

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ A second positioning motor is installed on the intake housing of the version "3" air conditioner for vehicles
with
Protected by left-hand
copyright. Copying drive =>or Page
for private commercial 254 .
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
◆ unless
permitted The fresh/recirculated
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI airAGflapdoeswill as of version
not guarantee "3"liability
or accept any of the
air conditioner no longer be actuated by posi‐
tioning motor -V71 but by positioning motor -V113 => Page 254 .

Audi A6 1998 ➤
20 - Dismantling and assembling air distributor housing

20.1 - Dismantling and assembling air distributor housing
- Dismantling and assembling air with

conditioner
respect to the=> Pageof327 . in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
correctness information
Notes:
=> Page 265 .
◆ In vehicles from model year 2002 with compressor with regulating valve -N280 an evaporator vent temper‐
ature sender is also installed => Page 248 (the opening is sealed with a plug in vehicles without sender -
G263).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
1 Bolt
2 Clamp
3 Foam seal
◆ For condensation drain
4 Bottom section of air distributor housing
◆ With condensation drain
◆ The lower section from version "2" onwards has been adapted to the modified evaporator.
5 Drip pan
◆ For condensation from evaporator
20.1 - Dismantling and assembling air distributor housing 333

Audi A6 1998 ➤
6 Evaporator
◆ With seal
◆ From version "2" onwards, the evaporator is 32 mm narrower than on version "1".
◆ From version "2" onwards, the evaporator can no longer be removed from the air distributor housing (the
7 Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
8 Refrigerant pipes
◆ With insulation
◆ The refrigerant pipes from version "2" onwards have been adapted to the modified evaporator.
◆ After assembly, wrap foam as insulation completely round the refrigerant pipes and evaporator connec‐
tion flange.
9 Bracket
10 Bolt

Audi A6 1998 ➤
11 O-ring seals
◆ Renew
◆ Note correct dimensions =>Page 169
◆ Different diameter for
- Type "1"
2 x 13.4 mm; 2.4 mm
- From version "2" onwards
1 x 13.4 mm; 2.4 mm
1 x 10.8 mm; 2.4 mm
=> Parts List

12 Central flap positioning motor
with-V70

Audi A6 1998 ➤
13 Bolt
14 Right temperature flap positioning motor -V159
15 Defrost flap positioning motor
-V107
◆ The lever arm on the positioning motor is different in version "1" and versions "2" onwards.
16 Bolt
17 Bracket for positioning motor -V107

Audi A6 1998 ➤
18 Air distributor housing

◆ Do not dismantle further
◆ On vehicles which do not have additional heater element -Z35, the opening for the additional heater
element is closed off. On air distributor housings supplied as replacement parts, the opening is open; if
used on vehicles which do not have the additional heater element, the opening must be closed off with
a cap.
◆ Version "1" and version "2" onwards differ with respect to the housing, the air flaps, the evaporator support
and various other components.

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Version "3" differs from version "2" in that it has an additional opening for installation of the evaporator
vent temperature sender -G263 => Page 248 (in vehicles without sender -G263 the opening is sealed
with a plug).

Audi A6 1998 ➤
19 Coolant pipe
◆ Return
20 Coolant pipe
◆ Feed
21 Bracket for coolant pipes
22 Cover
◆ From version "2" onwards with bracket for coolant pipes
23 Bracket for coolant pipes
◆ Only present on type "1".
24 Left temperature flap positioning motor -V158
25 Clip
◆ Renew
◆ Ensure it is seated properly

Audi A6 1998 ➤
26 O-ring seals
◆ Renew
27 Heat exchanger
28 Heater element for additional heater -Z35
◆ Only envisaged for vehicles with diesel engine => Page 42 .
◆ Function, removing and installing =>Page 259 .
29 Cover
◆ Only on vehicles with no heater element for additional heater.
◆ The cap is the same as the cap for the heater element for additional heater, except that the openings for
the connectors are sealed air-tight.
30 Rubber bush
21 - Dismantling and assembling air duct with intake housing

21.1 - Dismantling and assembling
air unless
permitted ductauthorised
with intake
by AUDI AG.housing
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
◆ Remove air conditioner =>Page 324 .

◆ Dismantling and assembling air conditioner => Page 327 .

Audi A6 1998 ➤
Notes:
=>Page 265 .
◆ A second positioning motor is installed on the intake housing of the version "3" air conditioner for vehicles
with left-hand drive => Page 254 .
◆ The fresh/recirculated air flap will as of version "3" of the air conditioner no longer be actuated by positioning
motor -V71 but by positioning motor -V113 => Page 254 .
21.2 - Air duct and intake housing (for vehicles with left-hand drive only until model year 2001)
1 Bolt
2 Blower control unit -J126
3 Bolt
4 Fresh air blower -V2

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Air duct
◆ The air duct from version "2" onwards has been adapted to the modified fresh air blower.
6 Intake housing (version "1" and "2")
◆ With fresh/recirculated air flap and two air flow flaps (vehicles with left-hand drive)
◆ With fresh/recirculated air flap (vehicles with right-hand drive - no air flow flap installed).
21.2 - Air duct and intake housing (for vehicles with left-hand drive only until model year
2001) 343
Audi A6 1998 ➤
7 Foam seal
◆ Forms a seal between intake housing and vehicle body.
8 Bracket for positioning motor -V71 (-V113)
by positioning motor -V113 (applies for vehicles with right-hand drive)
9 Bolt
10 Air flow flap positioning motor -V71 (recirculated air flap -V113)
◆ Actuates the air flow flap and fresh/recirculated air flap (vehicles with left-hand drive)

Audi A6 1998 ➤
◆ Actuates the fresh/recirculated air flap (vehicles with right-hand drive)

by positioning motor -V113 (applies for vehicles with right-hand drive)
◆ With potentiometer -G113 (-G143)

21.2 - Air duct and intake housing (for vehicles with left-hand drive only until model year
2001) 345
Audi A6 1998 ➤
21.3 - Air duct and intake housing (only in vehicles from model year 2002 with left-hand drive)
1 Bolt
2 Blower control unit -J126
3 Bolt
4 Fresh air blower -V2

Audi A6 1998 ➤
5 Air duct
6 Intake housing (version "3")
◆ With fresh/recirculated air flap and two air flow flaps
◆ On the version "3" intake housing one positioning motor is installed for the fresh/recirculated air flap and
one for the air flow flap
7 Foam seal with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
◆ Forms a seal between intake housing and vehicle body.
21.3 - Air duct and intake housing (only in vehicles from model year 2002 with left-hand
drive) 347
Audi A6 1998 ➤
8 Bracket for positioning motor -V113

9 Air recirculation flap positioning motor -V113
◆ Actuates the fresh/recirculated air flap
◆ Via recirculated air flap positioning motor potentiometer -G143
◆ Removing and installing=>Page 254
10 Bolt
11 Bolt
12 Air flow flap positioning motor -V71
◆ Actuates the air flow flaps
◆ Via air-flow flap positioning motor potentiometer -G113
◆ removing and installing
=>Page 253

Audi A6 1998 ➤

21.3 - Air duct and intake housing (only in vehicles from model year 2002 with left-hand
drive) 349

SM 20.c PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM 20.c PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM 20.c PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2010 Audi AG, Ingolstadt A0056006720

01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

14.3 Test steps 5 to 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

16 Electrical checking of solar roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

87 - Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

16 Checking air conditioner refrigeration capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check

1 - Air conditioner self-diagnosis

=> Parts List

1.2 - Assignment of the operating and display unit - E87

Assignment for vehicles up to model year 2001

Part number Index Special features Planned for

1.1 - Air conditioner self-diagnosis 1

Part number Index Special features Planned for

Part number Index Special features Planned for

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

2 01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check

=> Parts List

Assignment for vehicles from model year 2002

Part number Index Special features Planned for

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

=> Parts List

1.2 - Assignment of the operating and display unit - E87 3

fault reader V.A.G 1551,

vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552,

vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051.

Notes on fault remedy:

1.4 - Technical data of self-diagnosis

▪ Memory Non-volatile memory

4 01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check

- Erasing fault memory Function 05

◆ Component fitting locations => Pages 231 .

- Perform final control diagnosis

- Perform basic setting

1.5 - Self-diagnosis test prerequisites

1.4 - Technical data of self-diagnosis 5

(Engine speed below 3000 rpm)

1.6 - Safety precautions

2 - Connecting vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS 5051 or

- Switch ignition off.

Vehicles up to Model Year 2001

Vehicles from Model Year 2002

6 01 - Self-diagnosis, Electrical check

-> Indicated on display:

- Switch on ignition/start engine.

reader V.A.G 1551 and selecting function 7

Rapid data transfer HELP

-> Indicated on display:

- Press Q to confirm entry.

-> Display following input of the address word 08: